POS AM 1 lbladvantageposamno23combo.htm POS AM LBL Advantage POS AM No. 2 333-224095 Combined Document
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2020
File No. 333-224095
 
 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 


FORM S-1
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
 
LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant)
 
Nebraska
 
6300
 
470221457
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
1221 N Street, Suite 200,
Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
(800) 525-9287
(Address and Phone Number of Registrant’s Principal Executive Office) 
 
ERIK BRAUN
LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
1221 N Street, Suite 200
Lincoln, NE 68508
1-800-525-9287
(Name of Agent for Service)


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the Public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. x
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  
 
Large accelerated filer
 
¨
 
Accelerated filed
 
¨
Non-accelerated filer
 
x
 
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Emerging growth company
 
¨
 
 
 
 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨

 

Table of Contents 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE 
Title of securities being registered
 
Amount
to be
registered (1)
 
Proposed
maximum
offering price
per unit
 
Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price
(1)
 
Amount of
registration fee (2)
Deferred annuity interests and participating interests therein
 
$N/A
 
$(1)
 
$N/A
 
$N/A
(1)
The Contract does not provide for a predetermined amount or number of units.
(2)
By filing dated April 2, 2018, Lincoln Benefit Life Company registered $8,128,862 of deferred annuity interests and participating interests therein. Because a filing fee of $945 previously had been paid with respect to those interests, there was no filing fee due under that Registration Statement. Registrant continues that offering in this Post-Effective Amendment to that Registration Statement.
 
 
 
This Registration Statement contains a combined prospectus under Rule 429 under the Securities Act of 1933 which relates to the Form S-1 registration statement (File Nos. 333-224095 and 333-203372), filed on April 2, 2018 and April 13, 2015, respectively, by Lincoln Benefit Life Company. Upon effectiveness, this Registration Statement will also act as a post-effective amendment to such earlier registration statement.
 
 

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any State securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (“ADLLC”) serves as distributor of the securities registered herein. The securities offered herein are sold on a continuous basis, and there is no specific end date for the offering. ADLLC is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ADLLC is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered. Commissions earned by ADLLC are described in the notes to the insurer financial statements, under the heading “Broker-Dealer Agreements.” The prospectuses, dated as of the date indicated therein, by which the securities registered in this Form S-1 are described, are included in this registration statement.




 

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

Supplement Dated April 27, 2020

To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 29, 2019

CONSULTANT I PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 29, 2019

LBL ADVANTAGE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004

CONSULTANT II PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004

PREMIER PLANNER PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004

The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION ABOUT

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

INDEX

 

         Page  

Item 3(c)

 

Risk Factors

     2  

Item 11(a)

 

Description of Business

     14  

Item 11(b)

 

Description of Property

     14  

Item 11(c)

 

Legal Proceedings

     14  

Item 11(e)

 

Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements

     15  

Item 11(f)

 

Selected Financial Data

     74  

Item 11(h)

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     74  

Item 11(i)

 

Changes in or Disagreements with Accountants

     91  

Item 11(j)

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     91  

Item 11(k)

 

Directors and Executive Officers

     91  

Item 11(l)

 

Executive Compensation

     93  

Item 11(m)

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     94  

Item 11(n)

 

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

     97  

Other Information

     99  

 

1


Item 3(c).

Risk Factors

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE RISK FACTORS

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that anticipate results based on our estimates, assumptions and plans that are subject to uncertainty. These statements are made subject to the safe-harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of new information or future events or developments.

These forward-looking statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may be identified by their use of words like “plans,” “seeks,” “expects,” “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “believes,” “likely,” “targets” and other words with similar meanings. These statements may address, among other things, our strategy for growth, investment results, regulatory approvals, market position, expenses, financial results, litigation and reserves. We believe that these statements are based on reasonable estimates, assumptions and plans. However, if the estimates, assumptions or plans underlying the forward-looking statements prove inaccurate or if other risks or uncertainties arise, actual results could differ materially from those communicated in these forward-looking statements.

In addition to the normal risks of business, we are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including those listed below, which apply to us as an insurer. These risks constitute our cautionary statements under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and readers should carefully review such cautionary statements as they identify certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements and historical trends. These cautionary statements are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors discussed elsewhere in this document, in our filings with the SEC or in materials incorporated therein by reference.

Changes in actual experience could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition.

Our liability pricing includes long-term assumptions regarding investment returns, mortality, morbidity, persistency and operating costs and expenses of our business. We establish target returns based upon these factors and the average amount of capital that we must hold to support in-force contracts taking into account rating agencies and regulatory requirements. Profitability emerges over a period of years depending on the nature and life of the product and is subject to variability as actual results may differ from pricing assumptions. Additionally, many of our products have fixed or guaranteed terms that limit our ability to increase revenues or reduce benefits, including credited interest, once the product has been issued.

Our financial condition depends in part on the adequacy of investment spreads, the management of market and credit risks associated with investments, the sufficiency of premiums and contract charges to cover mortality and morbidity benefits, the persistency of policies, and the management of operating costs and expenses within anticipated pricing allowances. We may face losses if there are significant deviations from our assumptions regarding the future persistency of our insurance policies and annuity contracts. The prices and expected future profitability of our life insurance, deferred annuity and long-term care products are based in part upon assumptions related to persistency. Economic and market dislocations may occur and future consumer persistency behaviors could vary materially from the past. The effect of persistency on profitability varies for different products. For example, continued activity in the viatical, stranger-owned, and/or life settlement industry could cause the Company’s level of lapses to differ from its assumptions, which could negatively impact the Company’s financial condition and cash flow. Assumptions and estimates involve judgment, and by their nature are imprecise and subject to changes and revisions over time. Accordingly, the Company’s results may be affected, positively or negatively, from time to time, by actual results differing from assumptions by changes in estimates, and by changes resulting from implementing new systems and procedures that facilitate the calculation of more precise estimates. Legislation and regulation of the insurance marketplace and products could also affect the profitability of our business, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

2


Changes in reserve estimates may adversely affect our operating results.

We establish and hold reserves to pay future policy benefits and claims. The reserve for policy benefits is computed on a prescribed basis. Our reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability, but rather are actuarial or statistical estimates based on data and models that include many assumptions and projections, which are inherently uncertain and involve the exercise of significant judgment. We periodically review the adequacy of these reserves and the underlying assumptions. We cannot, however, determine with precision the amounts that we will pay for, or the timing of payment of, actual benefits, claims and expenses or whether the assets supporting our policy liabilities, together with future premiums, will grow to the level assumed prior to the payment of benefits or claims. If actual experience differs significantly from assumptions or estimates, reserves may not be adequate. If we conclude that our reserves, together with future premiums, are insufficient to cover future policy benefits and claims, we would be required to increase our reserves and incur income statement charges for the period in which we make the determination, which could materially and adversely affect our cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in market interest rates and/or credit spreads may lead to a significant decrease in the profitability of our spread-based products and may adversely impact investment income.

We are subject to the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates or credit spreads. Adverse changes to these rates and spreads may occur due to changes in fiscal policy and the economic climate, the liquidity of a market or market segment, insolvency or financial distress of key market makers or participants, or changes in market perceptions of creditworthiness and/or risk tolerance. We are subject to risks associated with potential declines in credit quality related to specific issuers or specific industries and a general weakening in the economy, which are typically reflected through credit spreads. Credit spread is the additional yield on fixed income securities above the risk-free rate (typically referenced as the yield on U.S. Treasury securities) that market participants require to compensate them for assuming credit, liquidity and/or prepayment risks. Credit spreads vary (i.e., increase or decrease) in response to the market’s perception of risk and liquidity in a specific issuer or specific sector and are influenced by the credit ratings, and the reliability of those ratings, published by external rating agencies. A decline in the quality of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in market interest rates, adverse economic conditions or otherwise could cause additional realized and unrealized losses on securities in our investment portfolio. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our risk-based capital levels. Levels of writedowns and impairments are impacted by intent to sell, or our assessment of the likelihood that we will be required to sell, fixed maturity securities. Realized losses or impairments on these securities may have a material adverse effect on our net income in a particular period, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to manage our fixed annuities and interest-sensitive life products is dependent upon maintaining profitable spreads between investment yields and interest crediting rates. When market interest rates decrease or remain at relatively low levels, cash flows from renewal premium or investments that have matured or have been prepaid or sold may be reinvested at lower yields, reducing investment spread. Lowering interest crediting rates on some products in such an environment can partially offset decreases in investment yield. However, these changes could be limited by market conditions, regulatory minimum rates or contractual minimum rate guarantees on many contracts and may not match the timing or magnitude of changes in investment yields. Decreases in the interest crediting rates offered on products could make those products less attractive, leading to changes in the level of policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals. This process may lead to a flow of cash out of our business. These outflows may require investment assets to be sold at a time when the prices of those assets are lower because of the increase in market interest rates, which may result in realized investment losses. For certain products, principally fixed annuity and interest-sensitive life products, the earned rate on assets could lag behind rising market yields. We may react to market conditions by increasing crediting rates, which could narrow spreads and reduce profitability on our business. Additionally, an increase in market interest rates or credit spreads could have an adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio by decreasing the fair values of the fixed income securities that comprise a substantial majority of our investment portfolio.

 

3


Guarantees within certain of our products may decrease our earnings, increase the volatility of our results, result in higher risk management costs and expose us to increased counterparty risk.

Certain of our products include guaranteed benefits. These guarantees are designed to protect contractholders against significant downturns in equity markets and interest rates. Any such periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of our liabilities associated with those products. An increase in these liabilities would result in a decrease in our net income. We use hedging and risk management strategies to mitigate the liability exposure and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities. These strategies involve the use of reinsurance and derivatives, which may not be completely effective. In addition, hedging instruments may not effectively offset the costs of guarantees or may otherwise be insufficient in relation to our obligations. Furthermore, we are subject to the risk that changes in contractholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produce economic losses not addressed by the risk management techniques employed. These, individually or collectively, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, including net income, cash flow, financial condition or liquidity.

We may not be able to mitigate the capital impact associated with statutory reinsurance reserving requirements, potentially adversely impacting the profitability of our business.

To support statutory reserves for certain term and universal life insurance products with secondary guarantees, we currently utilize reinsurance and capital markets solutions for financing a portion of our statutory reserve requirements deemed to be non-economic. If we are not able to maintain sufficient financing as a result of market conditions or otherwise, this could potentially adversely impact the profitability of our business, which could materially and adversely effect our financial condition, cash flow and results of operations.

Changes in tax laws and interpretations may decrease the profitability of our products and could adversely affect the Company.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act into legislation, which made significant changes to federal income tax laws for life insurance companies. Many of the products that we have sold benefit from one or more forms of tax-favored status under current U.S. federal and state income tax regimes. For example, we have sold annuity contracts that allow the contractholders to defer the recognition of taxable income earned within the contract. Future changes in U.S. federal or state tax law could reduce or eliminate the attractiveness of such products, which could increase the expected lapse rate with respect to products that we have sold. Increases in lapse rates brought about by changes in U.S. tax law may result in a decrease in invested assets and therefore investment income and may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Finally, it is possible that tax laws will be further changed either in a technical corrections bill or entirely new legislation. It remains difficult to predict whether or when there will be any tax law changes or further guidance by the authorities in the U.S., and any such changes or guidance may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flow, liquidity and financial condition.

Regulations defining fiduciary could cause some changes to the manner in which we deliver products and services, as well as changes in the nature and amount of compensation and fees.

The Department of Labor, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) have announced proposals to develop fiduciary standards that would apply to recommendations made by certain financial advisors. Furthermore, several states have either issued their own fiduciary rules or are considering doing so and those rules may extend to certain types of products (e.g. insurance and annuities, financial planning, etc.) or may broadly cover all recommendations made by financial advisors. Additionally, self-regulatory bodies such as the Certified Financial Planner Board are developing a fiduciary standard that would apply to their members, such as financial advisors who hold a Certified Financial Planner designation.

 

4


Depending on the span and substance of any fiduciary rules and regulations and timing of their applicability, the scope of any implementation should not materially impact the way we compensate our advisors, particularly with respect to our closed block annuity business. However, compliance with prohibited transactions exemptions, when fully phased in, would likely require additional supervision with the possibility of overlapping or competing requirements from other regulators and increase litigation risk, all of which could adversely impact our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

The Company is dependent on the performance of others.

The Company relies on third parties to provide various services that are important to our business operations. Certain of these third parties may act on behalf of the Company or represent the Company in various capacities, including but not limited to the administration of our contractholders’ activities or the management of our invested assets on a day-to-day basis. If a third party fails to perform its obligations or acts inappropriately with respect to the Company or its products, it could materially adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, the Company’s operations are dependent on various technologies, some of which are provided and/or maintained by third parties. Any of the third parties that the Company depends upon may default on their services or obligations to the Company, including due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud or other reasons. Further, the Company may be held responsible for obligations that arise from the acts or omissions of these third parties. Such defaults could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

If our internal controls are ineffective, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with statutory accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below our expectations.

The transition of the ownership and management of the Company may affect the Company’s operations.

On December 31, 2019, Guaranty Income Life Insurance Company (“GILICO”), an Iowa-domiciled insurance company, completed the indirect acquisition of all the outstanding stock of the Company. In connection with the change in ownership, certain new officers were appointed, including President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, and certain management functions were transitioned to GILICO and its parent company, Kuvare US Holdings, Inc. (“Kuvare”). During the transition period, management of the Company will

 

5


focus in part on the process of integrating the Company into the broader Kuvare enterprise. In addition, the Company cannot predict what response, if any, our contractholders and policyholders, agents, regulators, ratings agencies, reinsurance partners and other market participants will have to our change in ownership.

We may be unable to retain our highly qualified employees.

Our business depends on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly skilled and often highly specialized technical, actuarial, managerial and executive personnel, and there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. We compete with other financial services companies for employees primarily on the basis of compensation and financial position. Our reputation, operations and internal controls could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in recruiting and retaining highly qualified employees.

Risks Relating to Investments

The determination of the fair value of our fixed income securities is subjective and could materially impact our operating results and financial condition.

In determining fair values, we principally use the market approach which utilizes market transaction data for the same or similar instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining fair values is inversely related to the availability of market observable information. The fair value of assets may differ from the actual amount received upon sale of an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Moreover, the use of different valuation assumptions may have a material effect on the assets’ fair values. Changing market conditions could materially affect the determination of the fair value of securities and unrealized net capital gains and losses could vary significantly, which could materially and adversely affect our cash flows.

Concentration of our investment portfolio in any particular segment of the economy may have adverse effects on our operating results and financial condition.

Our investment portfolio is and may in the future be concentrated in a certain industry, collateral type, group of related industries, geographic sector or risk type. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Debt securities by Industry” and “—Commercial Mortgage Loans.” Any such current or future concentrations could have an adverse effect on our investment portfolio and consequently on our results of operations and financial condition. Events or developments that have a negative impact on any particular industry, group of related industries or geographic region may have a greater adverse effect on the investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated, rather than diversified.

The determination of the amount of other-than-temporary-impairments of our investments is subjective and could materially impact our operating results and financial condition.

The determination of the amount of realized capital losses recorded for impairments varies by investment type and is based on our ongoing evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect changes in other-than-temporary impairments in our results of operations. The assessment of whether other-than-temporary impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value. We define fair value generally as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. Our conclusions on such assessments are judgmental and include assumptions and projections of future cash flows which may ultimately prove to be incorrect as assumptions, facts and circumstances change. Furthermore, historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments and additional impairments may need to be recorded in the future.

 

6


Defaults or deteriorating credit of securities collateralized by residential and commercial mortgage loans, and collateralized corporate loans may lead to write-downs and impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in residential or commercial mortgage delinquencies, loss severities or recovery rates, declining residential or commercial real estate prices, corporate loan delinquencies or recovery rates, changes in credit or bond insurer strength ratings and the quality of service provided by service providers on securities in our portfolio could lead us to determine that write-downs are necessary in the future, and could materially adversely affect our cash flow, results of operations and financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Commercial Mortgage Loans.”

Our investment strategies may not adequately protect against adverse developments in the financial markets.

While our investment management strategies are designed to protect asset value even in challenging market conditions, the Company cannot guarantee that such strategies would be successful, especially if there are unexpected developments in the financial markets. Slowing of global growth, tightening monetary policy in the U.S. and increasing political uncertainty remain key challenges for markets. There may be a limited market for certain investments we hold in our investment portfolio, making them relatively illiquid. These include corporate bonds, privately-placed fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans and policy loans. If we were forced to sell certain of our investments during periods of market volatility or disruption, market prices may be lower than our carrying value in such investments. Even in the absence of a market downturn, we are exposed to substantial risk of loss due to market volatility.

Risks Relating to the Insurance Industry

Difficult conditions in the global economy and capital markets generally could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally. Stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in global capital markets, particular markets, or financial asset classes can have an adverse effect on us, in part because we have a large investment portfolio and certain of our insurance liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors. Market factors, including interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, real estate markets, consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, deflation and inflation, all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of our business. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Upheavals in the financial markets can also affect our business through their effects on general levels of economic activity, employment and customer behavior. Financial markets have also been affected periodically by concerns over U.S. fiscal policy. These issues could, on their own, or combined with the possible slowing of the global economy generally, have severe repercussions to the U.S. and global credit and financial markets, further exacerbate concerns over sovereign debt of other countries and disrupt economic activity in the U.S. and elsewhere.

General economic conditions could also adversely affect us in the form of consumer behavior and pressure investment results. Holders of some of our interest-sensitive life insurance and annuity products may engage in an elevated level of discretionary withdrawals of contractholder funds. Our contractholders may choose to defer paying insurance premium or stop paying insurance premiums altogether. Our investment results could be adversely affected as deteriorating financial and business conditions affect the issuers of the securities in our investment portfolio.

 

7


Losses from legal and regulatory actions may be material to our operating results or cash flows and may result in harm to our reputation.

We are involved in various legal actions in the ordinary course of business, the results of which we cannot predict with certainty. We are also subject to various regulatory actions and inquiries, such as information requests, market conduct examinations and books and record examinations from state and federal regulators and other authorities. A substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us, as well as regulatory inquiries or investigations, could harm our reputation, result in material fines or penalties, result in significant legal costs and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation, regulatory actions or investigation, our ability to retain our current contractholders and recruit and retain employees could be materially and adversely impacted.

We are subject to extensive regulation and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs.

As an insurance company, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations.

The extent of regulation varies, but generally the Company is governed by state statutes. These statutes delegate regulatory, supervisory and administrative authority to state insurance departments. This system of supervision and regulation covers, among other things, standards of minimum capital requirements and solvency, including risk-based capital measurements, restrictions on certain transactions, licensing status, reserving, payment of policy benefits, etc. State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, sometimes lead to additional expense for the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew or revoke licenses and approvals. If we do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the insurance regulatory authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or impose substantial fines. Further, insurance regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to issue orders of supervision, which permit such authorities to supervise the business and operations of an insurance company. Moreover, as a result of the regulatory process related to GILICO’s acquisition of the Company, jurisdictions where the Company is licensed may perform various levels of review and require certain conditions to be met in order for the Company’s license in such jurisdiction to remain valid or be reauthorized. Failure of the Company to maintain its licenses in each jurisdiction could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

As an insurance company with separate accounts that are regulated as investment companies, we are also subject to laws and regulations administered and enforced by a number of different governmental authorities, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude, including state insurance regulators, state securities administrators, state attorneys general, and federal agencies including the SEC, the FINRA and the U.S. Department of Justice. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in material fines or other penalties, as well as unexpected costs in remedying any such failure. In addition, we are subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may not result in compliance with another’s interpretation of the same issue. Further, there is risk that any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may change over time to our detriment, or that changes in the overall legal environment may, even absent any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue, result in material fines or penalties or increased costs, which could in turn negatively impact our financial condition, cash flow and results of operations.

 

8


Regulatory reforms, and the more stringent application of existing regulations, may make it more expensive for us to conduct our business and increase our capital requirements.

Over the last decade, the federal government enacted comprehensive regulatory reforms for financial services entities. As part of a larger effort to strengthen the regulation of the financial services market, certain reforms are applicable to the insurance industry, including the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) established within the Treasury Department.

As the state insurance regulatory framework has come under public scrutiny, members of Congress have discussed proposals to provide for federal chartering of insurance companies, and the FIO and Financial Stability Oversight Council were established. We can make no assurances regarding the potential impact of state or federal measures that may change the nature or scope of insurance and financial regulation. Regulatory reforms and legislative change or regulatory requirements imposed upon us in connection with the federal government’s regulatory reform of the financial services industry, and any more stringent enforcement of existing regulations by federal authorities, may make it more expensive for us to conduct our business.

The Company is subject to insurance guaranty fund laws, rules and regulations that could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Under insurance guaranty fund laws in most states, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for contractholder or policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. From time to time, companies may be asked to contribute amounts beyond prescribed limits. It is possible that the Company could be assessed with respect to product lines not offered by the Company. In addition, legislation may be introduced in various states with respect to guaranty fund assessment laws related to insurance products, including long term care insurance and other specialty products, that alters future premium tax offsets received in connection with guaranty fund assessments. The Company cannot predict the amount, nature or timing of any future assessments or legislation, any of which could have a material and adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Reinsurance may be unavailable at current levels and prices.

Market conditions beyond our control impact the availability and cost of the reinsurance we secure to lessen our risk with respect to the contracts and policies we have issued. No assurances can be made that reinsurance will remain continuously available to us to the same extent and on the same terms and rates as is currently available. We review retention limits for continued appropriateness and they may be changed in the future. Prolonged or severe adverse mortality or morbidity experience could result in increased reinsurance costs or, ultimately, reinsurers unwilling to offer coverage. If we were unable to renew or purchase reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient and at prices that we consider acceptable, we may have to accept an increase in risk exposure, seek other alternatives, or accept reduced profitability.

Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers and may not be adequate to protect us against losses arising from ceded insurance, which could have a material effect on our operating results.

The collectability of reinsurance recoverables is subject to uncertainty arising from a number of factors, including changes in market conditions, whether insured losses meet the qualifying conditions of the reinsurance contract and whether reinsurers, or their affiliates, have the financial capacity and willingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance treaty or contract. While we aim to avoid overexposure by entering into reinsurance agreements with varied counterparties, the liabilities for certain products, including the Contracts, are reinsured exclusively to one or a small group of reinsurers. Our inability to collect a material recovery from one or more reinsurers could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

 

9


Adverse capital and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs or our ability to obtain credit on acceptable terms.

In periods of extreme volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets, liquidity and credit capacity may be severely restricted. In such circumstances, our ability to obtain capital to fund operating expenses, financing costs, satisfy statutory capital requirements and meet liquidity needs may be limited. Our access to additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the overall availability of credit to our industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as lenders’ perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If a combination of these factors were to occur, our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient, and in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms. Our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and statutory capital position could be materially adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets.

A downgrade or a potential downgrade in our financial strength or credit rating could result in a loss of business and materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Financial strength ratings are published by various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSRO”) and similar entities not formally recognized as NRSROs. They indicate the NRSROs’ opinion regarding an insurance company’s ability to meet contractholder obligations, and can be important to maintaining public confidence in our products and our competitive position.

In view of the difficulties experienced by many financial institutions as a result of the financial crisis and ensuing global recession, including certain members in the insurance industry, NRSROs continue to implement changes to their internal models that have the effect of increasing or decreasing the amount of statutory capital we must hold in order to maintain our current ratings. Our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without notice by any NRSRO. In addition, these reforms may also increase our minimum capital requirements.

Downgrades in our financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including materially increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by contractholders and adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance at reasonable prices or at all.

The occurrence of a catastrophe, including a large scale pandemic, the continued threat of terrorism or military actions may have an adverse effect on the level of claim losses we incur, the value of our investment portfolio, our competitive position, liquidity, operating results and attractiveness of product offering.

Any catastrophic event, such as a large scale pandemic, the continued threat of terrorism within the United States and abroad, or military and other actions, and heightened security measures in response to these types of threats, may cause significant volatility and losses in our investment portfolio from changes, and result in loss of life, disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of the assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by reduced economic activity caused by the threat of a large scale pandemic such as COVID-19 (Coronavirus) or the continued threat of terrorism. Additionally, a large scale pandemic or terrorist act could have a material effect on renewal premium, profitability, competitiveness, liquidity, operating results and attractiveness of product offering.

Changes in accounting standards issued by standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our financial statements are subject to the application of statutory accounting principles, which are periodically revised, interpreted and/or expanded. Accordingly, we may be required to adopt new guidance or interpretations, or could be subject to existing guidance as we enter into new transactions, which may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition that is either unexpected or has a greater impact than expected.

 

10


Any changes in the method of calculating reserves for our life insurance and annuity products under statutory accounting principles may result in increased or decreased reserve requirements. The NAIC has announced focused industry inquiries on certain matters that could have an impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Such inquiries concern, for example, insurer use of captive reinsurance companies, variable annuity reserves and capital treatment, reinsurance, cybersecurity practices and risk-based capital calculations. In addition, the NAIC continues to consider various initiatives to change and modernize its financial and solvency requirements and regulations. It has adopted principles-based reserving methodologies for life insurance and annuity reserves, but additional formulas and/or guidance relevant to the new standard are being developed. The NAIC is also considering changes to accounting regulations, governance practices of insurers and other items. The Company cannot currently estimate what impact these more focused inquiries or proposed changes, if they occur, will have on reserve and capital requirements, financial condition or results of operations.

For a description of changes in accounting standards that are currently pending and, if known, our estimates of their expected impact, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

The failure in cyber or other information security systems, as well as the occurrence of events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, management continuity planning or a support failure from external providers, could result in a loss or disclosure of confidential information, damage to our reputation and impairment of our ability to conduct business effectively.

Our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems to perform necessary business functions. We rely on these systems throughout our business for a variety of functions, including processing claims, providing information to customers and distributors, performing actuarial analyses and maintaining financial records. We also retain confidential and proprietary information on our computer systems and we rely on sophisticated technologies and our third party service providers to maintain the security of that information. Our computer systems have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access, cyber-attacks or other computer-related penetrations. Despite our implementation of administrative and technical controls and other preventive actions to reduce the risk of cyber-incidents and protect our information technology, there can be no assurance that our computer systems and those of our unaffiliated service providers will not be vulnerable to physical and electronic break-ins, cyber-attacks or other security breaches to our computer systems. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss.

The occurrence of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, epidemic, industrial accident, blackout, computer virus, terrorist attack or war, cyber-attack, events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems or a support failure from external providers, could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if those events affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems or destroy data. If a significant number of our third party service providers were rendered unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct our business could be severely compromised. These interruptions also may interfere with our third party service providers’ ability to provide services and our employees’ ability to perform their job responsibilities.

The failure of our computer systems and/or our disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in our operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to our customers. Such a failure could harm our reputation, subject us to regulatory sanctions and legal claims, lead to a loss of customers and revenues and otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

11


Although we conduct due diligence, negotiate contractual provisions and, in most cases, conduct periodic reviews of our vendors, distributors and other third parties that provide operational or information technology services to us to confirm compliance with the Company’s information security standards, the failure of such third parties’ computer systems and/or their disaster recovery plans for any reason might cause significant interruptions in our operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to our customers. Such a failure could harm our reputation, subject us to regulatory sanctions and legal claims, lead to a loss of contractholders and revenues and otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results. While we maintain cyber liability insurance, our insurance may not be sufficient to protect us against all losses.

We are subject to data security and privacy risks that could negatively affect our results, operations or reputation.

Hackers and data thieves are increasingly sophisticated and operate large-scale and complex automated attacks. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate and implement effective preventative or detective measures against security breaches of all types because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources or parties. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, contractholders or other users of our system to deliberately or inadvertently disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our contractholders. Any breach of our network may result in the loss of valuable business data, misappropriation of our consumers’ or employees’ personal information or a disruption of our business, which could give rise to unwanted media attention, materially damage our customer relationships and reputation and result in lost business, fines or lawsuits.

In addition, we must comply with increasingly complex and rigorous regulatory standards enacted to protect business and personal data. Cyber threats and related legal and regulatory standards applicable to our business are rapidly evolving and may subject the Company to heightened legal standards, new theories of liability and material claims and penalties that we cannot currently predict or anticipate. The NAIC has adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law which established the standards for data security and investigation and notification of a breach of data security for insurance companies, and an increasing number of states require that affected persons be notified if a security breach results in the disclosure of their personally identifiable information. Any compromise of the security of our computer systems that results in the inappropriate disclosure of personally identifiable customer information could damage our reputation in the marketplace, subject us to significant civil and criminal liability and require us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses.

As cyber threats and applicable legal standards continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures and computer systems, and to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If the Company experiences security events or other technological failures, it may be subject to regulatory inquiries or proceedings, litigation or reputational damage or be required to pay claims, fines or penalties.

Failure of a vendor to protect personal information of our customers, claimants or employees could affect our operations.

We outsource certain information technology, policy administration, investment management and actuarial functions to third party service providers. In the event that one or more of our vendors fails to protect personal information of our customers, claimants or employees, we may suffer operational impairments and financial losses.

 

12


We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and prove unsuccessful. An inability to protect our intellectual property could have a material effect on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties for patent, trademark or copyright infringement or breach of usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability. If our third party service providers or we are found to have infringed a third-party intellectual property right, either of us could be enjoined from providing certain products or services or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly work around. Any of these scenarios could have a material effect on our business and results of our operations.

Our risk management policies and procedures may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could negatively affect our business.

We have devoted significant resources to develop and periodically update our risk management policies and procedures to reflect ongoing review of our risks and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be comprehensive and may not identify every risk to which we are exposed. Many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. In addition, more extensive and perhaps different risk management policies and procedures might have to be implemented under pending regulations. Any such unforeseen risk, as well as the implementation of any additional risk management policies and procedures may result in material costs to the Company, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, cash flow and results of operations.

The effectiveness of our actuarial and other financial models may adversely affect our financial results, capitalization and financial condition.

Actuarial and other financial models are used primarily to determine reserve levels for our in-force block and to provide information to key internal stakeholders for planning, asset / liability management, and risk / stress testing analysis purposes. The models are subject to extensive internal controls which promote repeatability and sustainability, and are also subject to continual review regarding effectiveness, logic, assumptions and underlying product mechanics and refinements may be implemented based on these reviews. Refinements are subject to a rigorous change management process and are agreed upon with key internal stakeholders prior to implementation. While models are continually improving as a result of these refinements, there are still inherent limitations. First, no assurances can be given that all necessary refinements will be identified and/or implemented in our actuarial models. Also, due to the nature of the underlying risks and the uncertainty associated with prospective modeling techniques and the application of such techniques, these models may not accurately capture the evolution of the in-force block, as we cannot determine precisely the actual experience, policyholder behavior and investment income. Variations in any of the foregoing from estimates in our models may result in the need to post additional reserves, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition including by adversely affecting the Company’s capital adequacy ratios utilized by NRSROs to assign credit ratings.

 

13


Item 11(a).

Description of Business

Lincoln Benefit Life Company (referred to in this document as “we,” “Lincoln Benefit,” “our,” “us” or the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nebraska in 1938. Lincoln Benefit is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo, Inc. (“HoldCo Parent”). HoldCo Parent is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GILICO. Prior to December 31, 2019, HoldCo Parent was a wholly-owned subsidiary of RL LP and RL (Parallel) Partnership.

Prior to July 18, 2013, we sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance, and fixed annuities including deferred and immediate, through independent master brokerage agencies and the Allstate exclusive agency channel. In July 2013, we ceased soliciting and selling new policies through our independent agent channel. In 2017, we ceased soliciting and selling new policies through the Allstate exclusive agency channel.

In 2015, the administration of our retained deferred annuity and life business was outsourced to unaffiliated third-party service providers, SE2, LLC and Alliance–One Services, Inc. Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”) continues to reinsure and administer business sold through the Allstate exclusive agency channel and certain life, immediate and payout annuity contracts. LifeCare Assurance Company administers the Company’s long-term care business.

Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business is reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. In 2006, ALIC disposed of substantially all of its variable annuity business through reinsurance agreements with The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. The Company was not a direct party to this agreement and its reinsurance agreement with ALIC remains unchanged.

In our reports, we occasionally refer to statutory financial information. All domestic U.S. insurance companies are required to prepare statutory-basis financial statements. As a result, industry data is available that enables comparisons between insurance companies, including competitors that are not subject to the requirement to prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We frequently use industry publications containing statutory financial information to assess our competitive position.

Lincoln Benefit is subject to extensive regulation, primarily at the state level. The method, extent and substance of such regulation varies by state but generally has its source in statutes that establish standards and requirements for conducting the business of insurance and that delegate regulatory authority to a state agency. These rules have a substantial effect on our business and relate to a wide variety of matters, including insurer solvency, reserve adequacy, insurance company licensing and examination, agent licensing, policy forms, rate setting, the nature and amount of investments, claims practices, participation in guaranty funds, transactions with affiliates, the payment of dividends, underwriting standards, statutory accounting methods, trade practices and corporate governance.

 

Item 11(b).

Description of Property

Lincoln Benefit occupies leased office space in Lincoln, Nebraska and Rosemont, Illinois.

 

Item 11(c).

Legal Proceedings

Lincoln Benefit is engaged in routine lawsuits, which, in management’s judgment, are not of material importance to its total assets or business prospects.

 

14


Item 11(e)

Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

(A Wholly-Owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo II, Inc.)

Index

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

     Page(s)  
REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS      16  
STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF ADMITTED ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL STOCK AND SURPLUS      20  
STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS      21  
STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL STOCK AND SURPLUS      22  
STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS      23  
NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS      24  

 

15


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

Rosemont, Illinois

We have audited the accompanying statutory financial statements of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Company”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo II, Inc., which comprise the statutory statements of admitted assets, liabilities and capital stock and surplus as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statutory statements of operations, changes in capital stock and surplus, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the statutory financial statements (collectively referred to as the “statutory financial statements”).

Management’s Responsibility for the Statutory Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Nebraska. Management is also responsible for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statutory financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statutory financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statutory financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statutory financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the statutory financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statutory financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

Basis for Adverse Opinion on Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

As described in Note 1 to the statutory financial statements, the statutory financial statements are prepared by Lincoln Benefit Life Company using the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Nebraska, which is a basis of accounting other than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, to meet the requirements of the Insurance Department of the State of Nebraska.

The effects on the statutory financial statements of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting described in Note 1 to the statutory financial statements and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America although not reasonably determinable, are presumed to be material.

 

16


Adverse Opinion on Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America

In our opinion, because of the significance of the matter described in the Basis for Adverse Opinion on Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America paragraph, the statutory financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the financial position of Lincoln Benefit Life Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for the years then ended.

Opinion on Statutory Basis of Accounting

In our opinion, the statutory financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus of Lincoln Benefit Life Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Nebraska as described in Note 1 to the statutory financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 30, 2020

 

17


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors of Lincoln Benefit Life Company:

We have audited the accompanying statutory financial statements of Lincoln Benefit Life Company, which comprise the statutory statement of admitted assets, liabilities, and capital stock and surplus as of December 31, 2017, and the related statutory statements of operations and changes in capital stock and surplus, and of cash flows for the year then ended.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Nebraska Department of Insurance. Management is also responsible for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

As described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the financial statements are prepared by the Company on the basis of the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Nebraska Department of Insurance, which is a basis of accounting other than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The effects on the financial statements of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting described in Note 1 and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are material.

Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

In our opinion, because of the significance of the matter discussed in the “Basis for Adverse Opinion on U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for the year then ended.

 

18


Opinion on Statutory Basis of Accounting

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities and surplus of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Nebraska Department of Insurance described in Note 1.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois

May 8, 2018

 

19


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF ADMITTED ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL STOCK AND SURPLUS

DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

($’S IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

 

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2018
 

Admitted Assets

     

Bonds

   $ 6,361,622      $ 7,709,648  

Preferred stocks

     14,800        14,800  

Common stocks

     8,479        6,988  

Mortgage loans

     721,831        859,366  

Contract loans

     33,622        134,465  

Other investments

     84,792        50,377  

Receivables for securities

     96        539  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

     250,810        211,240  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cash and Invested Assets

     7,476,052        8,987,423  

Due and accrued investment income

     75,238        90,974  

Current income tax recoverable

     26,066        28,937  

Net deferred tax asset

     27,030        26,585  

Deferred premium and other assets, net

     103,990        61,707  

Separate account assets

     1,464,556        1,266,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Admitted Assets

     9,172,932      $ 10,462,538  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, Capital Stock and Surplus

     

Reserves for policy benefits

     4,357,355        6,001,555  

Reinsurance payable

     48,333        979  

Interest maintenance reserve

     35,675        —    

Funds held under coinsurance

     2,776,976        2,709,129  

Other liabilities

     137,427        104,033  

Separate account liabilities

     1,464,556        1,266,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     8,820,322      $ 10,082,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital Stock and Surplus

     

Common capital stock, $100 par value, 30,000 shares authorized and 25,000 shares outstanding

     2,500        2,500  

Gross paid in and contributed surplus

     196,779        171,003  

Unassigned funds

     153,331        206,427  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capital Stock and Surplus

     352,610      $ 379,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Capital Stock and Surplus

     9,172,932      $ 10,462,538  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to the Statutory Financial Statements

 

20


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

($’S IN THOUSANDS)

 

 

 

     2019     2018     2017  

Revenue

      

Premiums

   $ (913,357   $ 80,113     $ 111,012  

Net investment income

     382,333       402,362       431,120  

Commissions and expense allowance

     84,423       64,286       69,041  

Reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded

     (686,158     (174,884     (196,905

Other income

     34,628       24,927       25,371  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

     (1,098,131     396,804       439,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefits and Expenses

      

Benefit payments to policyholders and beneficiaries

   $ 389,734     $ 702,649     $ 722,790  

Net change to policy benefit reserves

     (1,707,830     (484,565     (488,877

Net transfers from separate accounts

     (63,167     (60,276     (70,296

Commissions and operating expenses

     270,576       218,553       229,001  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

     (1,110,687     376,361       392,618  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain from operations before dividends and taxes

     12,556       20,443       47,021  

Policyholder dividends

     31       34       34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain from operations before taxes

     12,525       20,409       46,987  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     —         (4,090     (8,296
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain from operations

     12,525       24,499       55,283  

Net realized capital gains (losses)

     21,624       11,224       9,212  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 34,149     $ 35,723     $ 64,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Statutory Financial Statements

 

21


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL STOCK AND SURPLUS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

($’S IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

 

 

                   Additional            Total  
                   Paid-In      Unassigned     Capital Stock  
     Common Capital Stock      Capital      Funds     and Surplus  

Balance, December 31, 2016

     25,000      $ 2,500      $ 171,003      $ 386,032     $ 559,535  

Net income

     —          —          —          64,495       64,495  

Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses)

     —          —          —          (10,092     (10,092

Change in net deferred income tax

     —          —          —          (13,626     (13,626

Change in nonadmitted assets

     —          —          —          (92,976     (92,976

Dividends to stockholder

     —          —          —          (70,000     (70,000

Change in liability for reinsurance in unauthorized and certified companies

     —          —          —          2,212       2,212  

Change in asset valuation reserve

     —          —          —          2,032       2,032  

Deferral of ceding commission

     —          —          —          (15,779     (15,779
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

     25,000      $ 2,500      $ 171,003      $ 252,298     $ 425,801  

Net income

     —          —          —          35,723       35,723  

Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses)

     —          —          —          (50,622     (50,622

Change in net deferred income tax

     —          —          —          12,913       12,913  

Change in nonadmitted assets

     —          —          —          (19,333     (19,333

Dividends to stockholder

     —          —          —          (15,000     (15,000

Change in asset valuation reserve

     —          —          —          6,488       6,488  

Deferral of ceding commission

     —          —          —          (16,040     (16,040
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

     25,000      $ 2,500      $ 171,003      $ 206,427     $ 379,930  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in paid-in capital

     —          —          25,776        —         25,776  

Net income

     —          —          —          34,149       34,149  

Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses)

     —          —          —          (45,874     (45,874

Change in net deferred income tax

     —          —          —          (5,802     (5,802

Change in nonadmitted assets

     —          —          —          19,704       19,704  

Dividends to stockholder

     —          —          —          (40,000     (40,000

Change in liability for reinsurance in unauthorized and certified companies

     —          —          —          (4,606     (4,606

Change in asset valuation reserve

     —          —          —          5,397       5,397  

Deferral of ceding commission

     —          —          —          (16,064     (16,064
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

     25,000      $ 2,500      $ 196,779      $ 153,331     $ 352,610  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Statutory Financial Statements

 

22


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

STATUTORY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019, 2018 AND 2017

($’S IN THOUSANDS)

 

 

 

     2019     2018     2017  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Premiums and other income received

   $ 35,727     $ 154,825     $ 206,540  

Investment income received

     430,113       452,609       452,678  

Benefit payments to policyholders and beneficiaries, including net transfers to separate accounts

     (706,381     (791,653     (717,365

Commissions, expenses and taxes paid

     (200,532     (228,066     (234,171
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

     (441,073     (412,285     (292,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from investments sold, matured, repaid or received

      

Bonds

   $ 1,176,624     $ 1,418,296     $ 2,048,999  

Mortgage loans

     277,171       338,652       422,223  

Other investments

     48,813       14,348       24,668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Proceeds from Investments

     1,502,608       1,771,296       2,495,890  

Cost of Investments Acquired:

      

Bonds

     936,205       1,139,991       2,022,551  

Stocks

     51,519       50,110       117,852  

Mortgage loans

     141,078       147,702       5,325  

Other investments

     20,452       14,376       18,914  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal Investments Acquired

     1,149,254       1,352,179       2,164,642  

Net Decrease in Contract Loans

     (7,694     (4,824     (2,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

     361,048       423,941       333,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing and Miscellaneous Sources:

      

Net inflows (outflows) on deposit-type contracts

   $ 80,479     $ (41,070   $ 168,220  

Dividend to stockholders

     (40,000     (15,000     (70,000

Other cash provided (applied)

     79,116       61,476       (53,141
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing and Miscellaneous Sources

     119,595       5,406       45,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Short-term Investments

     39,570       17,062       86,343  

Cash, cash equivalents and Short-term investments, Beginning of Year

   $ 211,240     $ 194,178     $ 107,835  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and Short-term Investments, End of Year

   $ 250,810     $ 211,240     $ 194,178  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information for Non-cash Transactions:

      

Change of intercompany note payable and receivable

   $ (55,500   $ (118,000   $ 129,500  

Transfers to other invested assets

   $ —       $ —       $ 28,718  

Bond exchanges and other non-cash exchanges

   $ —       $ 5,375     $ 10,959  

Mortgage loan refinance

   $ —       $ 45,712     $ 11,368  

Bonds, policy loans and other non-cash assets remitted to settle reinsurance premium

   $ 1,444,046     $ —       $ —    

Recapture of modified coinsurance

   $ 539,191     $ —       $ —    

IMR cession

   $ 33,277     $ —       $ —    

See Notes to the Statutory Financial Statements

 

23


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

GENERAL

Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Company” or “Lincoln Benefit”) is a stock insurance company domiciled in the State of Nebraska. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo II, Inc. (“HoldCo”), which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo, Inc. (“Holdings”).

On December 31, 2019, Guaranty Income Life Insurance Company (“GILICO”), an Iowa-domiciled insurance company, completed the acquisition (the “Transaction”) of Holdings and its subsidiaries (including the Company). Prior to December 31, 2019, Holdings was a wholly-owned subsidiary of RL LP (formerly Resolution Life LP) and RL Parallel LP (formerly Resolution Life (Parallel) LP).

Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company (“Lancaster Re”), a Nebraska domiciled captive insurance company, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln Benefit on April 1, 2014.

The Company is authorized to sell life insurance and retirement products in all states except New York, as well as, in the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. Prior to July 18, 2013, the Company sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance products through both exclusive agencies (“Allstate Sales channel”) and independent master brokerage agencies. Effective July 17, 2013, sales through the independent master brokerage agencies ceased. Sales through the Allstate Sales channel ceased in 2017.

Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”) continues to administer and reinsure all life insurance business written by Lincoln Benefit through the Allstate Sales channel, all immediate annuities written by Lincoln Benefit prior to April 1, 2014, certain term life policies written by Lincoln Benefit, and Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying statutory financial statements of the Company are presented on the basis of accounting principles prescribed or permitted by the Nebraska Department of Insurance (“NE DOI” or the “Department”). The NE DOI requires insurance companies domiciled in the State of Nebraska to prepare their statutory financial statements in accordance with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (“NAIC SAP”). Prescribed statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of the NAIC, as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not so prescribed. There are no deviations from NAIC SAP in the Company’s statutory financial statements as presented for December 31, 2019, 2018 or 2017.

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN NAIC SAP AND U.S. GAAP

Accounting principles and procedures of the NAIC as prescribed or permitted by the Department comprise a comprehensive basis of accounting other than accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). NAIC SAP differs from U.S. GAAP in several respects, which causes differences in reported assets, liabilities, stockholder’s equity (statutory capital and surplus), net income, and cash flows. The principal differences between NAIC SAP and U.S. GAAP include:

 

   

Investments in bonds are generally carried at amortized cost; under U.S. GAAP, investments in bonds, other than those classified as held-to-maturity, are carried at fair value. For bonds held as available-for-sale, changes in fair value are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

24


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

   

The changes in the unrealized gains or losses on certain investments are recorded as increases or decreases in statutory surplus; under U.S. GAAP, such unrealized gains and losses are recorded as a component of comprehensive income.

 

   

Investments in insurance subsidiaries are generally carried on a statutory equity basis with equity in the earnings of subsidiaries reflected in unassigned surplus; under U.S. GAAP, subsidiaries are consolidated and results of operations are included in net income.

 

   

Minority ownership interests in partnerships are generally carried on an equity method basis with changes in equity reflected in unassigned surplus; under U.S. GAAP, minority ownership interests in partnerships are subject to lower thresholds and are generally carried at cost. Larger ownership interests are carried on an equity method basis with changes in equity reflected in net income. Controlling interests may be considered affiliated and require consolidation.

 

   

Derivative instruments are recorded at fair value and the changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains and losses in statutory surplus. Under U.S. GAAP, derivatives are recorded at fair value and changes in fair value are recorded in net income.

 

   

Embedded derivatives are carried consistently with the host instruments. Under U.S. GAAP, the embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the host are bifurcated and accounted for like any other freestanding derivative.

 

   

Interest Maintenance Reserve (“IMR”) represents the deferral of interest-related realized gains and losses, net of tax, on primarily fixed maturity investments which are amortized into income over the remaining life of the investment sold. No such reserve is required under U.S. GAAP.

 

   

Asset Valuation Reserve (“AVR”) represents a contingency reserve for credit related risk on most invested assets of the Company and is charged to statutory surplus. No such reserve is required under U.S. GAAP, but mortgage loans are recorded net of allowances for estimated uncollectible amounts.

 

   

Certain assets, principally prepaid expenses, agents’ balances, and certain deferred tax assets have been designated as nonadmitted assets and excluded from assets by a charge to statutory surplus. Under U.S. GAAP, such amounts are carried with an appropriate valuation allowance, when necessary.

 

   

Intangible assets such as present value of future profits and other adjustments, resulting from the Company’s acquisitions, are not recorded for statutory purposes. Intangible assets such as goodwill are recorded for statutory purposes with limitations and amortized. Under U.S. GAAP, the present value of future profits is recorded and amortized and goodwill is recorded at cost and tested for impairment using a fair value methodology at least annually.

 

   

A provision is established for unsecured reinsurance recoverable balances from unauthorized reinsurers. The change in this provision is credited or charged to unassigned statutory surplus. Under U.S. GAAP, a provision is established for uncollectible reinsurance balances with any changes to this provision reflected in earnings for the period.

 

   

Aggregate reserves for a majority of life insurance and fixed annuity contracts are based on statutory mortality and interest requirements without consideration for anticipated withdrawals. Variable annuity contracts are reserved for using a prescribed principles-based approach. Under U.S. GAAP reserves for term life and fixed annuities are based on the present value of future benefits less the present value of future net premiums based on mortality, morbidity and other assumptions, which were appropriate at the time the policies were issued or acquired. Reserves for universal life and deferred annuities are recognized by establishing a liability equal to the current account value of the policyholders’ contracts, with an additional reserve for certain guaranteed benefits.

 

25


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

   

Reserves are reported net of ceded reinsurance; under U.S. GAAP, reserves relating to business in which the ceding company is not legally relieved of its liability are reported gross with an offsetting reinsurance receivable.

 

   

Certain annuity contracts which do not pass through all investment gains to the contract holders are maintained in the separate accounts, whereas U.S. GAAP reports these contracts in the general account of the Company.

 

   

Policy acquisition costs are expensed as incurred; under U.S. GAAP, these costs are related to the successful acquisition of new and renewal insurance policies and investment contracts which are deferred and recognized over either the expected premium paying period or the expected gross profits.

 

   

The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles are recorded as increases or decreases in statutory surplus; under U.S. GAAP, cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles generally affect equity and net income.

 

   

Premiums of universal life and deferred annuity contracts including policy charges are recorded as revenue when due. Under U.S. GAAP, policy charges are recorded as revenue when due, and the premiums are recorded as policyholder account balances.

 

   

Federal income taxes are provided for in the Company’s estimated current and deferred taxes. Income taxes incurred include current year estimates of Federal income taxes due or refundable, based on tax returns for the current year and all prior years to the extent not previously provided. Deferred taxes are provided for differences between the statutory financial statement basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Changes in deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”) are recognized as a separate component of gains and losses in statutory unassigned surplus, while under U.S. GAAP, these changes are included in income tax expense or benefit. Under U.S. GAAP and NAIC SAP, gross deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the assets will not be realized. The remaining adjusted gross deferred tax asset not meeting certain criteria outlined in Statement of Statutory Accounting Principle (“SSAP”) No. 101, “Income Taxes” (“SSAP No. 101”), are not admitted.

 

   

The Statutory Statements of Cash Flows differ in certain respects from the presentation required by U.S. GAAP, including the presentation of the changes in cash and short-term investments instead of cash and cash equivalents. Short-term investments include securities with maturities of one year or less at the time of acquisition. For statutory purposes, there is no reconciliation between net income and cash from operations.

 

   

NAIC SAP does not require the presentation of a Statement of Comprehensive Income; under U.S. GAAP such a statement is required.

The effects on the Company’s financial statements attributable to the differences between NAIC SAP and U.S. GAAP are presumed to be material.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with statutory accounting principles prescribed or permitted by the State of Nebraska requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. It also requires disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The most significant estimates are those used in determining the fair value of financial instruments, allowance for loan losses, aggregate reserves for life policies and

 

26


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

contracts, deferred income taxes, provision for income taxes and other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) of investments.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions involving various types of financial instruments, including cash equivalents, short-term investments, debt and equity securities and mortgage loans. These instruments involve credit risk and also may be subject to risk of loss due to interest rate fluctuation. The Company evaluates and monitors each financial instrument individually and, when appropriate, obtains collateral or other security to minimize losses.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Company in preparing the accompanying statutory-based financial statements:

INVESTMENTS

Cash, cash equivalents and Short-term Investments

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are highly liquid securities. The Company’s cash equivalents primarily include cash, commercial paper and certain money market investments which have an original term to maturity of less than three months. Short-term investments include debt instruments with a term to maturity exceeding three months, but less than one year on the date of acquisition. Cash equivalents and short-term investments are carried at estimated fair value or amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Bonds

Investments in debt securities including bonds, mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) and asset-backed securities (“ABS”) are stated at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Where the NAIC rating has fallen to 6 and the fair value has fallen below amortized cost, they are stated at fair value. The ratings for certain residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) were determined by comparing the insurer’s carrying value divided by remaining par value to price ranges modeled by a third-party vendor chosen by the NAIC that correspond to each NAIC designation. Comparisons were initially made to the model based on amortized cost. Where the resulting rating was a NAIC 6 per the model, further comparison based on fair value was required which, in some cases, resulted in a higher final NAIC rating.

Amortization of the premium or discount from the purchase of these securities considers the estimated timing and amount of prepayments of the underlying loans. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. Prepayment assumptions for single-class and multi-class MBS and ABS are estimated by management using inputs obtained from third-party specialists and based on management’s knowledge of the current market. For prepayment-sensitive securities such as interest-only and principal-only strips, inverse floaters and credit-sensitive MBS and ABS securities, which represent beneficial interests in securitized financial assets that are not of high credit quality or that have been credit impaired, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis. For all other MBS and ABS, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis. If the collection of all

 

27


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

contractual cash flows is not probable, an OTTI may be indicated. The process of analyzing securities for an OTTI adjustment is further described in Note 3.

Common Stocks

Common stocks are solely comprised of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLB”) stock and are carried at cost.

Preferred Stocks

Redeemable preferred stocks are carried at cost.

Investments in Subsidiaries

Investments in insurance subsidiaries are carried based on the underlying statutory equity of the subsidiary. The Company’s investment in Lancaster Re is fully nonadmitted as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company’s book/carrying values and nonadmitted value of its investment in Lancaster Re were $156.8 million and $168.1 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Mortgage Loans

Mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of provisions for estimated losses. Mortgage loans acquired at a premium or discount are stated at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, net of provisions for estimated losses. Purchases and sales of mortgage loans are recognized or derecognized in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital Stock on the loan’s settlement date, which is the date that the Company cash settles the purchase or sale of the loan. Transaction costs on mortgage loans are capitalized on initial recognition and are recognized in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations using the effective interest rate method. Mortgage loans, which primarily include commercial first lien mortgages, are diversified by property type and geographic area throughout the United States. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and generally are no more than 75% of the property’s value at the time that the original loan is made. The Company regularly assesses the value of the collateral.

A mortgage loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the principal or interest is not collectible in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. When a mortgage loan is classified as impaired, allowances for credit losses are established to adjust the carrying value of the loan to its net recoverable amount.

The allowance for credit losses are estimated using the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. A specific allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, is less than the recorded amount of the loan. The full extent of impairment in the mortgage portfolio cannot be assessed solely by reviewing these loans individually. A general allowance for loan loss is established based on an assessment of past loss experience on groups of loans with similar characteristics and current economic conditions. While management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the loan loss allowances, future adjustments may become necessary if economic conditions differ from the assumptions used in calculating them.

 

28


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

It is the Company’s policy to cease to carry accrued interest on commercial mortgage loans in default if deemed uncollectible or over 180 days past due. The Company held no investments in non-accrual status as of December 31, 2019 or 2018. Interest income is recognized on impaired mortgage loans upon receipt.

Changes in allowances for losses are recorded as changes in unrealized gains and losses to surplus. Once the conditions causing impairment improve and future payments are reasonably assured, the mortgages are no longer classified as impaired and the Company resumes accrual of income. However, if the original terms of the contract have been changed resulting in the Company providing an economic concession to the borrower at below market rates, then the mortgage is reclassified as restructured.

If the conditions causing impairment do not improve and future payments remain unassured, the Company typically derecognizes the asset through disposition or foreclosure. Uncollectible collateral-dependent loans are written off through realized losses for any difference between the carrying value and amount received for the underlying property at the time of disposition or foreclosure.

Contract Loans

Contract loans are carried at the amount of outstanding principal balance. Contract loans are collateralized by the related insurance policy and do not exceed the net cash surrender value of such policy.

Other Investments

Other investments include investments in derivatives, surplus notes, a limited partnership and low income housing tax credits (“LIHTCs”). Investments in surplus notes that are rated NAIC 1 are carried at amortized cost. The minority interest in the partnership is carried using the equity method. LIHTCs are generally recorded at cost and amortized based on the utilization of tax credits and benefits. All of the Company’s investments in LIHTCs were sold in 2018 for a realized loss of $9 thousand.

Derivatives

Derivative instruments used in hedging transactions that meet the criteria of a highly effective hedge are valued and reported consistently with the hedged items. Derivative instruments used in hedging transactions that do not meet or no longer meet the criteria of an effective hedge are valued at fair value with the changes in fair value recorded as unrealized gains and losses in the Statutory Statements of Changes in Capital Stock and Surplus, Change in net unrealized capital gains (losses). Realized investment gains and losses from derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are reduced by amounts transferred to IMR.

Derivative instruments acquired by the Company were used to manage risks with certain assets and liabilities arising from potential adverse impacts from changes in risk-free interest rates and equity markets related to the Company’s equity indexed annuity and life contracts. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. Derivatives may include index option contracts and futures and interest rate swaps and are included in Other investments on the Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus. The notional amounts specified in the contracts are used to calculate contractual payments under the agreements and are generally not representative of the potential for gain or loss on these contracts.

The Company did not report any derivatives as accounting hedges as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

ASSET VALUATION RESERVE AND INTEREST MAINTENANCE RESERVE

The AVR is established as a liability based upon a formula prescribed by the NAIC to offset potential credit-related investment losses on all invested assets, with changes in the AVR charged or credited directly

 

29


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

to surplus. The IMR is established as a liability to capture realized gains and losses, net of income tax, on the sale of fixed income investments, principally bonds and mortgage loans, resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates, and is amortized into income over the remaining years to expected maturity of the assets sold. Should the deferral of realized losses, net of income tax, result in a debit balance IMR, that amount is presented as an asset and nonadmitted.

INVESTMENT INCOME DUE AND ACCRUED

Accrued investment income consists primarily of interest and dividends. Interest is recognized on an accrual basis and dividends are recorded as earned on the ex-dividend date. Due and accrued income is not recorded on: (a) bonds in default, (b) bonds delinquent more than 90 days or where collection of interest is improbable and (c) mortgage loans in default if deemed uncollectible or over 180 days past due. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s nonadmitted investment income due and accrued was zero.

POLICY AND CONTRACT RESERVES

Policy reserves on annuity and supplementary contracts are calculated using the Commissioners’ Annuity Reserve Valuation Method, except variable annuities which use the Commissioners’ Annuity Reserve Valuation Method for Variable Annuities. The valuation interest assumptions follow the Standard Valuation Law and vary by the contracts’ characteristics and issue year.

Policy reserves on life contracts are based on statutory mortality and valuation interest rates using the Commissioner’s Reserve Valuation Method without consideration of withdrawals. The valuation interest and mortality assumptions follow the Standard Valuation Law and vary by the contracts’ characteristics and issue year.

Valuation methods provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater than or equal to the minimum of guaranteed policy cash values or the amount required by law.

Accident and health benefit reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined based on published tables using specified statutory interest rates and mortality. Morbidity and lapse assumptions are based on Company experience.

Liability for deposit-type contracts represents contracts without significant mortality or morbidity risk. Payments received from sales of deposit-type contracts are recognized by providing a liability equal to the current value of the policyholders’ contracts. Interest rates credited to these contracts are based on the applicable terms of the respective contract.

LIABILITY FOR POLICY AND CONTRACT CLAIMS

Liabilities for unpaid claims consist of the estimated amount payable for claims reported but not yet settled and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. The amounts reported are based upon actual pending claim amounts and historical experience, adjusted for trends and current circumstances. Revisions of these estimates are included in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations in the year such adjustments are determined to be required.

INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for current and deferred income taxes and recognizes reserves for income tax contingencies in accordance with SSAP No. 101. Under the applicable asset and liability method for recording deferred income taxes, deferred taxes are recognized when assets and liabilities have different

 

30


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

values for financial statement and tax reporting purposes, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on DTAs and DTLs is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances on DTAs are estimated based on the Company’s assessment of the realizability of such amounts. Refer to Note 13 of the Company’s financial statements for further discussion of the Company’s income taxes.

REINSURANCE

Policy and contract liabilities ceded have been reported as reductions of the related reserves. Premiums, commissions, expense reimbursement, claims, and claim adjustment expenses related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with that used in accounting for the original policies issued and with the terms of the reinsurance contracts and are reported net of amounts ceded to other companies.

A liability has been provided for unsecured policy reserves on reinsurance ceded to companies not authorized to assume business in the state of domicile and is included in funds held under reinsurance treaties with unauthorized companies. Changes in this liability are reported directly in unassigned surplus.

EXPERIENCE REFUNDS

Experience refunds are calculated in accordance with the applicable reinsurance agreements. Experience refunds are primarily determined by claims experience on the ceded blocks, in addition to numerous factors that include profitability of the Company during the period covered by the refund and capitalization levels of the Company. Experience refunds are recorded directly in earned income.

GUARANTY ASSOCIATION ASSESSMENTS

The Company is required by law to participate in the guaranty associations of the various states in which it is licensed to do business. The state guaranty associations ensure payment of guaranteed benefits, with certain restrictions, to policyholders of impaired or insolvent insurance companies by assessing all other companies involved in similar lines of business. Certain guaranty fund assessments paid by the Company are recoverable through premium tax credits over time.

RECOGNITION OF REVENUE AND RELATED EXPENSES

Scheduled life, accident and health insurance premiums and annuity considerations are recognized as revenue when due. Premiums for universal life and single premium contracts are recognized as revenue when collected. Benefits, surrenders and withdrawals are expensed as incurred. All acquisition costs and maintenance expenses are charged to the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations as incurred.

OTHER INCOME

Other income primarily consists of various insurance policy charges. In 2019, other income includes IMR ceded as part of the Company’s reinsurance program described in Note 8.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

The Company has established unitized Separate Accounts applicable to various classes of contracts providing for variable benefits. Contracts for which funds are invested in the variable Separate Accounts include individual and group life and annuity contracts.

 

31


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Net investment income, capital gains and losses, and changes in mutual fund asset values on the variable Separate Accounts are allocated to policyholders and therefore do not affect the operating results of the Company. Assets held in the variable Separate Accounts are carried at fair value. The investment risk of such securities is retained by the contractholder. The Company earns separate account fees for providing administrative services and bearing the mortality risks related to contracts for which funds are invested in variable Separate Accounts.

The activity of the variable Separate Accounts is not reflected in the Company’s financial statements except for the following:

 

   

The fees that the Company receives, which are assessed periodically and recognized as revenue when assessed.

 

   

The activity related to the guaranteed minimum death benefit, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit with offsetting transfers to/from the variable Separate Accounts are reflected in the Company’s financial statements.

 

   

Premiums and withdrawals with offsetting transfers to/from the variable Separate Accounts are reflected in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations.

 

   

Transfers from the variable Separate Accounts due and accrued, which include accrued expense allowances receivable from the variable Separate Accounts.

 

   

The dividends-received-deduction (“DRD”), which is included in the Company’s income tax expense, is calculated based upon the variable Separate Accounts’ assets held in connection with variable contracts.

The results of variable annuity contracts and certain variable life policies are reinsured to ALIC pursuant to a modified coinsurance agreement.

NONADMITTED ASSETS

Certain assets are designated as “nonadmitted” under NAIC SAP. Such assets, principally related to amounts advanced to or due from financial representatives, prepaid expenses, aged reinsurance recoverables, deferred tax assets in excess of statutory limits and the Company’s investment in Lancaster Re are excluded from assets and surplus in the Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. IMR is excluded from assets and surplus in the Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus as of December 31, 2018.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year financial statement presentation.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Effective January 2020 with early adoption permitted, the NAIC revised SSAP No. 22, “Leases” to SSAP No. 22R, “Leases - Revised” in order to update guidance on leases, including leveraged leases and sale-leaseback transactions. The substantive revisions to SSAP No. 22 were the result of U. S. GAAP based changes by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) through issuance of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”. The adoption of these revisions is not expected to have an

 

32


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

impact on the financial statements of the Company as the “operating lease” approach without recognition of a right-to-use asset or lease liability is still used under NAIC SAP for lessees.

Effective January 2020 with early adoption permitted, the NAIC revised SSAP No. 100R, “Fair Value”, as a result of the issuance of ASU 2018-13, “Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”. This ASU was issued in August 2018 as part of a FASB project to improve the effectiveness of U.S. GAAP disclosures. The adoption of these revisions is not expected to have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Company and disclosures will be updated in Note 12.

Effective April 2019, the NAIC revised SSAP No. 100R, “Fair Value” as a result of the issuance of ASU 2018-36, “Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”. This ASU was issued to update the timing for the application of ASU 2018-13 for certain of the disclosures, i.e., deletion of the disclosures detailing transfers between Levels 1 and 2, policy for timing of transfers and valuation process for Level 3. The adoption of these revisions did not have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Company and disclosures were updated in Note 12.

Effective December 2019, the NAIC revised SSAP No. 43R “Loan-Backed and Structured Securities” to incorporate guidance for certain government sponsored enterprises credit risk transfer instruments known as mortgage-referenced securities (“MRS”) that meet the statutory classification of a structured note as the holder could lose principal with the performance of the referenced security, however, also encompass both the credit risk of the issuer (e.g., Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac), as well as the credit risk of mortgage loan borrowers. The adoption of these revisions did not have an impact on the financial statements of the Company as they continue to be admitted assets whereas the guidance for other types of structured notes was moved effective December 2019 to SSAP No. 86, “Derivatives” and the assets were nonadmitted.

Effective December 2019 with early adoption permitted, the NAIC revised SSAP No. 69. “Cash Flows”, as a result of the issuance of ASU 2016-18. “Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash”. This ASU required restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents to be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and ending balances shown on the Statutory Statements of Cash Flows. This revision is to be shown retrospectively, allowing for comparative cash flow statements. The adoption of this revision is included as a reclass between line items of the Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus and related adjustments to the Statutory Statements of Cash Flows with an immaterial overall impact to the financial statements.

Effective March 2019 with early adoption permitted, the NAIC amended SSAP No. 43R, “Loan-backed and Structured Securities” to delete the modified filing exempt (“MFE”) guidance. Under the MFE process, the amortized cost basis is used in conjunction with the credit rating provider (“CRP”) rating to determine the final NAIC designation. When eliminated, securities that have a CRP rating that are not captured as financially modeled securities will use the equivalent NAIC designation without adjustment. The adoption of these revisions did not have an impact on the financial statements of the Company as no numeric ratings were changed as a result of early adoption.

Effective May 2018, in response to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on December 22, 2017, the NAIC amended SSAP No. 101, “Income Taxes” to clarify the following: (1) the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities due to the change in the tax rate to three components of surplus: change in net unrealized capital gain/loss, change in net deferred income tax and change in nonadmitted assets; and (2) the classification of life and nonlife entities for tax purposes and that the classification is based on how the entity is taxed. Minor revisions were also made to the question and answer guidance provided in SSAP No. 101. The adoption of these revisions did not have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Company.

 

33


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Effective January 2018, the NAIC amended SSAP No. 86, “Derivatives” to clarify the reporting for variation margin. Revisions clarify that variation margin changes shall not be recognized as settled until the derivative contract has terminated and/or otherwise expired. The adoption of these revisions did not have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Company as this is current practice.

 

2.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has significant transactions with affiliates. Intercompany revenues and expenses recognized under these agreements may not necessarily be indicative of costs that would be incurred if the Company operated on a stand-alone basis and if these transactions were with unrelated parties. Below is a summary of significant transactions with affiliates.

Capital Contributions and Dividends

On December 31, 2019, the Company received a capital contribution from GILICO for $20 million.

After receiving prior approval from the NE DOI, the Company paid extraordinary dividends of $40 million, $15 million and $70 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

During 2019, the Company contributed additional capital of $50 million to Lancaster Re. In 2018, the Company contributed additional capital and special surplus funds of $15 million and $35 million, respectively, to Lancaster Re. In 2017, the Company contributed additional capital and special surplus funds of $30 million and $70 million, respectively, to Lancaster Re.

Reinsurance Related Agreements

As more fully described in Note 8, the Company is party to reinsurance transactions with affiliates.

On December 31, 2019, the Company entered into a coinsurance agreement with GILICO, resulting in the transfer of certain life and annuity contracts. The Company ceded statutory reserves of $1,387 million in return for a ceding commission, which was recorded in the Statutory Statements of Operations. The Company had a net payable of $35 million due to GILICO under terms of the coinsurance agreement at December 31, 2019.

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into an indemnity reinsurance agreement on a combination coinsurance and coinsurance funds withheld basis with Lancaster Re, resulting in the transfer of XXX and AXXX reserves associated with certain term and universal life policies. The Company ceded statutory reserves of $2,733 million in return for a ceding commission, which was deferred net of tax into unassigned surplus in accordance with NAIC SAP. Amortization of $16.1 million, $16.0 million and $15.8 million was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, resulting in an unamortized balance in surplus at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 of $230.5 million, $246.6 million and $262.6 million, respectively. The deferred ceding commission is amortized into income over the period under which earnings emerge from the business reinsured. The Company had a net reinsurance receivable from Lancaster Re of $35.6 million and $16.0 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

There is no reported risk-based capital or Primary Security shortfall associated with these agreements.

Administrative Service Agreements and Other

The Company and HoldCo have entered into a Services Agreement to provide certain administrative and other services to each other. Total expenses incurred under this agreement to HoldCo were $13.5 million, and $22.4 million and $18.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

34


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The Company and Lancaster Re have entered into a Services Agreement to provide certain administrative and other services to Lancaster Re. The Company and Lancaster Re also entered into an Investment Services Agreement pursuant to which the Company will provide investment management services with respect to assets of Lancaster Re. The Investment Services Agreement does not apply to the Funds Withheld Account held at Lincoln Benefit. Assets may be added to or withdrawn from the accounts at any time by Lancaster Re. Management and administrative fees are payable quarterly and totaled approximately $(8.6) million, $1.7 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2019, the Company entered into a Cost Sharing and Services Agreement with Kuvare US Holdings, Inc. (“Kuvare”) and Kuvare Insurance Services LP (“KIS”) whereby Kuvare and KIS have agreed to provide certain management and administrative services to Lincoln Benefit, including management, reinsurance, legal, audit, administration, financial planning and other services. Lincoln Benefit reimburses Kuvare and KIS at cost for services provided by Kuvare and KIS pursuant to this agreement. Total expenses incurred under this agreement to HoldCo were $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

On December 31, 2019, Lincoln Benefit entered into an Investment Management Agreement with KIS, whereby KIS has agreed to provide certain investment advisory and management services to Lincoln Benefit. Pursuant to this agreement, KIS will receive a gross fee of approximately 0.30% per annum on all invested assets of Lincoln Benefit managed under this agreement. No expenses were incurred under this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Company and Lancaster Re have entered into a federal income Tax Allocation Agreement. Refer to Note 13 for more information related to this agreement.

Effective April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a Fee Letter (the “Fee Letter”) with Lanis LLC (“Lanis”) pursuant to which the Company will pay Lanis the risk spread due on the Vehicle Note issued by Lanis to Lancaster Re. A reserve of $2.1 million had been established on the balance sheet for these payments as of December 31, 2018. This reserve was released in 2019 and the Company was reimbursed as described directly below.

On April 1, 2014, the Company and HoldCo entered into a Letter Agreement whereby from and after the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement, if the Company makes any payment pursuant to the Fee Letter, within ten business days of such payment by the Company, HoldCo shall reimburse the Company in cash in an amount equal to such payment by the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2019, HoldCo contributed capital of $5.8 million to the Company under this agreement.

Effective November 4, 2016, the Company entered into an intercompany note receivable and note payable agreement with Lancaster Re in equal amounts (initially $100 million, and up to $500 million). The consideration for each note is offset, and interest is paid quarterly based on rates defined in the agreement. The gross amounts as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $211.0 million and $266.5 million, respectively.

The maturities of the outstanding intercompany note receivable and payable as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

($’s thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

2019

   $ —        $ 55,500  

2020

     105,500        105,500  

2021

     76,000        76,000  

2022

     29,500        29,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 211,000      $ 266,500  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Interest expense incurred on the note payable and interest income earned on the note receivable for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $10.6 million and $4.7 million, respectively. Interest expense incurred on the note payable and interest income earned on the note receivable for the year ended December 31, 2018 were $13.7 million and $5.6 million, respectively. Interest expense incurred on the note payable and interest income earned on the note receivable for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $16.6 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

Amounts Due To or From Affiliates

The Company reported the following receivables/ (payables) to affiliates as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 excluding amounts related to taxes (see Note 13) and reinsurance agreements:    

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Holdco

   $ (2,828    $ (5,288

Lancaster Re

     (580      (1,273

Lanis

     (1,956      (2,131

Kuvare

     (300      —    

Intercompany receivable and payable balances are evaluated on an individual company basis. Intercompany balances are generally settled quarterly.

 

3.

INVESTMENTS

The statement value and fair value of the Company’s debt securities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

December 31, 2019

 

($’s in thousands)    Statement
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

U.S. governments

   $ 58,548      $ 5,375      $ (86    $ 63,837  

All other governments

     12,807        190        (578      12,419  

U.S. states, territories and possessions

     15,426        2,162        —          17,588  

U.S. political subdivisions

     64,496        2,826        (63      67,259  

Special revenue

     875,549        68,577        (894      943,232  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     5,232,882        407,791        (14,019      5,626,654  

Hybrids

     101,914        7,277        (423      108,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

   $ 6,361,622      $ 494,198      $ (16,063    $ 6,839,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

($’s in thousands)    Statement
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

U.S. governments

   $ 146,412      $ 2,382      $ (2,308    $ 146,486  

All other governments

     22,596        8        (2,627      19,977  

U.S. states, territories and possessions

     15,565        —          (49      15,516  

U.S. political subdivisions

     92,396        1,157        (2,515      91,038  

Special revenue

     979,287        30,306        (14,972      994,621  

Industrial and miscellaneous

     6,332,610        26,116        (339,351      6,019,375  

Hybrids

     120,782        925        (5,726      115,981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

   $ 7,709,648      $ 60,894      $ (367,548    $ 7,402,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

36


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The statement value and estimated fair value as of December 31, 2019 by maturity periods for debt securities, other than ABS and MBS were as shown below:

December 31, 2019

 

($’s in thousands)    Statement Value      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 136,742      $ 137,714  

Due after one through five years

     524,557        542,327  

Due after five through ten years

     639,630        681,821  

Due after ten years

     3,942,466        4,326,858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total before asset and mortgage-backed securities

     5,243,395        5,688,720  

Asset and mortgage-backed securities

     1,118,227        1,151,037  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bonds

   $ 6,361,622      $ 6,839,757  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities on ABS and MBS because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties; accordingly, the contractual maturities for those securities are not shown.

Proceeds from sales of investments in debt securities for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $0.9 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively; gross gains for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $47.4 million, $4.8 million and $30.0 million, respectively, and gross losses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $19.3 million, $47.0 million and $11.9 million, respectively. Investment grade debt securities were 98.7% and 98.3% of the Company’s total debt securities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company held no 5* securities as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

For securities sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed as a result of a callable feature (including make whole call provisions), the number of CUSIPs and amount of investment income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and and 2017 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands, except # of securities)

           
     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  

Type

   General
Account
     Separate
Account
     General
Account
     Separate
Account
     General
Account
     Separate
Account
 

Number of CUSIPs

     22        —          13        —          12        —    

Aggregate Amount of Investment Income

   $ 3,785      $ —        $ 1,005      $ —        $ 2,169      $ —    

Pricing

Non-U.S. government fixed income holdings are valued on the basis of the quotes provided by pricing services, which are subject to pricing validation reviews and a pricing vendor challenge process. Valuations provided by vendors are generally based on the actual trade information as substantially all of the Company’s non-U.S. government holdings are traded in a transparent and liquid market.

Corporate debt securities mainly include investment grade positions, which are priced on the basis of quotes provided by third-party pricing vendors and first utilize valuation inputs from actively traded securities, such as bid prices, bid spreads to Treasury securities, Treasury curves, and same or comparable issuer curves and spreads. Issuer spreads are determined from actual quotes and traded prices and incorporate considerations of credit/default, sector composition, and liquidity and call features. Where market data is not

 

37


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

available valuations are developed based on the modeling techniques that utilize observable inputs and option adjusted spreads and incorporate considerations of the security’s seniority, maturity and the issuer’s corporate structure.

Values of RMBS, CMBS and ABS are obtained from third-party pricing vendors and through quoted prices, some of which may be based on the prices of comparable securities with similar structural and collateral features. Pricing inputs for ABS, primarily debt securitized by credit card, student loan and auto receivables, focus on capturing, where relevant, collateral quality and performance, payment patterns, and delinquencies. Values of certain ABS for which there are no significant observable inputs are developed using benchmarks to similar transactions or indices.

For both CMBS and RMBS, cash flows are derived based on the transaction-specific information which incorporates priority in the capital structure and are generally adjusted to reflect benchmark yields, market prepayment data, collateral performance (default rates and loss severity) for specific vintage and geography, credit enhancements, and ratings. For certain RMBS and CMBS with low levels of market liquidity, judgments may be required to determine comparable securities based on the loan type and deal-specific performance. CMBS terms may also incorporate lock-out periods that restrict borrowers from prepaying the loans or provide disincentives to prepay and therefore reduce prepayment risk of these securities, as compared to RMBS. The factors specifically considered in valuation of CMBS include borrower-specific statistics in a specific region, such as debt service coverage and loan-to-value ratios, as well as the type of commercial property.

Other-than-temporary impairments

The Company recognizes and measures OTTI for ABS and MBS in accordance with SSAP No. 43R, “Loan-Backed and Structured Securities”. In accordance with SSAP No. 43R, if the fair value of a structured security is less than its amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date, the Company assesses whether the impairment is an OTTI. When an OTTI has occurred, the amount of OTTI recognized in earnings is the difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit in the security.

If the Company intends to sell the structured security, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, an OTTI is considered to have occurred. The amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings is the difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security.

If the Company does not intend to sell the structured security, or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company performs cash flow testing to determine if the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate implicit in the security is less than its amortized cost basis.

Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third parties, along with assumptions and judgments about the future performance of the underlying collateral. Losses incurred on the respective portfolios are based on loss models using assumptions about key systemic risks such as unemployment rates and housing prices and loan specific information such as delinquency rates and loan-to-value ratios.

If the fair value of a debt security, other than those subject to SSAP No. 43R, is less than its amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date, the Company assesses whether the impairment is an OTTI. When an OTTI has occurred, the amount of OTTI recognized in earnings is the difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and its fair value.

 

38


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

If the Company intends to sell the debt security, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, an OTTI is considered to have occurred. If the Company does not intend to sell the debt security, or it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company employs a portfolio monitoring process to identify securities that are OTTI.

The Company has a Credit Committee comprised of investment and finance professionals which meets at least quarterly to review individual issues or issuers that may be of concern. In determining whether a security is OTTI, the Credit Committee considers the factors described below. The process involves a quarterly screening of all securities where fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Discrete credit events, such as a ratings downgrade, are also used to identify securities that may be OTTI. The securities identified are then evaluated based on issuer-specific facts and circumstances, such as the issuer’s ability to meet current and future interest and principal payments, an evaluation of the issuer’s financial position and its near-term recovery prospects, difficulties being experienced by an issuer’s parent or affiliate, and management’s assessment of the outlook for the issuer’s sector.

As a supplement to the qualitative assessment, independent screenings are performed to help identify securities that should be carefully scrutinized for inclusion on the watchlist and in the proper category. These include things like market value to book value ratio, highest unrealized losses, length of time at an unrealized loss and stress test results for structured securities. In making these evaluations, the Credit Committee exercises considerable judgment. Based on this evaluation, issues or issuers are considered for inclusion on one of the Company’s following watchlists: Monitor, Concern, High Concern, or Default.

“Monitor List”- Management has concluded that the Company’s amortized cost will be recovered through timely collection of all contractually specified cash flows, but that changes in issuer-specific facts and circumstances require monitoring on a quarterly basis. The likelihood of future non-repayment is considered not probable. For loan-backed and structured securities, a principal loss would be projected under a significant stress model scenario. No OTTI charge is recorded in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations for unrealized loss on securities related to these issuers.

“Concern List”- Management has concluded that the Company’s amortized cost will be recovered through timely collection of all contractually specified cash flows, but that changes in issuer-specific facts and circumstances require monitoring on a quarterly basis. The likelihood of future non-repayment is considered above average but not probable. For loan-backed and structured securities, a principal loss would be projected under a stress model scenario. No OTTI charge is recorded in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations for unrealized loss on securities related to these issuers.

“High Concern”- Management has concluded that the Company’s amortized cost will be recovered through timely collection of all contractually specified cash flows, but that changes in issuer-specific facts and circumstances require continued monitoring. A security is moved from the Concern List to the High Concern List when changes in issuer-specific facts and circumstances increase the possibility that a security may become impaired. The likelihood of future non-repayment is considered probable. For loan-backed and structured securities, a principal loss would be projected under a base case model scenario. No OTTI charge is recorded in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations for unrealized loss on securities related to these issuers.

“Default List”- A security that is not current with respect to principal and interest or was issued by a company that has entered bankruptcy subsequent to acquisition or experienced a significant credit downgrade. Management has concluded the amortized cost basis of the security may not be recovered due to expected delays or shortfalls in the contractually specified cash flows. For these investments, the amount of OTTI recognized in the Company’s Statutory Statements of Operations is the difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and its fair value or present value of discounted cash flows dependent on the length of time and degree of impairment.

 

39


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Should it be determined that a security is other than temporarily impaired, the Company records a loss through an appropriate adjustment in carrying value. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred the following write-downs of debt securities, which were subject to SSAP No. 43R:

 

($’s in thousands)                                

CUSIP

  Book/Adj Carrying value
Amortized Cost Before
Current Period OTTI
    Present Value
of Projected
Cash Flows
    Recognized
OTTI
    Amortized Cost
After OTTI
    Fair Value at
Time of OTTI
    Date of Financial
Statement Where
Reported
 

50179MAH4

  $ 4,982     $ 3,767     $ 1,215     $ 3,767     $ 3,767       6/30/2019  

50179MAH4

    3,978       3,102       876       3,102       3,102       9/30/2019  

50179MAH4

    3,041       2,633       408       2,633       2,633       12/31/2019  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 12,001     $ 9,502     $ 2,499     $ 9,502     $ 9,502    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

There are inherent risks and uncertainties in management’s evaluation of securities for OTTI. These risks and uncertainties include factors both external and internal to the Company, such as general economic conditions, an issuer’s financial condition or near-term recovery prospects, market interest rates, unforeseen events which affect one or more issuers or industry sectors, and portfolio management parameters, including asset mix, interest rate risk, portfolio diversification, duration matching, and greater than expected liquidity needs. All of these factors could impact management’s evaluation of securities for OTTI.

Temporary impairments

The gross unrealized losses and fair value of investments, which have been deemed temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category, number of securities and length of time that securities have been in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2019   Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
($’s in thousands, except #
of securities)
  #     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    #     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    #     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. governments

    4     $ 2,566     $ (76     11     $ 217     $ (10     15     $ 2,783     $ (86

All other governments

    —         —         —         1       4,298       (578     1       4,298       (578

U.S. political subdivisions

    1       7,072       (63     —         —         —         1       7,072       (63

Special revenue

    34       204,463       (883     37       361       (11     71       204,824       (894

Industrial and miscellaneous

    92       255,033       (2,757     71       233,548       (11,262     163       488,581       (14,019

Hybrids

    —         —         —         2       9,578       (423     2       9,578       (423
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total bonds

    131     $ 469,134     $ (3,779     122     $ 248,002     $ (12,284     253     $ 717,136     $ (16,063
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
December 31, 2018   Less than 12 months     12 months or more     Total  
($’s in thousands, except #
of securities)
  #     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    #     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
    #     Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 

U.S. governments

    25     $ 17,848     $ (708     25     $ 38,398     $ (1,600     50     $ 56,246     $ (2,308

All other governments

    1       8,894       (122     4       10,573       (2,505     5       19,467       (2,627

U.S. states, territories and possessions

    2       15,516       (49     —         —         —         2       15,516       (49

U.S. political subdivisions

    6       14,765       (352     4       26,323       (2,163     10       41,088       (2,515

Special revenue

    96       141,627       (5,360     168       161,355       (9,612     264       302,982       (14,972

Industrial and miscellaneous

    1,206       3,814,020       (220,946     332       1,001,027       (118,405     1,538       4,815,047       (339,351

Hybrids

    21       81,256       (4,526     2       8,800       (1,200     23       90,056       (5,726
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total bonds

    1,357     $ 4,093,926     $ (232,063     535     $ 1,246,476     $ (135,485     1,892     $ 5,340,402     $ (367,548
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

40


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Exposure to Subprime and Alt-A mortgages

Subprime mortgages are residential loans to borrowers with weak credit profiles. Alt-A mortgages are residential loans to borrowers who generally have credit profiles above subprime but do not conform to traditional (“prime”) mortgage underwriting guidelines. The Company has invested in certain mortgage-backed and structured securities that include exposure to subprime and other below-prime mortgage loans. These investments are included in bonds in the Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets and are generally reported at amortized cost.

The Company has a comprehensive portfolio monitoring process. No impairments were recorded in the subprime or Alt-A portfolio in 2019, 2018 or 2017. The Company’s practice for acquiring and monitoring subprime and Alt-A securities takes into consideration the quality of the originator, quality of the servicer, security credit rating, underlying characteristics of the mortgages, borrower characteristics, level of credit enhancement in the transaction, and bond insurer strength, where applicable. The originators and servicers of the underlying mortgage loans are primarily subsidiaries of large banks and brokers.

The Company had no indirect exposure to subprime and Alt-A loans as of December 31, 2019. The Company had indirect exposure to subprime and Alt-A loans with book adjusted carrying value of $58.6 million which was less than one percent of the Company’s total invested assets as of December 31, 2018, as shown below:

 

($’s in thousands)                            
     December 31, 2018  

Direct Exposure through Other Investments

   Actual Cost      Book/Adjusted
Carrying Value
(excluding
interest)
     Fair Value      Other Than
Temporary
Impairment
Losses
Recognized
 

Residential mortgage backed securities

   $ 56,495      $ 58,639      $ 62,670      $ —    

 

4.

MORTGAGE LOANS

The Company invests in commercial first lien mortgage loans throughout the United States. Investments are diversified by property type and geographic area. The Company monitors the condition of the mortgage loans in its portfolio. In those cases where mortgages have been restructured, appropriate allowances for losses have been made. In those cases where, in management’s judgment, the mortgage loans’ values are impaired, appropriate losses are recorded.

The geographical distribution of the statement value of the mortgage loans portfolio as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Alabama

   $ 569      $ 829  

Arizona

     36,032        36,758  

California

     140,936        146,681  

Colorado

     91,680        61,631  

Florida

     24,305        54,630  

Georgia

     29,631        20,562  

Hawaii

     2,754        3,964  

Illinois

     56,163        86,827  

Iowa

     276        545  

 

41


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Kansas

   $ —        $ 9,200  

Massachusetts

     29,549        30,656  

Minnesota

     22,624        23,837  

Nevada

     9,308        80,931  

New Jersey

     35,663        21,192  

New York

     47,556        48,375  

North Carolina

     3,817        33,483  

Ohio

     12,110        12,325  

Pennsylvania

     69,800        50,353  

South Carolina

     24,384        24,791  

Texas

     84,674        110,698  

Virginia

     —          249  

Wisconsin

     —          849  

General Allowance

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

   $ 721,831      $ 859,366  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding commitments on certain mortgage loans held in the investment portfolio to finance property improvements on underlying real estate totaled $5.1 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

During 2019, the maximum and minimum lending rates were 5.170% and 3.570%, respectively. The maximum and minimum lending rates for commercial mortgage loans during 2018 were 5.360% and 4.006%, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not reduce interest rates on any outstanding mortgage loans. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and did not exceed 74% and 70% of the properties’ value at the time the original loan was made in 2019 and 2018, respectively.    

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the principal or interest is not collectible in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. The allowance for credit losses is estimated using the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. A specific allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the loan collateral, less cost to sell, is less than the recorded amount of the loan. During the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, no loans were impaired or past due.

A general allowance for loan loss is established based on an assessment of past loss experience on groups of loans with similar characteristics and current economic conditions. While management believes that it uses the best information available to establish the allowances, future adjustments may become necessary if economic conditions differ from the assumptions used in calculating them. There was no general allowance for loan loss at December 31, 2019 or 2018.

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company held no restructured loans. Should the Company hold any troubled debt, the Company may modify the terms of a loan by adjusting the interest rate, extending the maturity date, or both.

The Company accrues interest income on impaired loans to the extent it is deemed collectible, assuming it is delinquent less than 180 days and the loan continues to perform under its original or restructured contractual terms. Interest income is recognized on impaired mortgage loans upon receipt.

 

42


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The credit quality indicator for the Company’s mortgage loans is a risk-rated measure based on the borrowers’ ability to pay and the value of the underlying collateral. The Commercial Mortgage Loan risk rating is related to an increasing likelihood of loss, with lower quality ratings representing the category in which losses may be expected. It is used in measuring relative risk for the AVR calculation. The statement value of the Company’s mortgage loans, net of allowances for credit losses, by credit quality indicator as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

CM1 - Highest Quality

   $ 443,931      $ 444,430  

CM2 - High Quality

     239,928        377,490  

CM3 - Medium Quality

     37,972        37,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

   $ 721,831      $ 859,366  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.

INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES

Realized capital gains and losses on debt securities, mortgages and derivatives which relate to changes in levels of interest rates are charged or credited to the IMR, net of tax, and amortized into income over the remaining contractual life of the security sold. Realized gains and losses from the remaining investments are reported, net of tax, on the Statutory Statements of Operations, but are not included in the computation of net gain from operations. Realized capital gains and losses are recognized on a specific identification basis.

Net realized gains and losses recognized through the Statutory Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were comprised of the following:

 

($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Debt securities

   $ 115,958      $ (50,282    $ 11,256  

Mortgage loans

     474        (104      3,997  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

     (1      2        —    

Derivative instruments

     8,268        4,913        21,229  

Other invested assets

     267        (9      (92
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     124,966        (45,480      36,390  

Capital gains tax expense

     344        (20,649      15,149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized gains (losses)

     124,622        (24,831      21,241  

Gains transferred to IMR (net of taxes)

     (102,998      36,055        (12,029
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,624      $ 11,224      $ 9,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realized capital gains and losses included $3.1 million of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to debt securities for the year ended December 31, 2019. Realized capital gains and losses included $4.8 million of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to debt securities for the year ended December 31, 2018. Realized capital gains and losses included $4.3 million and $0.1 million of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to debt securities and LIHTCs, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

43


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Changes in unrealized gains and losses from investments are reported as a component of Capital and Surplus, net of deferred income taxes, and were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Common stocks of affiliates

   $ (61,355    $ (38,572    $ (8,223

Derivative instruments

     15,281        (12,050      (1,869

Other invested assets

     200        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (45,874    $ (50,622    $ (10,092
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There was no deferred tax netted in the above for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, or 2017.

 

6.

NET INVESTMENT INCOME

Net investment income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 consisted of:

 

($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Debt securities

   $ 322,129      $ 329,729      $ 344,880  

Mortgage loans

     37,239        41,310        48,837  

Contract loans

     6,245        6,710        6,776  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-terms

     4,041        3,867        1,693  

Other invested assets

     7,933        8,684        6,578  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross investment income

     377,587        390,300        408,764  

Interest expenses

     10,637        13,718        16,558  

Third party administration costs

     13,150        14,046        14,415  

Other investment expenses

     434        429        349  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income before IMR amortization

     353,366        362,107        377,442  

IMR amortization

     28,967        40,255        53,678  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net investment income

   $ 382,333      $ 402,362      $ 431,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s policy is to exclude investment income due and accrued with amounts that are over 90 days past due for investments other than mortgage loans and over 180 days past due for mortgage loans or where the collection of interest is uncertain. No investment income due and accrued was excluded from surplus at December 31, 2019 or 2018.

 

7.

DERIVATIVES

Derivative financial instruments utilized by the Company included index options, futures contracts and interest rate swaps. The notional amounts specified in the contracts are used to calculate contractual payments under the agreements and are generally not representative of the potential for gain or loss on these contracts.

Market risk is the risk that the Company will incur losses due to adverse changes in market prices or rates. Market risk exists for all of the derivative financial instruments the Company holds, so they may become less valuable due to adverse changes in market conditions. Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments that the Company uses for risk management purposes are generally offset by the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged risk of the related assets, liabilities or forecasted transactions. To limit the risk to the Company, the Company’s senior management has established risk control limits.

 

44


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Counterparty credit risk relates to the Company’s potential loss if counterparties concurrently fail to perform under the contractual terms of the contracts. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk by utilizing highly rated counterparties, establishing risk control limits, executing legally enforceable master agreements and obtaining collateral where appropriate. The Company has not incurred any losses on derivative financial instruments due to counterparty nonperformance. The above derivatives are traded on organized exchanges, which require margin deposits and guarantee the execution of trades, thereby mitigating potential credit risk. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in cash collateral from counterparties related to organized exchanges.

The Company uses derivatives to manage risks with certain assets and liabilities arising from potential adverse impacts from changes in risk-free interest rates and equity markets. The Company does not use derivatives for speculative purposes.

 

The paragraphs below describe the derivatives the Company uses, including the objectives, cash requirements and accounting policies.

Futures

The Company utilizes equity index futures contracts. Futures contracts are defined as commitments to buy or sell designated financial instruments based on specified prices, yields or indexes. Futures contracts provide returns based upon a specified index or interest rate applied to a notional amount. The Company uses futures to hedge exposures in annuity and life contracts. Daily cash settlement of variation margins is required for futures contracts and is based on the changes in daily prices. The final settlement of futures contracts is in cash.

Options

The Company also uses equity index options. Index option contracts provide returns at specified or optional dates based on a specified index applied to the option’s notional amount. The Company purchases and writes (sells) option contracts primarily to reduce market risk associated with certain annuity and life contracts. When the Company purchases/sells option contracts at specific prices, it is required to pay/receive a premium to/from the counterparties. The amount of premium paid/received is based on the number of contracts purchased/sold, the specified price and the maturity date of the contract. The Company pays/receives cash equal to the premium of purchased/written options when the contract is established. Premiums paid are reported as a derivative asset and premiums received are reported as a derivative liability. The change in the fair value of option contracts is reported as change in surplus, with an adjustment to derivatives. If the option is exercised, the Company receives/pays cash equal to the product of the number of contracts and the specified price in the contract with the gain or loss on settlement reported in realized gain or loss. If the options are not exercised and the contracts expire, then no additional cash is exchanged and the remaining book value is offset to realized gain or loss.

Swaps

The Company employs interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk related to investments purchased to support annuity contracts. An interest rate swap is an agreement between two counterparties in which one stream of future interest payments is exchanged for another. Interest rate swaps usually involve the exchange of a fixed interest rate for a floating rate, or vice versa, to reduce or increase exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, or to obtain a marginally lower interest rate. Swaps provide returns at the reset dates based on respective interest rates applied to the notional amount with the net difference in resulting interest payments settled between the counterparties. The Company purchases/sells swap contracts at specific prices and pays/receives a premium to/from the counterparties. The amount of premium paid/received is based on the number of contracts purchased/sold and the specified price based on the interest rates used and other terms of the contract. The

 

45


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Company pays/receives cash equal to the premium of the purchased/written swap when the contract is established. Premiums paid are reported as a derivative asset and premiums received are reported as a derivative liability. The change in the fair value of the swap is reported as change in surplus, with an adjustment to derivatives. Cash flows received/paid at the reset dates are reported in net investment income and consist of any differences in the amounts of contractual interest calculated due to the respective counterparties based on changes in interest rates. Swaps usually terminate upon expiration and the remaining book value is offset to realized gain or loss. If terminated through sale, the difference between consideration received or paid and the remaining book value is recorded to realized gain or loss.

The Company did not report any derivatives as accounting hedges as of December 31, 2019 or 2018.

All derivative transactions are covered under standardized contractual agreements with counterparties, all of which include credit-related contingent features. Certain counterparty relationships also may include supplementary agreements with tailored terms, such as additional triggers for early terminations, acceptable practices related to cross-transaction netting, and minimum thresholds for determining collateral. Credit-related triggers include failure to pay or deliver on an obligation past certain grace periods, bankruptcy or the downgrade of credit ratings to below a stipulated level. These triggers apply to both the Company and its counterparty.

Derivatives are carried in accordance with SSAP No. 86, “Derivatives.” The Company’s underlying notional or principal amounts and gross fair values as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018  
     Notional      Gross Fair Value     Notional      Gross Fair Value  
($’s in thousands)    Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities     Assets      Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities  

Options

   $ 311,160      $ 288,913      $ 49,158      $ (30,770   $ 338,470      $ 324,047      $ 5,099      $ (1,584

Futures

     —          —          —          —         —          9,934        —          (539

 

8.

REINSURANCE

Reinsurance ceded contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders. The Company remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured to the extent that any reinsurer does not meet the obligations assumed under the reinsurance agreement. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, the Company regularly evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk. Management believes that any liability arising from this contingency is unlikely. ALIC represents over 44% and 49%, of the Company’s ceded reserves as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

The Company did not write off any uncollectible reinsurance balances due for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company wrote off uncollectible reinsurance balances due of $4.9 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

On March 6, 2019, Scottish Re was put into receivership by the Delaware Department of Insurance (the “Receiver”). The Receiver is expected to publish a plan later this year. Our reserve credit with respect to Scottish Re treaties is approximately $7.3 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company has not established an allowance or written off any amounts with respect to these treaties during 2019. A non-admitted asset of approximately $3.3 million has been recorded with regards to reinsurance recoverables as of December 31, 2019.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company reported $539.2 million of premiums earned and $539.2 million of reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded as a result of commutation/recapture of ceded reinsurance. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company reported $1.4 million of premiums earned and $1.5 million of reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded as a result of commutation/recapture of ceded reinsurance. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reported $1.7 million of premiums earned and $1.7 million of reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded as a result of commutation/recapture of ceded reinsurance.

 

46


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The Company has agreements with several unrelated companies, which provide for reinsurance of portions of the net-amount-at-risk under certain policies. These amounts are reinsured on either a yearly renewable term, coinsurance or modified coinsurance basis. The Company’s modified coinsurance reserves (general account only) were $0.4 billion and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The effects of reinsurance were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Insurance and other individual policy benefits and claims*:

        

Direct

   $ 1,395,622      $ 1,257,583      $ 1,292,006  

Assumed

     5,957        5,190        6,074  

Ceded

     (1,285,691      (1,039,743      (1,067,171
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net policy benefits and claims

   $ 115,888      $ 223,030      $ 230,909  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  *

Excludes surrender benefits

 

($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Premiums and annuity considerations:

        

Direct

   $ 1,256,891      $ 1,304,600      $ 1,372,143  

Assumed

     4,949        5,118        4,768  

Ceded - affiliated

     (1,423,211      7,422        (21,674

Ceded - other non-affiliated

     (751,986      (1,237,027      (1,244,225
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net premiums and annuity considerations

   $ (913,357    $ 80,113      $ 111,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9.

RESERVES FOR LIFE CONTRACTS AND DEPOSIT TYPE CONTRACTS

The reserves for life insurance and annuity contracts are computed in accordance with presently accepted actuarial standards, and are based on actuarial assumptions and methods (including use of published mortality tables and prescribed interest rates and methodologies) which produce reserves at least as great as those required by law and contract provisions.

Deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon death of the insured and return of any portion of the final premium for the period beyond the date of death are not applicable to the business of the Company. Surrender values are not promised in excess of reserves legally computed.

For traditional life contracts, the cost of additional mortality for each policy is assumed to equal the additional premium charged for that policy period and is reserved accordingly. Additional premiums are collected for policies issued on substandard lives. Reserves are held in a manner consistent with traditional policies. For interest-sensitive policies, substandard mortality is reflected in the cost of insurance charges.

As of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $4.7 billion, $5.4 billion and $6.3 billion of direct insurance in force for which gross premiums were less than the net premiums according to the standard of valuation required by the State of Nebraska, respectively. Deficiency reserves above base contract reserves as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $76.0 million and $85.0 million, respectively.

The Tabular Interest has been determined by formula as described in the NAIC instructions, except for some business for which the Tabular Interest is determined from basic policy data for reserving. The Tabular less

 

47


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Actual Reserve Released has been determined by formula as described in the NAIC instructions. The Tabular Cost has been determined by formula as described in the NAIC instructions, except for universal life products which use cost of insurance and some business which uses basic policy data for reserving. The Tabular Interest on funds not involving life contingencies was determined from the interest credited to the deposits, except for certain guaranteed interest contracts for which Tabular Interest on funds is determined by formula as described in the instructions.

The Company recorded an additional reserve of $1.1 million related to additional capital requirements for life business for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company recorded an additional reserve of $19.4 million related to additional capital requirements for deferred annuities for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The Company recorded no premium deficiency reserves related to accident and health contracts for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company recorded a premium deficiency reserve related to accident and health contracts of $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

The withdrawal characteristics of general account and separate account life reserves and deposits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

December 31, 2019

    General Account     Separate Accounts -
Guaranteed and
Nonguaranteed
 
($’s in thousands)   Account
Value
    Cash
Value
    Reserve     Account
Value
    Cash
Value
    Reserve  

A. Subject to discretionary withdrawal, surrender values or policy loans:

           

1. Term policies with cash value

  $ —       $ 12,033     $ 48,814     $ —       $ —       $ —    

2. Universal life

    906,440       906,280       916,544       —         —         —    

3. Universal life with secondary guarantees

    3,742,945       2,920,439       6,188,250       —         —         —    

4. Indexed universal life

    59,125       48,909       56,571       —         —         —    

5. Indexed universal life with secondary guarantees

    573,928       327,805       451,051       —         —         —    

6. Indexed life

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

7. Other permanent cash value life insurance

    —         5,945       8,331       —         —         —    

8. Variable life

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

9. Variable universal life

    100,615       83,450       111,697       986,047       977,591       978,930  

10. Miscellaneous reserves

    —         28,904       107,335       —         —         —    

B. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal or no cash values

           

1. Term policies without cash value

    XXX       XXX       3,529,402       XXX       XXX       —    

2. Accidental death benefits

    XXX       XXX       119       XXX       XXX       —    

3. Disability - active lives

    XXX       XXX       816       XXX       XXX       —    

4. Disability - disabled lives

    XXX       XXX       25,560       XXX       XXX       —    

5. Miscellaneous reserves

    XXX       XXX       59,181       XXX       XXX       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

C. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    5,383,053       4,333,765       11,503,671       986,047       977,591       978,930  

D. Reinsurance ceded

    5,099,025       4,055,171       11,202,886       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

E. Total (net) (C minus D)

  $ 284,028     $ 278,594     $ 300,785     $ 986,047     $ 977,591     $ 978,930  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

48


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

           
    General Account     Separate Accounts -
Guaranteed and
Nonguaranteed
 
($’s in thousands)   Account
Value
    Cash
Value
    Reserve     Account
Value
    Cash
Value
    Reserve  

A. Subject to discretionary withdrawal, surrender values or policy loans:

           

1. Term policies with cash value

  $ —       $ 9,396     $ 10,395     $ —       $ —       $ —    

2. Universal life

    940,803       934,823       945,621       —         —         —    

3. Universal life with secondary guarantees

    3,732,204       2,803,454       5,964,743       —         —         —    

4. Indexed universal life

    60,156       47,100       53,333       —         —         —    

5. Indexed universal life with secondary guarantees

    528,044       269,341       404,411       —         —         —    

6. Indexed life

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

7. Other permanent cash value life insurance

    —         5,806       7,788       —         —         —    

8. Variable life

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

9. Variable universal life

    93,749       90,726       104,413       819,939       792,350       811,306  

10. Miscellaneous reserves

    —         23,713       109,479       —         —         —    

B. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal or no cash values

           

1. Term policies without cash value

    XXX       XXX       3,579,013       XXX       XXX       —    

2. Accidental death benefits

    XXX       XXX       119       XXX       XXX       —    

3. Disability - active lives

    XXX       XXX       680       XXX       XXX       —    

4. Disability - disabled lives

    XXX       XXX       23,883       XXX       XXX       —    

5. Miscellaneous reserves

    XXX       XXX       88,978       XXX       XXX       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

C. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    5,354,956       4,184,359       11,292,856       819,939       792,350       811,306  

D. Reinsurance ceded

    4,382,730       3,225,479       10,286,872       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

E. Total (net) (C minus D)

  $ 972,226     $ 958,880     $ 1,005,984     $ 819,939     $ 792,350     $ 811,306  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

10.

WITHDRAWAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ANNUITY RESERVES AND DEPOSIT LIABILITIES

The withdrawal characteristics of general account and separate account annuity reserves and deposits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2019

($’s in thousands)

                             
    General
Account
    Separate Accounts
with Guarantees
    Separate Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of Total  
A. INDIVIDUAL ANNUITIES:          

1. Subject to discretionary withdrawal:

         

a. With market value adjustment

  $ 261,759     $ 34,221     $ —       $ 295,980       6.8

b. At book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more

    47,407       —         —         47,407       1.1

c. At fair value

    24,155       —         445,888       470,043       10.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

49


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

($’s in thousands)

                             
    General
Account
    Separate Accounts
with Guarantees
    Separate Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of Total  

d. Total with market value adjustment or at fair value (Total of a through c)

  $ 333,321     $ 34,221     $ 445,888     $ 813,430       18.7

e. At book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or adjustment)

    3,035,371       —         —         3,035,371       69.7

2. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    501,894       —         4,307       506,201       11.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    3,870,586       34,221       450,195       4,355,002       100.0
         

 

 

 

4. Reinsurance ceded

    952,311       34,221       —         986,532    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

5. Total (net) (line 3 minus 4)

  $ 2,918,275     $ —       $ 450,195     $ 3,368,470    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

6. Amount included in A.1.b. above that will move to A.1.e. in the year after the statement date

  $ 12,756     $ —       $ —       $ 12,756    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
    General
Account
    Separate Accounts
with Guarantees
    Separate Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of Total  

B. GROUP ANNUITIES:

         

1. Subject to discretionary withdrawal:

         

a. With market value adjustment

  $ 232,235     $ 217     $ —       $ 232,452       64.7

b. At book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more

    353       —         —         353       0.1

c. At fair value

    —         —         27,375       27,375       7.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

d. Total with market value adjustment or at fair value (Total of a through c)

    232,588       217       27,375       260,180       72.4

e. At book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or adjustment)

    49,818       —         —         49,818       13.9

2. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    49,098       —         104       49,202       13.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    331,504       217       27,479       359,200       100.0
         

 

 

 

4. Reinsurance ceded

    61,206       217       —         61,423    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

5. Total (net) (line 3 minus 4)

  $ 270,298     $ —       $ 27,479     $ 297,777    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

6. Amount included in B.1.b. above that will move to B.1.e. in the year after the statement date

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

50


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

    General
Account
    Separate
Accounts
with
Guarantees
    Separate
Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of
Total
 

C. DEPOSIT TYPE CONTRACTS

         

1. Subject to discretionary withdrawal:

         

a. With market value adjustment

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         0.0

b. At book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more

    —         —         —         —         0.0

c. At fair value

    2,440       —         —         2,440       0.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

d. Total with market value adjustment or at fair value (Total of a through c)

    2,440       —         —         2,440       0.4

e. At book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or adjustment)

    61,122       —         —         61,122       10.6

2. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    512,790       —         —         512,790       89.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    576,352       —         —         576,352       100.0
         

 

 

 

4. Reinsurance ceded

    105,880       —         —         105,880    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

5. Total (net) (line 3 minus 4)

  $ 470,472     $ —       $ —       $ 470,472    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

6. Amount included in C.1.b. above that will move to C.1.e. in the year after the statement date

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

December 31, 2018                              
($’s in thousands)                              
    General
Account
    Separate
Accounts
with
Guarantees
    Separate
Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of
Total
 

A. INDIVIDUAL ANNUITIES:

         

1. Subject to discretionary withdrawal:

         

a. With market value adjustment

  $ 319,071     $ 33,142     $ —       $ 352,213       7.4

b. At book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more

    91,039       —         —         91,039       1.9

c. At fair value

    27,234       —         418,506       445,740       9.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

d. Total with market value adjustment or at fair value (Total of a through c)

    437,344       33,142       418,506       888,992       18.7

e. At book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or adjustment)

    3,308,973       —         —         3,308,973       69.5

2. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    558,332       —         3,538       561,870       11.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    4,304,649       33,142       422,044       4,759,835       100
         

 

 

 

4. Reinsurance ceded

    452,669       33,142       —         485,811    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

5. Total (net) (line 3 minus 4)

  $ 3,851,980     $ —       $ 422,044     $ 4,274,024    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

6. Amount included in A.1.b. above that will move to A.1.e. in the year after the statement date

  $ 16,891     $ —       $ —       $ 16,891    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

51


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

    General
Account
    Separate
Accounts
with
Guarantees
    Separate
Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of
Total
 

B. GROUP ANNUITIES:

         

1. Subject to discretionary withdrawal:

         

a. With market value adjustment

  $ 268,945     $ 208     $ —       $ 269,153       66.9

b. At book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more

    1,514       —         —         1,514       0.4

c. At fair value

    —         —         23,865       23,865       5.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

d. Total with market value adjustment or at fair value (Total of a through c)

    270,459       208       23,865       294,532       73.2

e. At book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or adjustment)

    56,126       —         —         56,126       14.0

2. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    51,702       —         15       51,717       12.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    378,287       208       23,880       402,375       100.0
         

 

 

 

4. Reinsurance ceded

    27,645       208       —         27,853    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

5. Total (net) (line 3 minus 4)

  $ 350,642     $ —       $ 23,880     $ 374,522    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

6. Amount included in B.1.b. above that will move to B.1.e. in the year after the statement date

  $ 167     $ —       $ —       $ 167    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
    General
Account
    Separate
Accounts
with
Guarantees
    Separate
Accounts
Nonguaranteed
    Total     % of
Total
 

C. DEPOSIT TYPE CONTRACTS

         

1. Subject to discretionary withdrawal:

         

a. With market value adjustment

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         0.0

b. At book value less current surrender charge of 5% or more

    —         —         —         —         0.0

c. At fair value

    3,052       —         —         3,052       0.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

d. Total with market value adjustment or at fair value (Total of a through c)

    3,052       —         —         3,052       0.6

e. At book value without adjustment (minimal or no charge or adjustment)

    66,313       —         —         66,313       13.0

2. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    440,935       —         —         440,935       86.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Total (gross: direct + assumed)

    510,300       —         —         510,300       100.0
         

 

 

 

4. Reinsurance ceded

    120,306       —         —         120,306    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

5. Total (net) (line 3 minus 4)

  $ 389,994     $ —       $ —       $ 389,994    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

6. Amount included in C.1.b. above that will move to C.1.e. in the year after the statement date

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

52


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

11.

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

The Company continues to have variable life policies and variable annuity contracts in-force, however, it stopped issuing new business on these products in 2017 and 2006, respectively. The assets and liabilities of variable life policies and variable annuity contracts are recorded as assets and liabilities of the Separate Accounts and are legally insulated from the General Account, excluding any purchase payments or transfers directed by the contract holder to earn a fixed rate of return which are included in the Company’s General Account assets. The legal insulation of the Separate Accounts assets prevents such assets from being generally available to satisfy claims resulting from the General Account. Separate Accounts which contain variable annuity and variable life business are unit investment trusts registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The results of the Separate Accounts related to variable annuity and certain variable life business are reinsured to ALIC pursuant to a modified coinsurance agreement.

The Separate Accounts allow the contract holder to accumulate funds within a variety of portfolios, at rates which depend upon the return achieved from the types of investments chosen. The net investment experience of the Separate Accounts is credited directly to the contract holder and can be favorable or unfavorable. The assets of each portfolio are held separately from the other portfolios and each has distinct investment objectives and policies. Absent any contract provision wherein the Company provides a guarantee, the contract holders of the variable annuity and variable life products bear the investment risk that Separate Accounts’ funds may not meet their stated investment objectives.

The assets legally insulated and not legally insulated from the general account as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were attributed to the following products/transactions:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  
Product/transaction    Legally insulated
assets
     Separate Account
Assets (Not legally
insulated)
     Legally insulated
assets
     Separate Account
Assets (Not legally
insulated)
 

Variable annuity contracts

   $ 478,509      $ —        $ 446,973      $ —    

Variable life policies

     986,047        —          819,939        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,464,556      $ —        $ 1,266,912      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Some of the Separate Account liabilities are guaranteed by the General Account. To compensate the General Account for the risk taken on variable annuity products, the Separate Accounts paid risk charges of $1.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. All such guarantees and the related risk charges are reinsured to ALIC. The risk charges related to variable life products are not explicit, but rather embedded within the cost of insurance.

The amounts paid by the General Account for Separate Account guarantees for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $1.2 million, $2.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Certain of these guarantees and the related risk charges are reinsured to ALIC.

The Company did not have securities lending transactions within the Separate Accounts at December 31, 2019 or 2018.

 

53


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

An analysis of the Separate Account reserves as of December 31, 2019 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   Index     Nonindexed
Guarantee Less
Than/Equal to 4%
    Nonindexed
Guarantee More

than 4%
    Non-Guaranteed
Separate
Accounts
    Total  

1. Premiums, considerations or deposits for the year ended 12/31/19

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 68,061     $ 68,061  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserves at 12/31/19

         

2. For accounts with assets at:

         

a. Fair value

    —         —         —         1,456,604       1,456,604  

b. Amortized cost

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

c. Total Reserves

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,456,604     $ 1,456,604  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. By withdrawal characteristics:

         

a. Subject to discretionary withdrawal

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

b. With market value adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —    

c. At book value without market value adjustment and with current surrender charge of 5% or more

    —         —         —         —         —    

d. At fair value

    —         —         —         1,452,193       1,452,193  

e. At book Value without market value adjustment and with current surrender charge less than 5%

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

f. Subtotal

    —         —         —         1,452,193       1,452,193  

g. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    —         —         —         4,411       4,411  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

h. Total Reserves

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,456,604     $ 1,456,604  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. Reserves for Asset Default Risk in Lieu of AVR

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of the Separate Account reserves as of December 31, 2018 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   Index     Nonindexed
Guarantee Less
Than/Equal to 4%
    Nonindexed
Guarantee More
than 4%
    Non-Guaranteed
Separate
Accounts
    Total  

1. Premiums, considerations or deposits for the year ended 12/31/18

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 72,926     $ 72,926  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserves at 12/31/18

         

2. For accounts with assets at:

         

a. Fair value

    —         —         —         1,257,230       1,257,230  

b. Amortized cost

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

c. Total Reserves

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,257,230     $ 1,257,230  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. By withdrawal characteristics:

         

a. Subject to discretionary withdrawal

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

b. With market value adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —    

 

54


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

($’s in thousands)   Index     Nonindexed
Guarantee Less
Than/Equal to 4%
    Nonindexed
Guarantee More
than 4%
    Non-Guaranteed
Separate
Accounts
    Total  

c. At book value without market value adjustment and with current surrender charge of 5% or more

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

d. At fair value

    —         —         —         1,253,677       1,253,677  

e. At book Value without market value adjustment and with current surrender charge less than 5%

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

f. Subtotal

    —         —         —         1,253,677       1,253,677  

g. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal

    —         —         —         3,553       3,553  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

h. Total Reserves

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,257,230     $ 1,257,230  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. Reserves for Asset Default Risk in Lieu of AVR

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of Net Transfers from Separate Accounts (from) to the Statements of Operations of the Separate Account Statement to the Statutory Statements of Operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Transfers as reported in the Summary of Operations of the Separate Accounts Statements

        

Transfers to Separate Accounts

   $ 68,061      $ 72,926      $ 75,689  

Transfers from Separate Accounts

     (131,228      (133,202      (145,985
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net transfers to or (from) Separate Accounts

   $ (63,167    $ (60,276    $ (70,296
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The hierarchy for inputs used in determining fair value maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Assets and liabilities recorded on the Statutory Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities, and Capital and Surplus at fair value are categorized in the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of inputs to the valuation techniques as follows:

Level 1 Assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Company can access.

Level 2 Assets and liabilities whose values are based on the following:

 

  (a)

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

  (b)

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or

 

  (c)

Valuation models whose inputs are observable, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

55


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Level 3 Assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the assets and liabilities.

The availability of observable inputs varies by instrument. In situations where fair value is based on internally developed pricing models or inputs that are unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is typically greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In many instances, valuation inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. The category level in the fair value hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market disruption. In periods of market disruption, the ability to observe prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments.

The Company is responsible for the determination of fair value and the supporting assumptions and methodologies. The Company gains assurance that assets and liabilities are appropriately valued through the execution of various processes and controls designed to ensure the overall reasonableness and consistent application of valuation methodologies, including inputs and assumptions, and compliance with accounting standards. For fair values received from third parties or internally estimated, the Company’s processes and controls are designed to ensure that the valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistently applied, the inputs and assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value, and the fair values are accurately recorded. For example, on a continuing basis, the Company assesses the reasonableness of individual fair values that have stale security prices or that exceed certain thresholds as compared to previous fair values received from valuation service providers or brokers or derived from internal models.

The Company performs procedures to understand and assess the methodologies, processes and controls of valuation service providers. In addition, the Company may validate the reasonableness of fair values by comparing information obtained from valuation service providers or brokers to other third-party valuation sources for selected securities. The Company performs ongoing price validation procedures such as back-testing of actual sales, which corroborate the various inputs used in internal models to market observable data. When fair value determinations are expected to be more variable, the Company validates them through reviews by members of management who have relevant expertise and who are independent of those charged with executing investment transactions. There were no significant changes made in valuation techniques during 2019 or 2018.

The Company may reclassify assets reported at fair value between levels of the SSAP No. 100 fair value hierarchy if appropriate based on changes in the quality of valuation inputs available during a reporting period. The policy governing when these transfers are recognized did not change during 2019 or 2018. There are no transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 during 2019 or 2018.

The Company’s assets and liabilities by classification measured at fair value as of December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Net Asset Value
(NAV)
    Total  

Assets at fair value:

         

Options

  $ 18,388     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 18,388  

Separate account assets

    1,464,556       0       0       0       1,464,556  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $ 1,482,944     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 1,482,944  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

56


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

($’s in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Net Asset Value
(NAV)
    Total  

Liabilities at fair value:

         

Separate account liabilities

  $ 1,464,556     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 1,464,556  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

  $ 1,464,556     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 1,464,556  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s assets and liabilities by classification measured at fair value as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Net Asset Value
(NAV)
    Total  

Assets at fair value:

         

Options

  $ 3,515     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 3,515  

Separate account assets

    1,266,912       —         —         —         1,266,912  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value

  $ 1,270,427     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,270,427  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities at fair value:

         

Futures

  $ 539     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 539  

Separate account liabilities

    1,266,912       —         —         —         1,266,912  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities at fair value

  $ 1,267,451     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,267,451  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   Aggregate
Fair Value
    Admitted
Assets
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Net Asset Value
(NAV)
    Not
Practicable
(Carrying
Value)
 

Assets at fair value:

             

Bonds

  $ 6,839,757     $ 6,361,622     $ 38,582     $ 6,788,028     $ 13,147     $ —       $ —    

Preferred stocks

    14,800       14,800       —         14,800       —         —         —    

Common stocks

    8,479       8,479       —         —         —         —         8,479  

Mortgage loans

    735,948       721,831       —         —         735,948       —         —    

Contract loans

    33,622       33,622       —         —         33,622       —         —    

Derivative assets

    18,388       18,388       18,388       —         —         —         —    

Other invested assets

    50,753       45,752       —         50,753       —         —         —    

Cash and short-term investments

    250,510       250,510       250,510       —         —         —         —    

Derivatives collateral

    300       300       300       —         —         —         —    

Separate account assets

    1,464,556       1,464,556       1,464,556       —         —         —         —    

Liabilities at fair value:

             

Deposit liabilities

  $ 473,016     $ 470,472     $ —       $ —       $ 473,016     $ —       $ —    

Separate account liabilities

    1,464,556       1,464,556       1,464,556       —         —         —         —    

 

57


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2018 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   Aggregate
Fair Value
    Admitted
Assets
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Net Asset Value
(NAV)
    Not
Practicable
(Carrying

Value)
 

Assets at fair value:

             

Bonds

  $ 7,402,994     $ 7,709,648     $ 91,310     $ 7,297,956     $ 13,728     $ —       $ —    

Preferred stocks

    14,800       14,800       —         14,800       —         —         —    

Common stocks

    6,988       6,988       —         —         —         —         6,988  

Mortgage loans

    852,034       859,366       —         —         852,034       —         —    

Contract loans

    134,465       134,465       —         —         134,465       —         —    

Derivative assets

    2,976       2,976       2,976       —         —         —         —    

Other invested assets

    46,757       47,400       —         46,757       —         —         —    

Cash and short-term investments

    210,290       210,290       210,290       —         —         —         —    

Derivatives collateral

    950       950       950       —         —         —         —    

Separate account assets

    1,266,912       1,266,912       1,266,912       —         —         —         —    

Liabilities at fair value:

             

Deposit liabilities

  $ 383,854     $ 389,993     $ —       $ —       $ 383,854     $ —       $ —    

Separate account liabilities

    1,266,912       1,266,912       1,266,912       —         —         —         —    

The methods and assumptions that the Company uses in determining the estimated fair value of its financial instruments are summarized below:

Cash and short-term investments – The Company believes that due to the short-term nature of certain assets, the carrying value approximates fair value. Cash and short-term investments include money market instruments, highly liquid debt instruments and certain other investments. Certain money market instruments are valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible for identical assets and are primarily classified as Level 1. The remaining instruments in this category are generally fair valued based on market observable inputs and these investments have primarily been classified within Level 2.

Bonds and redeemable preferred stock – The fair values of the Company’s public fixed maturity securities are generally based on prices obtained from independent pricing services. Prices for each security are generally sourced from multiple pricing vendors, and a vendor hierarchy is maintained by asset type based on historical pricing experience and vendor expertise. The Company ultimately uses the price from the pricing service highest in the vendor hierarchy based on the respective asset type. The pricing hierarchy is updated for new financial products and recent pricing experience with various vendors. Consistent with the fair value hierarchy described above, securities with validated quotes from pricing services are generally reflected within Level 2, as they are primarily based on observable pricing for similar assets and/or other market observable inputs. Typical inputs used by these pricing services include but are not limited to reported trades, benchmark yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flow, market activity or other inputs observable in the market. The Company may challenge the price through a formal process with the pricing service or classify the securities as Level 3. If the pricing service updates the price to be more consistent with the presented market observations, the security remains within Level 2.

 

58


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

Indicative broker quotes are also used to determine fair value in circumstances where vendor pricing is not available, or where the Company ultimately concludes that pricing information received from independent pricing services is not reflective of market activity. If the Company concludes the values from both pricing services and brokers are not reflective of market activity, pricing overrides may be used. Internally developed valuations and indicative broker quotes are generally included in Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of private fixed maturities and redeemable preferred stock, which are comprised of investments in private placement securities are primarily determined using discounted cash flow models. These models primarily use observable inputs that include Treasury or similar base rates plus estimated credit spreads to value each security. The credit spreads are obtained through a survey of private market intermediaries who are active in both primary and secondary transactions, and consider, among other factors, the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer and the reduced liquidity associated with private placements. Since most private placements are valued using standard market observable inputs and inputs derived from, or corroborated by, market observable data including observed prices and spreads for similar publicly traded or privately traded issues, they have been reflected within Level 2. For certain private fixed maturities, the discounted cash flow model may incorporate significant unobservable inputs, which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset. To the extent management determines that such unobservable inputs are significant to the price of a security, a Level 3 classification is made. No private placement securities were classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Common stocks – The Company’s investment in FHLB stock and the limited partnership are not practicable to measure fair value due to the redemption provisions. Therefore, carrying value approximates fair value.

Mortgage loans – The fair value of most commercial mortgage loans is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus an appropriate credit spread for similar quality loans.

Derivatives – The estimated fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives.

Other invested assets – The Company’s other invested assets consist of investments in surplus notes. Investments in surplus notes are 144A institutionally traded private placements. Pricing is readily available from multiple pricing sources and therefore these are reflected in Level 2.

Contract loans – The fair value of contract loans was determined by discounting expected cash flows at the current loan coupon rate. As a result, the carrying value of the contract loans approximates the fair value.

Separate Accounts – Separate account assets and liabilities consist principally of investments in mutual fund shares. The fair values are based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and are classified within Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

Deposit Liabilities – Only the portion of deposit liabilities with defined or contractual maturities are reflected in the table above. The fair value is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows.

 

13.

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The Company and Lancaster Re file a consolidated life insurance federal income tax return. The method of allocation among the companies is subject to a written agreement approved by the NE DOI and the Board of Directors (the “Tax Allocation Agreement”). The Company and Lancaster Re determine their respective

 

59


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

income tax expense or benefit and related liability or recoverable as if they each filed separate company tax returns. Neither the Company nor Lancaster Re is required to make any payments with respect to the utilization of any losses or other tax attributes that reduce the overall consolidated tax liability until such time the member with such losses or tax attributes could have otherwise used its losses or tax attributes on a separate company basis. In this regard, any benefit of filing a consolidated tax return as compared to the sum of the tax liabilities computed on a separate entity basis shall reside at the Company until such time as payment is required under the Tax Allocation Agreement. The Company is also responsible for preparing the group’s tax returns and controlling tax audits. Intercompany tax balances are settled on a quarterly basis and a final true up is made after the filing of the federal income tax return, as prescribed by the terms of the Tax Allocation Agreement.

The Company does not believe it has any uncertain tax positions for its federal income tax return that would be material to its financial condition, results of income, or cash flows. Therefore, the Company did not record a liability for unrecognized tax contingencies/benefits at December 31, 2019 or 2018. As of December 31, 2019, there were no uncertain tax positions for which management believes it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of tax contingencies will significantly increase within 12 months of the reporting date. No amounts have been accrued for interest or penalties.

The application of SSAP No. 101 requires a company to evaluate the recoverability of DTAs and to establish a valuation allowance if necessary to reduce the DTAs to an amount which is more likely than not to be realized. Considerable judgment is required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers many factors including: (1) the nature of the DTAs and DTLs; (2) whether they are ordinary or capital; (3) the timing of their reversal; (4) taxable income in prior carryback years as well as projected taxable earnings exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (5) the length of time carryovers can be utilized; (6) unique tax rules that would impact the utilization of the DTAs and (7) any tax planning strategies that the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring unused.

The components of the Company’s net DTAs and DTLs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   12/31/2019     12/31/2018     Change  
        (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)     (8)     (9)  
        Ordinary     Capital     (Col. 1 + 2)
Total
    Ordinary     Capital     (Col. 4 + 5)
Total
    (Col. 1 - 4)
Ordinary
    (Col. 2-5)
Capital
    (Col. 7 + 8)
Total
 

a.

  Gross Deferred Tax Assets   $ 75,931     $ 641     $ 76,572     $ 76,884     $ 723     $ 77,607     $ (953   $ (82   $ (1,035

b.

  Statutory Valuation Allowance Adjustment     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

c.

  Adjusted Gross Deferred Tax Assets (a - b)     75,931       641       76,572       76,884       723       77,607       (953     (82     (1,035

d.

  Deferred Tax Assets Nonadmitted     34,088       —         34,088       40,336       —         40,336       (6,248     —         (6,248
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

e.

  Subtotal Net Admitted Deferred Tax Asset (c - d)     41,843       641       42,484       36,548       723       37,271       5,295       (82     5,213  

f.

  Deferred Tax Liabilities     (14,813     (641     (15,454     (9,963     (723     (10,686     (4,850     82       (4,768
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

g.

  Net Admitted Deferred Tax Asset/(Net Deferred Tax Liability) (e - f)   $ 27,030     $ —       $ 27,030     $ 26,585     $ —       $ 26,585     $ 445     $ —       $ 445  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The component amounts of the Company’s net admitted DTAs by tax character as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)   December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018     Change  
        (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)     (7)     (8)     (9)  
        Ordinary     Capital     (Col. 1 + 2)
Total
    Ordinary     Capital     (Col. 4 + 5)
Total
    (Col. 1 - 4)
Ordinary
    (Col. 2-5)
Capital
    (Col. 7 + 8)
Total
 
  Admission Calculation Components SSAP No. 101                  

a.

  Federal Income Taxes Paid in Prior Years Recoverable Through Loss Carrybacks   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

b.

  Adjusted Gross Tax Assets Expected to Be Realized (Excluding the Amount of Deferred Tax Assets from a) above) After Application of the Threshold Limitation. (The Lesser of (b)1 and (b)2 Below)     27,030       —         27,030       26,585       —         26,585       445       —         445  
  1. Adjusted Gross Deferred Tax Assets Expected To Be Realized Following the Balance Sheet Date     27,030       —         27,030       26,585       —         26,585       445       —         445  
  2. Adjusted Gross Deferred Tax Assets Allowed per Limitation Threshold     xxx       xxx       48,837       xxx       xxx       53,002       xxx       xxx       (4,165

c.

  Adjusted Gross Deferred Tax Assets (Excluding the Amount of Deferred Tax Assets from a) and b) above) Offset by Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities     14,813       641       15,454       9,963       723       10,686       4,850       (82     4,768  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

d

  Total Admitted under 11a) through 11c)   $ 41,843     $ 641     $ 42,484     $ 36,548     $ 723     $ 37,271     $ 5,295     $ (82   $ 5,213  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The recovery period and threshold limitation information as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)    2019     2018  

Ratio Percentage Used to Determine Recovery Period and Threshold Amount Limitation

     689.5     627.9

Amount of Adjusted Capital and Surplus Used to Determine Recovery Period and Threshold Limitation in (b)2 above.

   $ 378,449     $  411,476  

The impact of tax planning strategies, as used in the Company’s SSAP No. 101 calculation, on adjusted gross and net admitted DTAs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018     Change  
    (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)  
($’s in thousands)   Ordinary     Capital     Ordinary     Capital     (Col. 1 - 3)
Ordinary
    (Col. 2-4)
Capital
 

Impact of Tax Planning Strategies

           

Determination of adjusted gross deferred tax assets and net admitted deferred tax assets, by tax character as a percentage

           

1. Adjusted Gross DTAs Amount

  $ 75,931     $ 641     $ 76,884     $ 723     $ (953   $ (82

2. Percentage of Adjusted Gross DTAs by Tax Character Attributable to the Impact of Tax Planning Strategies

    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

 

61


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018     Change  
    (1)     (2)     (3)     (4)     (5)     (6)  
($’s in thousands)   Ordinary     Capital     Ordinary     Capital     (Col. 1 - 3)
Ordinary
    (Col. 2-4)
Capital
 

3. Net admitted Adjusted Gross DTAs amount

  $  41,843     $ 641     $  36,548     $ 723     $ 5,295     $ (82

4. Percentage of Net Admitted Adjusted Gross DTAs by Tax Character Admitted Because of the Impact of Tax Planning Strategies

    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

The Company did utilize tax planning strategies in the calculation of its adjusted gross DTAs and net admitted DTAs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, but none of the tax planning strategies involved reinsurance.

The Company has an investment in Lancaster Re for which it has not recorded deferred taxes at this time. The amount of any deferred tax balance attributable to this investment has not yet been quantified. Aside from the Company’s investment in Lancaster Re, the Company has no temporary differences for which deferred taxes have not been established as of December 31, 2019 or 2018.

The Company’s significant components of income taxes incurred for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

                      
($’s in thousands)    2019      2018      2017  

Current Income Tax

        

Federal income tax expense (benefit) from operations

   $ (31,140    $ (4,090    $ (8,296

Federal income tax on net capital gains (losses)

     31,484        (20,649      15,149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal and foreign income taxes incurred (benefit)

   $ 344      $ (24,739    $ 6,853  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s significant components of the Company’s DTAs and DTLs as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018     
Change
 

Deferred Tax Assets:

        

Ordinary:

        

Policyholder reserves

   $ 6,880      $ 11,629      $ (4,749)  

Investments

     —          —          —    

Deferred acquisition costs

     66,841        64,394        2,447  

Receivables — nonadmitted

     809        183        626  

Other (including items <5% of total ordinary tax assets)

     1,401        678        723  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     75,931        76,884        (953)  

Statutory valuation allowance adjustment

     —          —          —    

Nonadmitted

     34,088        40,336        (6,248)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

62


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018     
Change
 

Admitted ordinary deferred tax assets

   $ 41,843      $ 36,548      $ 5,295  

Capital:

        

Investments

     641        723        (82)  

Other (unrealized gains)

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     641        723        (82)  

Statutory valuation allowance adjustment

     —          —          —    

Nonadmitted

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Admitted capital deferred tax assets

     641        723        (82)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Admitted deferred tax assets

     42,484        37,271        5,213  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

        

Ordinary

        

Investments

     (2,693)        (4,560)        1,867  

Deferred and uncollected premium

     (11,297)        (4,016)        (7,281)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (13,990)        (8,576)        (5,414)  

Capital

        

Investments

     (1,464)        (2,110)        646  

Other (unrealized gains)

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     (1,464)        (2,110)        646  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (15,454)        (10,686)        (4,768)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ 27,030      $ 26,585      $ 445  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The change in net deferred income taxes was comprised of the following:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018      Change  

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 76,572      $ 77,607      $ (1,035

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (15,454      (10,686      (4,768
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 61,118      $ 66,921        (5,803
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Tax effect of unrealized gains (losses)

           —    
        

 

 

 

Change in net deferred income tax

         $ (5,803

Tax effect of nonadmitted assets

           (625
        

 

 

 

Change in net deferred income tax per rate reconciliation

         $ (6,428
        

 

 

 

 

63


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The provision for federal income taxes incurred is different from that which would be obtained by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, 21% and 35% to income before income taxes for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The significant items causing this difference for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2019     December 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
($’s in thousands)   Amount     Effective Tax Rate     Amount     Effective Tax Rate     Amount     Effective Tax Rate  

Provision computed at statutory rate

  $ 7,244       21.00   $ 2,307       21.00   $ 24,972       35.00

IMR amortization

    (6,083     -17.64     (8,454     -76.97     (18,787     -26.33

Transfer of IMR

    21,630       62.71     (7,572     -68.94     4,210       5.90

IMR ceded

    (6,988     -20.26     —         0.00     —         0.00

Amortization of initial ceding commission

    (3,374     -9.78     (3,368     -30.67     (5,523     -7.74

Adjustment for tax allocation agreement

    (7,919     -22.96     (9,359     -85.21     (15,558     -21.81

Tax rate change

    343       1.00     (8,917     -81.18     36,005       50.46

Change in DTA on nonadmitted assets

    —         0.00     —         0.00     (2,626     -3.68

Other

    1,919       5.56     (3,904     -35.55     (2,214     -3.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,772       19.63   $ (39,267     -357.52   $ 20,479       28.70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current income taxes incurred

    344         (24,739       6,853    

Change in net deferred income taxes

    6,428         (14,528       13,626    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total statutory income taxes

  $ 6,772       $ (39,267     $ 20,479    
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

For both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no tax credit carryforwards and no net operating loss or capital loss carryforwards. The Company had approximately $6.5 million of income taxes paid in prior years available for recoupment in the event of future net capital losses at December 31, 2019. The Company did not have deposits admitted under Section 6603 of the Internal Revenue Code as of December 31, 2019. There was no repatriation transition tax owed under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act as of December 31, 2019 or 2018. There was no alternative minimum tax credit as of December 31, 2019 or 2018.

 

14.

CAPITAL AND SURPLUS AND DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

The Company had 30,000 common shares authorized and 25,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018. All shares had a par value of $100 per share.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to certain statutory restrictions. The State of Nebraska has enacted laws governing the payment of dividends to stockholders by domestic insurers. Pursuant to state statues, the maximum amount of dividends and other distributions that a domestic insurer may pay in any twelve-month period without the prior approval of the Nebraska Director of Insurance (the “NE DOI Director”) is limited to the greater of: (i) 10% of its statutory surplus as of the preceding December 31; or (ii) the Company’s statutory net gain from operations for the preceding calendar year. Prior approval of the NE DOI Director was required for the Company for any dividend or distribution before April 1, 2019. See Note 2 for more information related to the payment of dividends.

 

64


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

15.

RISK-BASED CAPITAL

Life and health insurance companies are subject to certain Risk-based Capital (“RBC”) requirements as specified by the NAIC. The RBC requirements provide a method for measuring the minimum acceptable amount of adjusted capital that a life insurer should have, as determined under NAIC SAP taking into account the risk characteristics of its investments and products. The Company has met the minimum RBC requirements at December 31, 2019.

 

16.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Regulation and Compliance

The Company is subject to changing social, economic and regulatory conditions. From time to time, regulatory authorities or legislative bodies seek to impose additional regulations regarding agent and broker compensation, regulate the nature of and amount of investments, and otherwise expand overall regulation of insurance products and the insurance industry. The Company has established procedures and policies to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations, to foster prudent business operations, and to support financial reporting. The Company routinely reviews its practices to validate compliance with laws and regulations and with internal procedures and policies. As a result of these reviews, from time to time the Company may decide to modify some of its procedures and policies. Such modifications, and the reviews that led to them, may be accompanied by payments being made and costs being incurred. The ultimate changes and eventual effects of these actions on the Company’s business, if any, are uncertain.

The Company is currently being examined by certain states for compliance with unclaimed property laws, premium tax filings and market conduct. It is possible that these examinations may result in additional payments to states and to changes in the Company’s practices and procedures, which could impact benefit payments, operating expenses and reserves, among other consequences; however, it is not likely to have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.

The Company is assessed amounts by the state guaranty funds to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies. Those mandatory assessments may be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in certain states. For both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company accrued $3.8 million for guaranty fund assessments which was expected to be offset by estimated future premium tax deductions of $3.4 million for both periods. The period over which these assessments are expected to be paid varies. Premium tax offsets are realized on a straight-line basis over the period allowed by each individual state once the guaranty fund assessment has been paid. The Company did not recognize an impairment loss on the premium tax offsets in 2019, 2018 or 2017. The liabilities or assets related to guaranty fund assessments arising from insolvencies of entities that wrote long-term care contracts were not material as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Liabilities and assets, discounted and undiscounted, related to guaranty fund assessments arising from insolvencies of entities that wrote long-term care contracts were as follows as of December 31, 2019 ($’s in thousands):

 

     Guaranty fund assessment      Related assets  

Name of Insolvency

   Undiscounted      Discounted      Undiscounted      Discounted  

American Network Insurance Company

   $ 19      $ 12      $ 18      $ 11  

Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company

   $ 218      $ 122      $ 73      $ 29  

The discount rate applied as of December 31, 2019 was 4.25%.

 

65


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The number of jurisdictions, ranges of years used to discount and weighted average number of years of the discounting time period for payables and recoverables by insolvency in 2019 were as follows:

 

     Payables      Recoverables  

Name of Insolvency

   Number of
jurisdictions
     Range of
years
     Weighted
average
number of
years
     Number of
jurisdictions
     Range of
years
     Weighted
average
number of
years
 

American Network Insurance Company

     25        14-59        50        22        14-59        50  

Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company

     9        42-55        53        7        42-55        50  

Liabilities and assets, discounted and undiscounted, related to guaranty fund assessments arising from insolvencies of entities that wrote long-term care contracts were as follows as of December 31, 2018 ($’s in thousands):

 

     Guaranty fund assessment      Related assets  

Name of Insolvency

   Undiscounted      Discounted      Undiscounted      Discounted  

American Network Insurance Company

   $ 13      $ 9      $ 12      $ 8  

Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company

   $ 93      $ 50      $ 87      $ 47  

The discount rate applied as of December 31, 2018 was 4.25%.

The number of jurisdictions, ranges of years used to discount and weighted average number of years of the discounting time period for payables and recoverables by insolvency in 2018 were as follows:

 

     Payables      Recoverables  

Name of Insolvency

   Number of
jurisdictions
     Range of
years
     Weighted
average
number of
years
     Number of
jurisdictions
     Range of
years
     Weighted
average
number of
years
 

American Network Insurance Company

     25        22-56        55        22        22-56        55  

Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company

     10        52-62        59        9        52-62        59  

Retained Assets

Effective April 1, 2014, the Company ceased offering Allstate Advantage Accounts (“Allstate Advantage”). Those retained asset accounts previously offered through the Allstate Advantage Account remain reinsured to ALIC. The Allstate Advantage accounts were offered to beneficiaries of certain life policies when the death benefit proceeds payable were $50,000 or greater, and for certain annuity contracts for proceeds of $10,000 or greater. The retained asset accounts are reported on a direct basis and fully reinsured. The Allstate Advantage accounts enabled beneficiaries to deposit benefit proceeds into an interest-bearing checking account in the beneficiaries’ name at the Northern Trust Company. The beneficiaries may draw upon these funds at their discretion, including an immediate withdrawal of the funds in full. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Allstate Advantage accounts earned interest at an average interest rate of 0.5%. These accounts are not FDIC insured.

 

66


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The Company also offers to beneficiaries of certain life policies the option to deposit proceeds into a deposit fund, which continues to credit interest in accordance with the terms of the original contract. The interest rate credited to these deposit funds ranged from 2.0% to 4.0% in 2019. The interest rate credited to these deposit funds ranged from 2.0% to 3.5% in 2018.

The Company had the following amount and number of assets retained in deposit funds as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  
   Number      Balance      Number      Balance  

a. Up to and including 12 months

     10      $ 6,518        13      $ 431  

b. 13 to 24 months

     8        649        10        943  

c. 25 to 36 months

     11        317        —          —    

d. 37 to 48 months

     —          —          —          —    

e. 49 to 60 months

     —          —          —          —    

f. Over 60 months

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

g. Total

     29      $ 7,484        23      $ 1,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The activity in the Company’s assets retained in deposit funds for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was as follows:

 

    2019     2018     2017  
    Individual     Individual     Individual  
($’s in thousands)   Number     Balance     Number     Balance     Number     Balance  

Number/balance of retained asset accounts, beginning of year

    23     $ 1,374       19     $ 740       —       $ —    

Number/amount of retained asset accounts issued/added during the year

    10       7,289       13       1,152       19       943  

Investment earnings credited to retained asset accounts during the year

    N/A       131       N/A       45       N/A       27  

Fees and other charges assessed to retained asset accounts during the year

    N/A       —         N/A       —         N/A       —    

Number/amount of retained asset accounts transferred to state unclaimed property funds during the year

    —         —         —         —         —         —    

Number/amount of retained asset accounts closed/withdrawn during the year

    (4     (1,310     (9     (563     —         (230
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number/balance of retained asset accounts, end of year

    29     $ 7,484       23     $ 1,374       19     $ 740  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leases

The Company leases office space under a non-cancellable operating lease agreement. The Company paid $0.2 million pursuant to this operating lease during each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

67


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The minimum aggregate rental commitments as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows ($’s in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

2019

   $ —        $ 230  

2020

     218        218  

2021

     223        223  

2022

     229        229  

2023

     235        235  

2024

     241        —    

All future years

     288        529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate total

   $ 1,434      $ 1,664  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Litigation and Other Matters

The Company is involved from time to time in judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business. Management believes, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of the Company’s litigation and regulatory matters, particularly in cases or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate damages or fines are sought, the Company cannot estimate losses or ranges of losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. However, the Company believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations.

In the normal course of its business, the Company has entered into agreements that include indemnities in favor of third parties, such as contracts with advisors and consultants, outsourcing agreements, information technology agreements, and service agreements. The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors, officers and employees in accordance with the Company’s by-laws. The Company believes any potential liability under these agreements is neither probable nor estimable. Therefore, the Company has not recorded any associated liability.

Pledged or Restricted Assets

The following were restricted assets (including pledged assets) as of December 31, 2019 ($’s in thousands):

 

        Gross (Admitted & Nonadmitted) Restricted     Current Year  
        Current Year                             Percentage  
        1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11  

Restricted
Asset
Category

  Total
General

Account
(G/A)
    G/A
Supporting
S/A
Activity (a)
    Total
Separate
Account
(S/A)
Restricted
Assets
    S/A Assets
Supporting
G/A
Activity (b)
    Total
(1 plus 3)
    Total
From
Prior
Year
    Increase /
(Decrease)
(5 minus 6)
    Total
Nonadmitted
Restricted
    Total
Admitted
Restricted
(5 minus 8)
    Gross
(Admitted &
Nonadmitted)
Restricted to
Total

Assets
(c)
    Admitted
Restricted
to Total
Admitted
Assets
(d)
 

a.

  Subject to contractual obligation for which liability is not shown   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         0.0     0.0

b.

  Collateral held under security lending agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

 

68


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

        Gross (Admitted & Nonadmitted) Restricted     Current Year  
        Current Year                             Percentage  
        1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11  

Restricted
Asset
Category

  Total
General

Account
(G/A)
    G/A
Supporting
S/A
Activity (a)
    Total
Separate
Account
(S/A)
Restricted
Assets
    S/A Assets
Supporting
G/A
Activity (b)
    Total
(1 plus
3)
    Total
From
Prior
Year
    Increase /
(Decrease)
(5 minus 6)
    Total
Nonadmitted
Restricted
    Total
Admitted
Restricted
(5 minus 8)
    Gross
(Admitted
& Nonad

mitted)
Restricted
to Total

Assets
(c)
    Admitted
Restricted
to Total
Admitted
Assets
(d)
 

c.

  Subject to repurchase agreements   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         0.0     0.0

d.

  Subject to reverse repurchase agreement     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

e.

  Subject to dollar repurchase agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

f.

  Subject to dollar reverse repurchase agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

g.

  Placed under option contracts     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

h.

  Letter stock or securities restricted as to sale — excluding FHLB capital stock     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

i.

  FHLB capital stock     8,479       —         —         —         8,479       6,988       1,491       —         8,479       0.1     0.1

j.

  On deposit with states     7,742       —         —         —         7,742       7,744       (2     —         7,742       0.1     0.1

k.

  On deposit with other regulatory bodies     590       —         —         —         590       590       —         —         590       0.0     0.0

l.

  Pledged as collateral to FHLB (including assets backing funding agreements)     525,065       —         —         —         525,065       516,263       8,802       —         525,065       5.6     5.7

m.

  Pledged as collateral not captured in other categories     300       —         —         —         300       950       (650     —         300       0.0     0.0

n.

  Other restricted assets     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

o.

  Total Restricted Assets   $ 542,176     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 542,176     $ 532,535     $ 9,641     $ —       $ 542,176       5.8     5.9

 

        (a) subset of column 1       (c) Column 5 divided by Asset Page, Column 1, Line 28
   (b) subset of column 3       (d) Column 9 divided by Asset Page, Column 3, Line 28

 

69


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The following were assets pledged as collateral in other categories (contracts that share similar characteristics, such as reinsurance and derivatives, were reported in the aggregate) as of December 31, 2019 ($’s in thousands):

 

    Gross (Admitted and Nonadmitted) Restricted           Percentage  

Description of Assets

  Current year                          
  1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10  
  Total
General
Account
(G/A)
    G/A
Supporting
S/A
Activity
(a)
    Total
Separate
Account
(S/A)
Restricted
Assets
    S/A Assets
Supporting
G/A
Activity
(b)
    Total
(1 plus 3)
    Total
From
Prior
Year
    Increase/
(Decrease)
(5 minus 6)
    Total
Current
Year
Admitted
Restricted
    Gross
(Admitted
and
Nonadmitted)
Restricted to
Total Assets
    Admitted
Restricted
to Total
Admitted
Assets
 

Derivatives collateral

  $ 300     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 300     $ 950     $ (650   $ 300       0.0     0.0

Total

  $ 300     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 300     $ 950     $ (650   $ 300       0.0     0.0

(a) subset of column 1

 

(b) subset of column 3

 

The following were restricted assets (including pledged assets) as of December 31, 2018 ($’s in thousands):

 

    Gross (Admitted & Nonadmitted) Restricted     Current Year  
        Current Year                             Percentage  
        1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11  

Restricted
Asset
Category

  Total
General

Account
(G/A)
    G/A
Supporting
S/A
Activity (a)
    Total
Separate
Account
(S/A)
Restricted
Assets
    S/A Assets
Supporting
G/A
Activity
(b)
    Total
(1 plus 3)
    Total
From
Prior

Year
    Increase /
(Decrease)
(5 minus
6)
    Total
Nonadmitted
Restricted
    Total
Admitted
Restricted
(5 minus 8)
    Gross
(Admitted &
Nonadmitted)
Restricted to
Total Assets
(c)
    Admitted
Restricted
to

Total
Admitted
Assets
(d)
 

a.

  Subject to contractual obligation for which liability is not shown   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         0.0     0.0

b.

  Collateral held under security lending agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

c.

  Subject to repurchase agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

d.

  Subject to reverse repurchase agreement     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

e.

  Subject to dollar repurchase agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

f.

  Subject to dollar reverse repurchase agreements     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

 

70


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

    Gross (Admitted & Nonadmitted) Restricted     Current Year  
        Current Year                             Percentage  
        1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10     11  

Restricted
Asset
Category

  Total
General

Account
(G/A)
    G/A
Supporting
S/A
Activity (a)
    Total
Separate
Account
(S/A)
Restricted
Assets
    S/A Assets
Supporting
G/A
Activity
(b)
    Total
(1 plus 3)
    Total
From
Prior

Year
    Increase /
(Decrease)
(5 minus
6)
    Total
Nonadmitted
Restricted
    Total
Admitted
Restricted
(5 minus 8)
    Gross
(Admitted &
Nonadmitted)
Restricted to
Total Assets
(c)
    Admitted
Restricted
to

Total
Admitted
Assets
(d)
 

g.

  Placed under option contracts   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —         0.0     0.0

h.

  Letter stock or securities restricted as to sale — excluding FHLB capital stock     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

i.

  FHLB capital stock     6,988       —         —         —         6,988       8,152       (1,164     —         6,988       0.1     0.1

j.

  On deposit with states     7,744       —         —         —         7,744       7,953       (209     —         7,744       0.1     0.1

k.

  On deposit with other regulatory bodies     590       —         —         —         590       605       (14     —         590       0.0     0.0

l.

  Pledged as collateral to FHLB (including assets backing funding agreements)     516,263       —         —         —         516,263       544,024       (27,761     —         516,263       4.8     4.9

m.

  Pledged as collateral not captured in other categories     950       —         —         —         950       250       700       —         950       0.0     0.0

n.

  Other restricted assets     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         0.0     0.0

o.

  Total Restricted Assets   $ 532,535     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 532,535     $ 560,984     $ (28,449   $ —       $ 532,535       5.0     5.1
  (a) subset of column 1

 

        (c) Column 5 divided by Asset Page, Column 1, Line 28  
  (b) subset of column 3

 

        (d) Column 9 divided by Asset Page, Column 3, Line 28  

 

71


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

The following were assets pledged as collateral in other categories (contracts that share similar characteristics, such as reinsurance and derivatives, were reported in the aggregate) as of December 31, 2018 ($’s in thousands):

 

    Gross (Admitted and Nonadmitted) Restricted           Percentage  
    Current Year                                
    1     2     3     4     5     6     7     8     9     10  

Description
of Assets

  Total
General
Account
(G/A)
    G/A
Supporting
S/A
Activity
(a)
    Total
Separate
Account
(S/A)
Restricted
Assets
    S/A Assets
Supporting
G/A
Activity
(b)
    Total
(1 plus 3)
    Total
From
Prior
Year
    Increase/
(Decrease)
(5 minus 6)
    Total
Current
Year
Admitted
Restricted
    Gross
(Admitted
and
Nonadmitted)
Restricted to
Total Assets
    Admitted
Restricted
to Total
Admitted
Assets
 

Derivatives collateral

  $  950     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 950     $ 250     $ 700     $ 950       0.0     0.0

Total

  $ 950     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 950     $ 250     $ 700     $ 950       0.0     0.0

(a) subset of column 1

 

           

(b) subset of column 3

 

           

 

17.

DIRECT PREMIUM WRITTEN/PRODUCED BY MANAGING GENERAL AGENTS/THIRD PARTY ADMINISTRATORS

The aggregate amount of direct premiums written/produced by managing general agents (“MGA”)/third party administrators (“TPA”) was $865.3 million, $929.8 million and $978.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which exceeded 5% of the Company’s surplus for each year. All direct premiums written/produced by MGA/TPA were ceded to ALIC or other external reinsurers. Information for each MGA/TPA was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)       2019     2018     2017  

Name of MGA/TPA

 

Types of Business Written

  Total Direct
Premiums
Written/
Produced
    Total Direct
Premiums
Written/Produced
    Total Direct
Premiums
Written/Produced
 

Allstate Life Insurance Company

  Individual life, group life, variable life, variable annuities, group annuities   $ 808,462     $ 872,588     $ 919,095  

LifeCare Assurance Company

  Long-term care, home health care     56,811       57,217       58,891  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 865,273     $ 929,805     $ 977,986  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

18.

PREMIUM AND ANNUITY CONSIDERATIONS DEFERRED AND UNCOLLECTED

Deferred and uncollected life insurance premiums and annuity considerations, net of reinsurance, at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  
($’s in thousands)    Gross      Net of
Loading
     Gross      Net of
Loading
 

Ordinary new business

   $ 446      $ 359      $ 189      $ 164  

Ordinary renewal

     29,430        18,328        (3,447      (2,261

Group life

     (23,298      (23,033      (1,074      (779
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,578      $ (4,346    $ (4,332    $ (2,876
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

72


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

NOTES TO STATUTORY STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

 

 

19.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AGREEMENTS

Through its FHLB membership, the Company has used proceeds received from the issuance of funding agreements to improve the risk profile on its universal life secondary guarantee products which are ultimately reinsured with Lancaster Re.

The amount of FHLB capital stock held as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

 

($’s in thousands)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Membership Stock – Class A

   $ —        $ —    

Membership Stock – Class B

     10        10  

Activity Stock

     8,199        6,978  

Excess Stock

     270        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,479      $ 6,988  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

None of the Company’s membership stock held as of December 31, 2019 was eligible for redemption.

The Company reported aggregate funding agreements and deposit liabilities of $409.9 million and $349.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These funding agreements are not subject to any prepayment obligations. The Company’s maximum aggregate borrowings from the FHLB at any time during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $422.7 million and $407.6 million, respectively. The Company has determined that the actual or estimated maximum borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 based on FHLB of Chicago regulatory and or FHLB specific borrowing limits was $3.6 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively.

The carrying value and fair value of collateral pledged as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows ($’s in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Carrying Value

   $ 525,065      $ 516,262  

Fair Value

     538,633        513,232  

The carrying value and fair value of the maximum amounts of collateral pledged during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows ($’s in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Carrying Value

   $ 575,082      $ 593,994  

Fair Value

     578,203        586,533  

 

20.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 30, 2020, the date that these financial statements were available to be issued. Effective February 2020, the Company entered into a capital maintenance agreement with Kuvare Holdings LP. Under this agreement, Kuvare Holdings LP has agreed to fund the Company to a minimum level of capital and surplus of not less than 325% of the company action level risk-based capital at the end of certain calendar quarters, up to an aggregate amount of $100 million.

*****

 

73


Item 11(f).

Selected Financial Data

 

    5-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  
($ in millions)   2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  

Operating results

         

Net investment income

  $ 382,333     $ 402,362     $ 431,120     $ 434,823     $ 446,385  

Realized capital gains and (losses)

    21,624       11,224       9,212       (12,647     16,011  

Total revenues

    (1,098,131     396,804       439,639       440,585       421,395  

Net income

    34,149       35,723       64,495       51,530       74,129  

Financial position

         

Cash and invested assets

  $ 7,476,052     $ 8,987,423     $ 9,601,190     $ 9,989,286     $ 10,138,819  

Total admitted assets

    9,172,932       10,462,538       11,231,298       11,517,599       11,701,128  

Reserves for policy benefits

    4,357,355       6,001,555       6,515,742       6,833,263       7,065,878  

Separate Accounts

    1,464,556       1,266,912       1,460,380       1,342,220       1,395,141  

Total capital stock and surplus

    352,610       379,930       425,801       559,535       555,229  

 

Item 11(h).

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

OVERVIEW

The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing the financial position and results of operations of Lincoln Benefit. It should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes found under Item 11(e) contained herein.

The most important factors we monitor to evaluate the financial condition and performance of our Company include:

 

   

For operations: premiums, benefits paid, amounts ceded to reinsurers and return on investments including exposure to market risk, credit quality/experience, net investment income, cash flows, realized capital gains and losses, unrealized capital gains and losses, stability of long-term returns, and asset/liability duration (“asset duration”).

 

   

For financial condition: risk-based capital ratios and stress testing of overall capital position.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles prescribed or permitted by the NE DOI requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. Certain differences exist between NAIC SAP and U.S. GAAP, which are presumed to be material. For a summary of such differences, see Note 1 in the Notes to Statutory Statements. Management, on an ongoing basis, reviews estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements. If management determines that modifications in assumptions and estimates are appropriate given current facts and circumstances, the Company’s results of operations and financial position as reported in the Statutory Financial Statements could change significantly.

Management believes the critical accounting policies relating to the following areas are most dependent on the application of estimates, assumptions and judgments:

 

   

Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities

 

   

Investments — Impairments and Fair Value Measurements

 

   

Income Taxes

 

   

Reserves for Contingencies

 

74


Liability for Policy and Contract Reserves and Claims

Policy liabilities are established for future policy benefits on certain annuity, life, and long-term care policies. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Changes in policy and contract reserves are recorded in Net change to policy benefit reserves and changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in Benefit payments to policyholders and beneficiaries in the Statutory Statements of Operations.

Policy reserves on annuity and supplementary contracts are calculated using the Commissioners’ Annuity Reserve Valuation Method, except variable annuities which use the Commissioners’ Annuity Reserve Valuation Method for Variable Annuities. The valuation interest assumptions follow the Standard Valuation Law and vary by the contracts’ characteristics and issue year. Policy reserves on life contracts are based on statutory mortality and valuation interest rates using the Commissioner’s Reserve Valuation Method without consideration of withdrawals. The valuation interest and mortality assumptions follow the Standard Valuation Law and vary by the contracts’ characteristics and issue year. Valuation methods provide, in the aggregate, reserves that are greater than or equal to the minimum of guaranteed policy cash values or the amount required by law. Accident and health benefit reserves are developed by actuarial methods and are determined based on published tables using specified statutory interest rates and mortality. Morbidity assumptions are based on Company experience.

Liability for deposit-type contracts represents contracts without significant mortality or morbidity risk. Payments received from sales of deposit-type contracts are recognized by providing a liability equal to the current value of the policyholders’ contracts. Interest rates credited to these contracts are based on the applicable terms of the respective contract.

Liabilities for outstanding claims and claims adjustment expenses are estimates of payments to be made on life and health insurance contracts for reported claims and claims adjustment expenses. A liability is also held for claims adjustment expenses incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. These liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary with any adjustments reflected in current operations.

Policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, the Company believes that policy liabilities and accruals will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in-force. The amount of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised if the estimates discussed above are revised.

Valuation of Investments, Including Derivatives, and the Recognition of Other-than-Temporary Impairments

Our investment portfolio consists of public and private debt securities, commercial mortgage and other loans, other invested assets and derivative financial instruments. Derivatives are financial instruments the values of which are derived from interest rates, financial indices or the values of securities. The derivative financial instruments we generally use are futures and options. Management believes the following accounting policies related to investments, including derivatives, are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. Each of these policies is discussed further within other relevant disclosures related to the investments and derivatives, as referenced below:

 

   

Valuation of investments, including derivatives;

 

   

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairments; and

 

   

Determination of the valuation allowance for losses on commercial mortgage and other loans.

We provide fair value for our investments, including debt securities, derivatives and embedded derivatives. Embedded derivatives are carried consistently with the host instruments. For additional information regarding the

 

75


key estimates and assumptions surrounding the determination of fair value of debt and equity securities, as well as derivative instruments, embedded derivatives and other investments, see Note 12 in the Notes to the Statutory Statements.

For our investments held at fair value, the impact of changes in fair value is recorded as an unrealized gain or loss within surplus. For a discussion of our policies regarding other-than-temporary declines in investment value and the related methodology for recording other-than-temporary impairments of debt and equity securities, see Note 3 in the Notes to Statutory Statements.

Commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. CMLs held by the Company are diversified by property type and geographic area throughout the U.S. CMLs are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not collect amounts due according to the terms of the original loan agreement. The Company assesses the impairment of loans individually for all loans in the portfolio. The Company estimates the fair value of the underlying collateral using internal valuations generally based on discounted cash flow analyses. The Company estimates an allowance for losses representing potential credit losses embedded in the CML portfolio. The estimate is based on a consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration all available information, including industry, geographical, economic and political factors.

Income Taxes

Income taxes represent the net amount of income taxes that the Company expects to pay to or receive from various taxing jurisdictions in connection with its operations. The Company provides for federal and state income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are limited to: (1) the amount of federal income taxes paid in prior years that can be recovered through capital loss carrybacks for existing temporary differences that reverse by the end of the subsequent calendar year; (2) the lesser of the amount of adjusted gross deferred tax assets expected to be realized within three years of the balance sheet date or 15% of capital and surplus, excluding any net deferred tax assets, electronic data equipment processing or operating software and any net positive goodwill, provided certain risk-based capital thresholds are met and (3) the amount of remaining gross deferred tax assets that can be offset against existing gross deferred tax liabilities after considering the character (i.e., ordinary vs. capital) of the deferred tax assets and liabilities. The remaining deferred tax assets are nonadmitted.

Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers all available evidence including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of the tax consequences of various events and transactions.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities, and in evaluating the Company’s tax positions including evaluating uncertainties under the relevant statutory guidance. The Company accounts for current and deferred income taxes and recognizes reserves for income tax contingencies in accordance with SSAP No. 101, “Income Taxes”. Under the guidance, the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. The Company’s liability for income taxes includes the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and interest that relate to tax years still subject to review by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authorities. We do not anticipate any significant changes within the next 12 months to our total unrecognized tax benefits related to tax years for which the statute of limitations has not expired.

 

76


Reserves for Contingencies

A contingency is an existing condition that involves a degree of uncertainty that will ultimately be resolved upon the occurrence of future events. Under NAIC SAP, reserves for contingencies are required to be established when the future event is probable and its impact can be reasonably estimated, such as in connection with an unresolved legal matter. The initial reserve reflects management’s best estimate of the probable cost of ultimate resolution of the matter and is revised accordingly as facts and circumstances change and, ultimately, when the matter is resolved.

OPERATIONS

Overview and strategy. Prior to July 18, 2013, we sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance, and fixed annuities including deferred and immediate, through independent master brokerage agencies. In July 2013, we ceased soliciting and selling new policies through our independent agent channel. In 2017, we ceased new policy issuances through the Allstate exclusive agency channel.

LBL HoldCo II, Inc. and ALIC entered into an Administration Services Agreement (“ASA”), pursuant to which ALIC continues to provide certain administrative services to the Company. In 2015, the administration of our deferred annuity and life business was outsourced to unaffiliated third-party service providers, SE2, LLC and Alliance–One Services, Inc. ALIC continues to administer business sold through the Allstate exclusive agency channel and business sold through this channel is fully reinsured with ALIC.

In April 2014, Lincoln Benefit entered into two transactions with Hannover Re. The first transaction provided financing for a portion of our statutory reserves associated with our universal life business with no-lapse guarantees and our level premium term life business. The second transaction involved a reinsurance agreement with Hannover Re, structured on a combined modified coinsurance and monthly renewable term reinsurance basis. In October of 2019, a portion of the modified coinsurance agreement was recaptured from Hannover Re (the “Hannover Recapture”).

On December 31, 2019, Lincoln Benefit entered into a coinsurance agreement with GILICO (the “GILICO Coinsurance Agreement”), resulting in the transfer of certain life and annuity contracts. The Company ceded assets of $1.1 billion and statutory reserves of $1.3 billion.

Financial Position

The Company’s total adjusted capital (“TAC”), as defined by the NAIC, decreased to $404.9 million as of December 31, 2019 from $437.6 million as of December 31, 2018.

The following table sets forth the calculation of the Company’s TAC:

 

($ in millions)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Capital and surplus

   $ 352.6      $ 379.9  

Asset valuation reserve

     52.3        57.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total adjusted capital

   $ 404.9      $ 437.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


The following table outlines amounts reported in the Company’s Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

($ in millions)    December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  

Admitted Assets

     

Cash and invested assets

   $ 7,476.1      $ 8,987.4  

Due and accrued investment income

     75.2        91.0  

Current income tax recoverable

     26.1        28.9  

Net deferred tax asset

     27.0        26.6  

Deferred premium and other assets, net

     103.9        61.7  

Separate account assets

     1,464.6        1,266.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Admitted Assets

   $ 9,172.9      $ 10,462.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Reserves for policy benefits

   $ 4,357.4      $ 6,001.6  

Reinsurance payable

     48.3        1.0  

Interest maintenance reserve

     35.7        —    

Funds held under coinsurance

     2,777.0        2,709.1  

Other liabilities

     137.3        104.0  

Separate account liabilities

     1,464.6        1,266.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 8,820.3      $ 10,082.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholder’s Equity

     

Common stock

     2.5        2.5  

Gross paid in and contributed surplus

     196.8        171.0  

Unassigned funds

     153.3        206.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capital Stock and Surplus

   $ 352.6      $ 379.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities, Capital Stock and Surplus

   $ 9,172.9      $ 10,462.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2019 vs. December 31, 2018

Assets

Total admitted assets decreased by $1.3 billion, from $10.5 billion at December 31, 2018 to $9.2 billion at December 31, 2019. The decrease in total admitted assets primarily relates to the continued runoff of the blocks of business and the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement. Partially offsetting this decrease is an increase in separate account assets for current market appreciation.

Significant variances are as follows:

Cash and invested assets decreased by $1.5 billion from $9.0 billion at December 31, 2018 to $7.5 billion at December 31, 2019. The significant components of this balance and related decrease are described below.

The Company’s bond portfolio decreased by $1.3 billion from $7.7 billion at December 31, 2018 to $6.4 billion at December 31, 2019. The decrease reflects the continued runoff of the blocks of business and the cession of assets described above. The bond portfolio is comprised of approximately 74% publicly traded securities and approximately 26% privately placed issuances.

Mortgage loans decreased by $137.6 million from $859.4 million at December 31, 2018 to $721.8 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease is related to mortgage loans maturing, being paid down or paid off.

Contract loans decreased by $100.9 million from $134.5 million at December 31, 2018 to $33.6 million at December 31, 2019. The decrease in balances is primarily related to cessions under the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement discussed above.

 

78


Derivatives increased by $15.4 million from $3.0 million at December 31, 2018 to $18.4 million at December 31, 2019. These balances are comprised primarily of options that are used to economically hedge the market risk inherent in the Company’s equity-indexed products. These assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized investment gains or losses included in unassigned surplus. The increase in these balances is primarily related to the equity market movement in 2019.

Cash and short-term investments increased by $39.6 million from $211.2 million at December 31, 2018 to $250.8 million at December 31, 2019. The amount invested in cash and short-term investments fluctuates based on liquidity needs and the timing of investment decisions. Overall, short-term investments and cash range from 1% to 3% of total invested assets. The increase in cash and short-term investments in 2019 is primarily a function of the timing of reinvestment activity.

Deferred premiums and other assets increased by $42.2 million from $61.7 million at December 31, 2018 to $103.9 million at December 31, 2019. This is mainly due to increases in reinsurance recoverables related to the timing and severity of losses received close to year end.

Separate Account assets and liabilities increased by $0.2 billion from $1.3 billion at December 31, 2018 to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2019. This increase is primarily driven by equity market appreciation in 2019.

The assets of Separate Accounts are carried at fair value for NAIC SAP. Separate Accounts liabilities represent the contractholders’ claims to the related assets and are carried at the fair value of the assets. In the event the asset values of certain contractholder accounts are projected to be below the value guaranteed by the Company, a liability is established through a charge to earnings.

Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business and a portion of the variable life business are reinsured by ALIC and GILICO. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, all assets of the Separate Accounts that support the variable annuity and variable life business are legally insulated.

Liabilities

Total liabilities decreased by $1.3 billion, from $10.1 billion at December 31, 2018 to $8.8 billion at December 31, 2019. The decrease consists of the following components:

Reserves for policy benefits decreased by $1.6 billion from $6.0 billion at December 31, 2018 to $4.4 billion at December 31, 2019. Such liabilities are established to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. The decrease in Reserves for policy benefits mainly related to the continued runoff of the business and cession of reserves for the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement.

Interest maintenance reserve increased by $35.7 million from a nonadmitted asset balance at December 31, 2018 to a $35.7 million liability at December 31, 2019 primarily related to capital gains generated from the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement.

Funds held under coinsurance increased by $0.1 billion from $2.7 billion at December 31, 2018 to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2019. This item represents funds withheld in conjunction with the Company’s AXXX coinsurance funds withheld treaty with Lancaster Re. The AXXX treaty with Lancaster Re covers universal life secondary guarantee and term business. The growth in the funds withheld balance primarily related to an increase of the statutory reserve on these products. These balances are expected to continue to increase.

Other liabilities increased by $33.3 million from $104.0 million at December 31, 2018 to $137.3 million at December 31, 2019. This balance principally consists of various policyholder related liabilities, other liability

 

79


balances related to general expenses and unsettled trades. The increase in this balance is mainly comprised of higher securities payable related to the timing of unsettled securities purchased and establishment of a liability for unauthorized reinsurance offset by a lower asset valuation reserve and lower expense and commission accruals.

Results of Operations

The following table outlines amounts reported in Net Income (Loss):

 

($ in millions)    2019      2018      2017  

Gain from operations before taxes

   $ 12.5      $ 20.4      $ 47.0  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     —          (4.1      (8.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net gain from operations

   $ 12.5      $ 24.5      $ 55.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized capital gains (losses)

     21.6        11.2        9.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 34.1      $ 35.7      $ 64.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Results of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2019

Net income of $34.1 million is comprised of Gain from operations before taxes of $12.5 million and net realized capital gains of $21.6 million. Operating results reflect the loss on reinsurance to GILICO offset by lower operating expenses.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Net income of $35.7 million is the result of the Gain from operations before taxes of $20.4 million and net realized gains of $11.2 million. In 2018, the Gain from operations decreased due to lower investment income consistent with business runoff and slightly higher reinsurance premium. This is offset by $11.2 million in realized capital gains resulting from asset-liability management initiatives.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Net income of $64.5 million is primarily from the Gain from operations before taxes of $47.0 million. Improved results from prior year are primarily the result of favorable mortality.

 

80


The significant components of income are summarized below:

 

($ in millions)    2019      2018      2017  

Revenue

        

Premiums

   $ (913.4    $ 80.1      $ 111.0  

Net investment income

     382.3        402.4        431.1  

Reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded

     (686.2      (174.9      (196.9

Other income

     119.2        89.2        94.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ (1,098.1    $ 396.8      $ 439.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefits and expenses

        

Benefit payments to policyholders and beneficiaries

   $ 389.7      $ 702.6      $ 722.8  

Net change to policy benefit reserves

     (1,707.8      (484.6      (488.9

Net transfers from separate accounts

     (63.2      (60.3      (70.3

Commissions and operating expenses

     270.7        218.7        229.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total benefits and expenses

   $ (1,110.6    $ 376.4      $ 392.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain from operations before taxes

   $ 12.5      $ 20.4      $ 47.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premiums are $(913.4) million, $80.1 million and $111.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Premiums are net of reinsurance premiums paid on the ceded business. The decrease in premiums in 2019 mainly related to lower direct annuity premiums and higher premiums ceded under the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement offset by premiums from the Hannover Recapture. The decrease in premiums in 2018 is primarily related to lower life and annuity premiums and slightly higher reinsurance premiums.

Net investment income is $382.3 million, $402.4 million and $431.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net investment income is attributable to the following asset types:

 

($ in millions)    2019      2018      2017  

Debt securities

   $ 322.1      $ 329.7      $ 344.9  

Mortgage loans

     37.2        41.3        48.8  

Other invested assets

     18.2        19.3        15.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross investment income

     377.5        390.3        408.7  

Investment expenses

     24.2        28.2        31.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment income before IMR amortization

     353.3        362.1        377.4  

IMR amortization

     29.0        40.3        53.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net investment income

   $ 382.3      $ 402.4      $ 431.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Overall, net investment income in 2019 is lower compared to 2018 and 2017. The main driver of this is lower average asset balances resulting from the continued runoff of the business. The decline in IMR amortization is also in line with expectations related to the runoff of the business.

Reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded are $(686.2) million, $(174.9) million and $(196.9) million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded include reserve changes related to the Company’s modified coinsurance agreements on its life and annuity business. The significant decrease in reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded in 2019 is as a result of the Hannover Recapture. Reserve adjustments on reinsurance ceded decreased in 2018 primarily related to slowdown in the runoff of the variable annuity business and deferred annuity products.

Benefit payments to policyholders and beneficiaries are $389.7 million, $702.6 million and $722.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. This line item represents benefit payments on

 

81


life insurance and annuity products. The decrease in 2019 is primarily related to the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement and lower surrenders on life and annuity business partially offset by higher claims from unfavorable mortality. Benefit payments to policyholders and beneficiaries decreased in 2018 due to a decrease in surrender and annuity benefits. Surrenders decreased primarily on market-value and equity-indexed annuities resulting from lower equity market performance.

Net changes to policy benefit reserves are $(1,707.8) million, $(484.6) million and $(488.9) million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease in 2019 is primarily the result of higher ceded reserves as result of the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement and lower annuity reserves.

Commissions and operating expenses are $270.7 million, $218.7 million and $229.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These expenses are comprised of general operating expenses, premium taxes and investment income ceded on reinsurance. The increase in 2019 is related to higher investment income ceded under the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement offset by lower commissions and operating expenses. The decline in 2018 is primarily as a result of lower direct life and annuity premiums and the continued runoff of the business while operating expenses decreased primarily as a function of lower third-party administrative expenses as well as lower compensation costs.

Realized investment gains (losses) are $21.6 million, $11.2 million and $9.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The net realized gains in 2019 are primarily related to capital gains generated from the GILICO Coinsurance Agreement and derivative gains offset by lower capital gains tax and credit related capital losses. The net realized gains in 2018 are related to asset-liability management initiatives to improve yields and better match assets and liabilities. The net realized gains in 2017 are primarily derivative related.

General Account Investment Portfolio

The General Account Investment Assets (“GAIA”) portfolio consists of a well-diversified portfolio of public and private debt securities, commercial mortgages and other loans and other invested assets. The General Account portfolios and investment results primarily support the insurance liabilities of Lincoln Benefit’s business operations. The following table reconciles the balance sheet asset amounts to GAIA:

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  
($ in millions)              

Bonds

   $ 6,361.6      $ 7,709.6  

Preferred stocks

     14.8        14.8  

Common stocks

     8.5        7.0  

Mortgage loans

     721.8        859.4  

Contract loans

     33.6        134.5  

Other investments

     84.9        50.4  

Receivables for securities

     0.1        0.5  

Cash and short-term investments

     250.8        211.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cash and Invested Assets

   $ 7,476.1      $ 8,987.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets listed in Other investments principally consist of surplus notes, a limited partnership and derivatives.

 

82


Investment Results of General Account Investment Assets

The following table summarizes investment results by asset category for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

     2019      2018      2017  
($ in millions)    Amount      Yield      Amount      Yield      Amount      Yield  

Debt securities

   $ 322.1        4.58    $ 329.7        4.17    $ 344.9        4.22

Mortgage loans

     37.2        4.71      41.3        4.32      48.8        3.86

Cash, cash equivalents and short-terms

     4.0        1.75      3.9        1.91      1.7        1.12

Other invested assets

     14.2        (a)       15.4        (a)       13.3        (a) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross investment income

   $ 377.5         $ 390.3         $ 408.7     
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Investment expenses

     24.2           28.2           31.3     
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Net investment income before IMR amortization

   $ 353.3         $ 362.1         $ 377.4     
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

(a) 

Primarily FHLB note interest and contract loans

Debt Securities

The bond portfolio consists largely of investment grade corporate debt securities and includes significant amounts of U.S. government and agency obligations. More detail around the composition of debt securities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 for GAIA is as shown below.

Debt Securities by Industry

The General Account debt securities portfolios include publicly-traded and privately-placed corporate debt securities across an array of industry categories. The following tables set forth these debt securities by industry category as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 along with their associated gross unrealized gains and losses:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       

December 31, 2019

($ in millions)

     
  Fair Value  

U.S. governments

   $ 38.2      $ 0.4      $ —       $ 38.6  

All other governments

     5.7        0.1        (0.6     5.2  

U.S. states, territories and possessions

     15.4        2.2        —         17.6  

U.S. political subdivisions

     64.5        2.8        (0.1     67.2  

Special revenue

     556.8        56.5        (0.3     613.0  

Industrial and miscellaneous

          

Basic materials

     217.5        18.8        (0.8     235.5  

Communications

     470.6        52.0        —         522.6  

Consumer, cyclical

     338.9        20.3        (1.6     357.6  

Consumer, non-cyclical

     479.4        37.0        (1.1     515.3  

Diversified

     1.0        —          —         1.0  

Energy

     550.4        44.1        (3.6     590.9  

Financial

     1,093.6        105.1        (2.9     1,195.8  

Industrial

     389.4        24.3        (1.8     411.9  

Technology

     238.7        33.4        (0.2     271.9  

Utilities

     681.4        54.6        (0.1     735.9  

Hybrids

     101.9        7.3        (0.4     108.8  

ABS

     506.9        8.1        (0.7     514.3  

CMBS

     261.3        10.2        (1.0     270.5  

RMBS

     350.0        17.1        (0.9     366.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

   $ 6,361.6      $ 494.3      $ (16.1   $ 6,839.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

83


     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       

December 31, 2018

($ in millions)

     
  Fair Value  

U.S. governments

   $ 91.2      $ 0.2      $ (0.1   $ 91.3  

All other governments

     13.6               (2.5     11.1  

U.S. states, territories and possessions

     15.6                     15.6  

U.S. political subdivisions

     92.4        1.2        (2.5     91.1  

Special revenue

     647.8        20.9        (4.2     664.5  

Industrial and miscellaneous

          

Basic materials

     249.0        1.9        (18.3     232.6  

Communications

     631.3        2.6        (39.2     594.7  

Consumer, cyclical

     401.9        0.9        (27.4     375.4  

Consumer, non-cyclical

     695.3        3.9        (48.2     651.0  

Diversified

     1.0                     1.0  

Energy

     715.1        1.7        (44.7     672.1  

Financial

     1,416.1        2.7        (65.5     1,353.3  

Industrial

     452.5        1.6        (35.2     418.9  

Technology

     303.8        2.1        (11.6     294.3  

Utilities

     678.0        2.6        (26.9     653.7  

Hybrids

     120.8        0.9        (5.7     116.0  

ABS

     410.5        0.3        (14.1     396.7  

CMBS

     309.2        1.6        (7.9     302.9  

RMBS

     464.5        15.8        (13.5     466.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

   $ 7,709.6      $ 60.9      $ (367.5   $ 7,403.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrealized gains increased by $433.4 million from $60.9 million at December 31, 2018 to $494.3 million at December 31, 2019. The increase in unrealized gains is primarily due to a decrease in interest rates. The 10-year treasury yield curve rates at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are 1.92% and 2.69%, respectively. There is also a decrease in gross unrealized losses of $351.4 million, for a net change in net unrealized gains of $784.8 million.

Debt Securities by Credit Quality

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the NAIC has established credit ratings related to investments of insurers for regulatory reporting purposes and assigns debt securities to one of six categories (“NAIC Designations”) based on the equivalent ratings of an approved rating agency. NAIC Designations of “1” or “2” relate to debt securities considered investment grade, which include securities rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s. NAIC Designations of “3” through “6” are referred to as below investment grade, which include securities rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor’s. As a result of time lags between the funding of investments, the finalization of legal documents and the completion of the SVO filing process, the bond portfolio generally includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

 

84


The following table sets forth the General Accounts’ debt securities by NAIC rating at the dates indicated:

 

December 31, 2019

($ in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

NAIC Rating

           

1

  

Aaa, Aa, A

   $ 2,520.8      $     259.4      $ (0.5)      $ 2,779.7  

2

  

Baa

     2,637.5        197.9        (8.5)        2,826.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

   $ 5,158.3      $ 457.3      $ (9.0)      $ 5,606.6  

3

  

Ba

     85.1        1.6        (4.5)        82.2  

4

   B      —          —          —          —    

5

  

C and lower

     —          —          —          —    

6

  

In or near default

     —          —          —          —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

   $ 85.1      $ 1.6      $ (4.5)      $ 82.2  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Total before asset and mortgage-backed securities

   $ 5,243.4      $ 458.9      $ (13.5)      $ 5,688.8  
  

Asset and mortgage-backed securities

     1,118.2        35.4        (2.6)        1,151.0  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Total fixed maturities

   $ 6,361.6      $ 494.3      $ (16.1)      $ 6,839.8  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

($ in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  

NAIC Rating

           

1

  

Aaa, Aa, A

   $ 3,282.5      $ 32.7      $ (111.5)      $ 3,203.7  

2

  

Baa

     3,131.0        10.4        (196.4)        2,945.0  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Investment grade

     $6,413.5        $ 43.1        $(307.9)        $6,148.7  

3

  

Ba

     75.3        0.1        (13.2)        62.2  

4

   B      22.3        —          (5.2)        17.1  

5

  

C and lower

     14.3        —          (5.7)        8.6  

6

  

In or near default

     —          —          —          —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Below investment grade

   $ 111.9      $ 0.1      $ (24.1)      $ 87.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Total before asset and mortgage-backed securities

   $ 6,525.4      $ 43.2      $ (332.0)      $ 6,236.6  
  

Asset and mortgage-backed securities

     1,184.2        17.7        (35.5)        1,166.4  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Total fixed maturities

   $ 7,709.6      $ 60.9      $ (367.5)      $ 7,403.0  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below investment grade debt securities represented 1.3% and 1.5% of the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Equity Securities

Common stock of $8.5 million and $7.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, are entirely related to the ownership of FHLB stock. GAIA holds redeemable preferred stock of $14.8 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. GAIA also holds an investment in limited partnership on an equity method basis as of December 31, 2019 for $20.7 million.

 

85


Commercial Mortgage Loans

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, approximately 10% of GAIA are in commercial mortgage loans. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying value of commercial mortgage loans is $721.8 million and $859.4 million, respectively. The investment strategy for the mortgage loan portfolio emphasizes diversification by property type and geographic location with a primary focus on asset quality. The table below shows the breakdown of the amortized cost of the General Account’s investments in mortgage loans by geographic region as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  
($ in millions)              

Alabama

   $ 0.6      $ 0.8  

Arizona

     36.0        36.8  

California

     140.9        146.8  

Colorado

     91.7        61.6  

Florida

     24.3        54.6  

Georgia

     29.6        20.6  

Hawaii

     2.8        4.0  

Illinois

     56.2        86.8  

Iowa

     0.3        0.5  

Kansas

     —          9.2  

Massachusetts

     29.5        30.7  

Minnesota

     22.6        23.8  

Nevada

     9.3        80.9  

New Jersey

     35.7        21.2  

New York

     47.5        48.4  

North Carolina

     3.8        33.5  

Ohio

     12.1        12.3  

Pennsylvania

     69.8        50.4  

South Carolina

     24.4        24.8  

Texas

     84.7        110.7  

Virginia

     —          0.2  

Wisconsin

     —          0.8  

General allowance for loan loss

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial mortgage loans

   $ 721.8      $ 859.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Mortgage Loan by Credit Quality

The values used in these ratio calculations are part of the periodic review of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio, which includes an evaluation of the underlying collateral value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

     Recorded Investment               
     Debt Service Coverage Ratios                             
December 31, 2019                                                
($ in millions)    > 1.20x      1.00x-1.20x      < 1.00x      Total      % of Total     Estimated Fair Value      % of Total  

Loan-to-value ratios:

                   

Less than 65%

   $ 532.0      $ 29.3      $ 38.0      $ 599.3        82.8   $ 607.3        82.3

65% to 75%

     102.9        21.9        —          124.8        17.2     130.9        17.7

76% to 80%

     —          —          —          —          0.0     —          0.0

Greater than 80%

     —          —          —          —          0.0     —          0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 634.9      $ 51.2      $ 38.0      $ 724.1        100.0   $ 738.2        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


     Recorded Investment               
     Debt Service Coverage Ratios                             
December 31, 2018                    
($ in millions)    > 1.20x      1.00x-1.20x      < 1.00x      Total      % of Total     Estimated Fair Value      % of Total  

Loan-to-value ratios:

                   

Less than 65%

   $ 636.4      $ 88.6      $ 37.5      $ 762.5        88.5   $ 754.8        88.3

65% to 75%

     50.2        49.1        —          99.3        11.5     99.7        11.7

76% to 80%

     —          —          —          —          —         —          —    

Greater than 80%

     —          —          —          —          —         —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 686.6      $ 137.7      $ 37.5      $ 861.8        100.0   $ 854.5        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

All of our mortgage loans are performing under the original contractual loan terms at December 31, 2019. There is one mortgage loan that has a debt service coverage ratio of less than 1.0% at December 31, 2019. At December 31, 2019, there are no mortgage loans that are not current.

MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates or credit spreads. We also have certain exposures to changes in equity prices in our fixed indexed annuities and separate accounts liabilities.

Overview. In formulating and implementing guidelines for investing funds, we seek to earn returns that contribute to stable profits while also meeting the future cash flow requirements of our liabilities.

We use quantitative and qualitative market-based approaches to measure, monitor and manage market risk. We evaluate our exposure to market risk through the use of multiple measures including but not limited to duration, earnings- and capital-at-risk, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis. Duration measures the price sensitivity of assets or liabilities to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset with a duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by 5%. Earnings- and capital-at-risk are estimates of the change in earnings or capital that might be expected to emerge over a given time horizon in various defined stress tests. Scenario analysis estimates the potential changes in the value of various financial parameters that could occur under different hypothetical market conditions defined by changes to the market risk factors of interest rates and credit spreads. Sensitivity analysis estimates the potential changes in the value of various financial parameters that could occur under different hypothetical shocks to a market risk factor. In general, we establish investment portfolio asset allocation and market risk limits based upon a combination of duration, earnings- and capital-at-risk, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis as well as a consideration of liquidity needs and prudent diversification. Our asset allocation limits place restrictions on the total funds that may be invested within an asset class. Comprehensive day-to-day management of market risk within defined tolerance ranges occurs as our investment advisors buy and sell within their respective markets based upon the acceptable boundaries established by our investment and other risk policies, which are overseen by our board of directors, and our investment and asset-liability management team.

Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in interest rates. This risk arises when our investments are not fully matched to our liabilities, or when characteristics of the assets or liabilities change. Interest rate risk includes risks related to changes in U.S. Treasury yields and other key risk-free reference yields.

One of the measures used to quantify interest rate exposure is duration. To estimate asset durations, we project asset cash flows and calculate their net present value using a risk-free market interest rate adjusted for credit quality, sector attributes, liquidity and other specific risks. Duration is calculated by revaluing these cash flows at alternative interest rates and determining the percentage change in aggregate value. The asset projections

 

87


include assumptions (based upon historical market experience and our experience) that are intended to reflect the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment, leverage and/or option features of instruments, where applicable. The preceding assumptions relate primarily to mortgage-backed securities, and municipal and corporate obligations. Our asset duration was 8.7 years and 8.5 years as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Given the duration of our assets remains shorter than the duration of our liabilities, lower interest rates will result in lower investment income on assets purchased in the future. Conversely, higher interest rates will result in higher investment income on assets purchased in the future.

Based upon the information and assumptions used in the duration calculation, and interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2019, we estimate that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel fall in interest rates (“rate shock”) would increase the net fair value of the assets by $650 million, compared to $740 million as of December 31, 2018. While the duration extended slightly over the year, the impact as at December 31, 2019 is lower largely due to a lower asset base year over year from partial block run off and reinsurance of a portion of LBL’s fixed indexed annuities. The selection of a 100 basis point immediate, parallel change in interest rates should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but only as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

To the extent that conditions differ from the assumptions we used in these calculations, duration and rate shock measures could be significantly impacted. Additionally, our calculations assume that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates (the term structure of interest rates) will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the effect of non-parallel changes in the term structure of interest rates and/or large changes in interest rates.

Credit spread risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in credit spreads (“spreads”). This risk arises from our investment in spread-sensitive fixed income assets.

We manage the spread risk in our assets by monitoring our spread duration. Spread duration measures the price sensitivity of the assets to changes in spreads. For example, if spreads increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset exhibiting a spread duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by 5%. We manage this risk through a disciplined asset-liability management process that endeavors to align expected liability cashflows with assets of a similar profile. Losses due to credit spread duration result only if there is a requirement to sell assets (for example, to pay claims) prior to maturity at a time when the fair market value of assets is low due to higher credit spreads.

Spread duration is calculated similarly to interest rate duration. For our portfolio, spread duration is close to the asset duration, and thus has a similar sensitivity.

Credit default risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to non-payment of principal or interest by a borrower on a specific financial instrument we own. This risk arises primarily from our investments in fixed income securities (for example, corporate bonds) and commercial mortgage loans.

We manage credit default risk through monitoring of the creditworthiness of the underlying borrowers of the securities and loans we are invested in. We use diversification to reduce credit default risk by spreading the risk across different borrowers, different industries and different geographical locations. Furthermore, we constrain credit default risk through limits on the amount of securities and loans we own with specific credit ratings. Credit defaults may be recognized by the Company in income prior to an actual default by the underlying borrower.

A credit default loss of 100 basis points on the portfolio would result in a loss of $75 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to $91 million as of December 31, 2018. The decrease is due to lower invested asset balances year-over-year. The selection of 100 basis points should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

 

88


Equity price risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in the general levels of the equity markets. Equity risk exists for contract charges based on account balances as well as for guarantees for living, death and/or income benefits provided by our variable and fixed indexed products.

Our variable life products are substantially reinsured. For the liabilities that are retained, there is equity exposure to contract charges and fees that are based on separate account values, but there is only small exposure to guarantees. The present value of a 20% decrease in equity values would result in a decline in the present value of future contract charges and fees of approximately $1 million as of December 31, 2019, compared to a decline of $4 million as of December 31, 2018. The selection of 20% should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event. The year over year reduction in sensitivity is due to reinsurance effective on December 31, 2019.

All variable annuity contract charges and fees, liabilities and benefits, including guarantees for death and/or income benefits, are ceded to ALIC in accordance with the reinsurance agreements, thereby limiting our equity risk exposure. In 2006, ALIC disposed of substantially all of its variable annuity business through reinsurance agreements with The Prudential Insurance Company of America and therefore mitigated this aspect of ALIC’s risk. The Company was not a direct party to this agreement and its reinsurance agreements with ALIC remain unchanged. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had Separate Accounts assets related to variable annuity and variable life contracts totaling $1.6 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, before reinsurance.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had $620 million and $1.0 billion respectively in indexed universal life and fixed indexed annuity liabilities, net of reinsurance, that provide customers with interest crediting rates primarily based on the performance of the S&P 500. The decline in liabilities is partially due to run off of the block and partially due to new reinsurance effective on December 31, 2019. We maintain a hedging program that aims to offset the impact of equity market performance on the value of these guarantees. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had $18.4 million and $3.0 million in market value of S&P 500 options and futures under the hedging program, respectively. The 2018 value of futures and options was lower than normal due to the dramatic decline in the S&P 500 in December 2018. The 2019 value is closer to a more normal level.

Counterparty credit risk relates to the Company’s potential loss if a counterparty fails to perform under the terms of a contract. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk by utilizing highly rated counterparties, establishing risk control limits, executing legally enforceable master agreements and obtaining collateral where appropriate.

Lincoln Benefit’s counterparty risk consists of the following two types of exposures: (1) Derivative counterparty risk: The Company only holds future contracts and option contracts which are traded on organized exchanges, which require margin deposits and guarantee the execution of trades, thereby mitigating potential credit risk. Exchanges serve as a marketplace for the buyer and the seller. The associated clearing house sits between the two sides of the trade. The Company did not incur any losses on derivative financial instruments due to counterparty nonperformance in 2019 or 2018; and (2) Reinsurance counterparty risk. The reinsurance counterparty risk is the risk of the reinsurance counterparty failing to pay reinsurance recoveries in full to Lincoln Benefit in a timely manner (i.e., unwillingness to pay, not paying in full or inability to pay.) We attempt to mitigate this risk by diversifying the risk with multiple reinsurers and monitoring their credit ratings.

 

89


CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

Capital resources consist of capital and surplus. The following table summarizes our capital resources as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

($ in millions)    2019      2018  

Common stock, retained earnings and additional paid-in capital

   $ 352.6      $ 379.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital and surplus decreased in 2019 primarily due to capital contributions to Lancaster Re and payment of dividends offset by current year profits and current year capital contributions from GILICO. Capital and surplus decreased in 2018 primarily due to the capital contributions to Lancaster Re .

Financial strength ratings. Our financial strength ratings as of December 31, 2019 are A- with negative outlook from A.M. Best Company, Inc. (“AM Best”) and BBB with stable outlook from Standard & Poors Ratings Services (“S&P). Our financial strength ratings as of December 31, 2018 were A- from AM Best and BBB from S&P, both with stable outlook. These ratings reflect the rating agencies’ opinions of our relative financial strength and are not a recommendation to buy or hold any investment. Ratings may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the issuing rating agency.

The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or actions by insurance regulatory authorities. The NAIC analyzes financial data provided by insurance companies using prescribed ratios, each with defined “usual ranges.” Generally, regulators will begin to monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If we have insufficient capital, our regulator may act to reduce the amount of or deny the payment of, dividends.

Liquidity sources and uses. Our potential sources of funds principally include the following:

 

   

Receipt of insurance premiums

 

   

Contractholder fund deposits

 

   

Reinsurance recoveries

 

   

Receipts of principal and interest on investments

 

   

Maturity or sales of investments

Our potential uses of funds principally include the following.

 

   

Payment of contract benefits, surrenders and withdrawals

 

   

Reinsurance cessions and payments

 

   

Operating costs and expenses

 

   

Purchase of investments

 

   

Repayment of intercompany balances

 

   

Dividends to parent

 

   

Tax payments/settlements

Cash flows. As reflected in our Statements of Cash Flows, net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities was $(441.1) million, $(412.3) million, and $(292.3) million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Fluctuations in net cash provided by operating activities primarily occur as a result

 

90


of changes in net investment income, differences in the timing of reinsurance payments and other operating activities (e.g., tax payments, expenses, etc.)

Notwithstanding any reinsurance arrangements, we continue to have primary liability as a direct insurer for risks reinsured. Our ability to meet liquidity demands is dependent on reinsurers’ ability to meet those obligations under the reinsurance programs.

Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on business conditions, income, cash requirements and other relevant factors. The payment of shareholder dividends without the prior approval of the state insurance regulator is limited by Nebraska law to formula amounts based on net income and capital and surplus, determined in conformity with statutory accounting practices, as well as the timing and amount of dividends paid in the preceding twelve months. Prior approval of the Nebraska Director of Insurance is required for the Company for any dividend or distribution paid for five years subsequent to April 1, 2014. After receiving approval from the Department of Insurance, the Company paid dividends of $40.0 million, $15.0 million, and $70.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Contractual obligations. Due to the reinsurance agreements that we have in place, certain contractual obligations are ceded to our affiliate, GILICO, as well as ALIC, Hannover and other non-affiliated reinsurers.

REGULATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are subject to extensive regulation and we are involved in various legal and regulatory actions, all of which have an effect on specific aspects of our business. For a detailed discussion of the legal and regulatory actions in which we are involved, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

PENDING ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

There are pending accounting standards that we have not implemented because the implementation date has not yet occurred. For a discussion of these pending standards, see Note 2 to the financial statements. The effect of implementing certain accounting standards on our financial results and financial condition is often based in part on market conditions at the time of implementation of the standard and other factors we are unable to determine prior to implementation. For this reason, we are sometimes unable to estimate the effect of certain pending accounting standards until the relevant authoritative body finalizes these standards or until we implement them.

 

Item 11(i).

Changes in or Disagreements with Accountants

None.

 

Item 11(j).

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Information required for Item 11(j) is incorporated by reference to the material under the caption “Market Risk” in Item 11(h) of this report.

 

Item 11(k).

Directors and Executive Officers

The biographies of each of the directors and executive officers as of March 30, 2020 are included below.

Dhiren Jhaveri, 45, has been Executive Chairman of the board of directors of the Company since December 31, 2019. Dhiren is the founder and has been Chief Executive Officer of Kuvare US Holdings, Inc. (“Kuvare”), the direct parent of GILICO, since 2014, and is the Executive Chairman of the boards of directors of GILICO and United Life Insurance Company (“United Life”), an Iowa-domiciled insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of Kuvare. In addition, he serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Kuvare

 

91


Insurance Services LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“KIS”). Before founding Kuvare, Dhiren was a member of the executive committee of Sammons Financial Group, where he led corporate development and investment risk. Previously, he worked at McKinsey & Co. and Barclays. Dhiren is actively involved on various committees for the American Council of Life Insurers and is a designee of the LIMRA Life Insurance Fellows.

Bradley Rosenblatt, 45, has been a director of the Company since December 31, 2019, and Chief Revenue Officer of Kuvare since 2017, where he leads revenue and growth strategy. In addition, Brad is President and a director of United Life, and a director of GILICO. Brad has over 20 years of experience in sales, marketing and strategy. Prior to joining Kuvare, Brad served as Chief Distribution Officer for Sammons Financial Group leading the company’s growth strategy in new life insurance markets. While at Sammons Financial Group, Brad also led the company’s strategy and corporate development function and held various sales and marketing leadership roles. Previously, he worked at McKinsey & Co. in the insurance practice, serving life, property/casualty and health insurance carriers. Brad holds an MBA from Michigan Ross School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Northwestern University.

Joseph Wieser, 54, has been a director of the Company since December 31, 2019, and President and a director of GILICO since 2018. Joe has more than 28 years of leadership, strategy, operational and sales/marketing experience in the annuity, life and health insurance industry. He most recently served as Business Development Director for Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield in Denver, Colorado and, prior to that, served five years as President of Dearborn National Life Insurance Company. During his career, he has held leadership roles overseeing all insurance company functions. Previously, his executive experience includes working at MassMutual, Colorado Bankers, Starmount Life and Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield. Joe is a graduate of Metropolitan State University in Denver and holds his CLU, ChFC and FLMI financial/insurance professional designations.

Burke Harr, 48, has been a director of the Company since December 31, 2019. Burke served as a Nebraska state senator from 2011 to 2019, and has been an of counsel attorney at Houghton Bradford Whitted PC, LLO since 2011. Burke is a graduate of the University of St. Thomas and the Notre Dame Law School.

Carlos Sierra, 52, has been President and a director of the Company since December 31, 2019, and the Chief Operating Officer of Kuvare since 2016, where he leads overall operational strategy. He is a director of GILICO and of United Life. With over 30 years of operations experience, Carlos previously worked as a consultant for insurance companies and served as COO for the Americas at Aon Risk and Global COO for Combined Insurance where he led global operations, including Front Office (sales model; multichannel sales), Back Office (contact centers; order entry; claims; field operations) and Technology (Application Development and Infrastructure). Previously, Carlos worked at McKinsey & Co, where he served clients in the Financial Institutions Group and at FMC where he led Manufacturing Planning and Latin American Operations. Carlos earned engineering and masters degrees with honors from ITESM, Ohio State and Stanford.

David Goldberg, 51, has been Secretary of the Company since December 31, 2019, and General Counsel and Secretary of Kuvare since 2017, where he directs the legal, regulatory and corporate governance functions for the Kuvare businesses. He provides more than 20 years of broad commercial law and senior executive experience, having started his legal career in 1993 at the Sidley & Austin firm in Chicago. David has served in numerous corporate General Counsel roles, including insurance sector roles at Coregis Insurance, a specialty property and casualty company, as well as life and health companies Combined Insurance (and its worldwide affiliates) and Sterling Life Insurance Company. Most recently he served as an Illinois Assistant Attorney General and General Counsel to the Illinois State Toll Highway Authority. David is a graduate of the University of Michigan and Washington University School of Law.    

Erik Braun, 36, was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of LBL HoldCo, Inc. and LBL HoldCo II, Inc. in March 2020. He has served as Treasurer and Controller of Kuvare US Holdings, Inc. since 2017. From 2013 to 2017, Erik was with Fidelity Life Association as the manager of accounting and finance and

 

92


the assistant corporate controller. Previously, he worked in public accounting within the assurance practice, where he served insurance industry clients across most commercial and personal lines. Erik is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive). 

 

Item 11(l).

Executive Compensation

We do not have any employees, but rather are provided personnel, including our named executive officers, by our parent company, LBL HoldCo II, Inc. (“HoldCo”), pursuant to the Services Agreement between HoldCo and Lincoln Benefit effective April 1, 2014. Executive officers of Lincoln Benefit also serve as officers of our indirect parent, HoldCo Parent and other subsidiaries of HoldCo Parent. These executive officers received no compensation directly from Lincoln Benefit. As a result, we do not determine or pay any compensation to our named executive officers or additional personnel provided by HoldCo for our operations. HoldCo determines and pays the salaries, bonuses and other wages earned by our named executive officers and by additional personnel provided to us by HoldCo. HoldCo also determines whether and to what extent our named executive officers and additional personnel from HoldCo may participate in any employee benefit plans. We do not have any employment agreements with our named executive officers and do not provide pension or retirement benefits, perquisites or other personnel benefits to our named executive officers. We do not have arrangements to make payments to our named executive officers upon their termination or in the event of a change in control of the Company. See “Transactions with Related Parties” for more information about the Services Agreement between HoldCo and us.

Director compensation

Burke Harr, receives an annual cash retainer fee for his services on the board of directors of Lincoln Benefit.

No director who is also an employee of Kuvare and/or GILICO receives any additional compensation for serving as a director of the Company.

Compensation Related to Services prior to December 31, 2019

Our independent directors received an annual cash retainer fee for their services on the boards of directors of HoldCo Parent and its subsidiaries, including Lincoln Benefit, a portion of which is allocated to Lincoln Benefit pursuant to the Services Agreement. A non-employee director also had the option to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her annual retainer fee into a notional percentage equity interest in RL LP and RL (Parallel) Partnership (together, the “Partnerships”). The elected percentage of the board retainer for a calendar year of service was converted into a notional percentage interest in the Partnerships when the year-end valuation of the Partnerships for the immediately prior year was available. The notional interest was unvested until December 31st of the relevant year of service, and, as a general rule, if the director’s board service ended before December 31st, the unvested portion of the notional interest would be forfeit except that, in the case of a qualifying termination, a pro rata portion of the director’s unvested portion of the notional interest would vest. If a director was terminated,

 

93


this would be considered a qualifying termination and such director’s notional interest would vest. Vested portions of notional interests were settled in cash on termination of the director’s board service.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

In February 2015, the Board of Directors of HoldCo Parent established a compensation committee, whose primary function is to assist the Board with its oversight role with respect to the compensation of HoldCo Parent’s and its subsidiaries’ executive officers and other employees. In February 2017, the HoldCo Parent compensation committee was re-established at HoldCo, the entity with which the majority of the employees are employed. No executive officer of Lincoln Benefit serves as a member of the compensation committee of another entity for which any executive officer served as a director for Lincoln Benefit.

 

Item 11(m).

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Security

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table shows the number of Lincoln Benefit shares owned by any beneficial owner who owns more than five percent of any class of Lincoln Benefit’s voting securities.

 

Title of Class (a)

  

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner
(b)

  

Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership
(c)

  

Percent of
Class
(d)

Capital Stock

  

LBL HoldCo II, Inc.

5600 N. River Road, Suite 300

Rosemont, IL 60018

   25,000   

100%

N/A

  

LBL HoldCo, Inc.

5600 N. River Road, Suite 300

Rosemont, IL 60018

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Guaranty Income Life

Insurance Company

118 Second Avenue SE

Cedar Rapids, IA 52401

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Kuvare US Holdings, Inc.

55 West Monroe Street, Suite 1930

Chicago, IL 60603

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Kuvare UK Holdings Limited

5th Floor

6 St Andrew Street

London, EC4A 3AE,

United Kingdom

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Kuvare Holdings LP

P.O. Box 309

Ugland House

George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-1104,

Cayman Islands

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Kuvare GP Holdings LP

P.O. Box 309

Ugland House

George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-1104,

Cayman Islands

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

 

94


Title of Class (a)

  

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner
(b)

  

Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership
(c)

  

Percent of
Class
(d)

N/A

  

Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd.

P.O. Box 309

Ugland House

George Town

Grand Cayman KY1-1104,

Cayman Islands

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Access Holdings GP LP

c/o Access Holdings

2 East Read Street, Suite 300

Baltimore, MD 21202

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

Access Holdings GP Company

c/o Access Holdings

2 East Read Street, Suite 300

Baltimore, MD 21202

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

ACP LI Holdings, LP

c/o Altamont Capital Partners

400 Hamilton Ave, Suite 230

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

N/A

  

ACP LI Holdings GP Ltd.

c/o Altamont Capital Partners

400 Hamilton Ave, Suite 230

Palo Alto, CA 94301

   Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.   

N/A

The following table shows the number of shares of stock in Lincoln Benefit or its parents beneficially owned by each director and named executive officer of Lincoln Benefit individually, and by all executive officers and directors of Lincoln Benefit as a group. Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. The following share amounts are as of December 31, 2019. The address of each such director or officer is c/o Kuvare US Holdings, Inc., 55 W Monroe Street, Suite 1930, Chicago, Illinois, 60603.

 

Entity

   Title of Class of Equity
Securities
   Number of
Shares
  

Statement Concerning Beneficial
Ownership

Lincoln Benefit, HoldCo, HoldCo Parent, GILICO, Kuvare, Kuvare UK Holdings Limited, Kuvare Holdings LP, Kuvare GP Holdings LP, Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd.    n/a    n/a    Lincoln Benefit is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Kuvare Holdings LP, which is controlled by its general partner, Kuvare GP Holdings LP. Kuvare GP Holdings LP is controlled by its general partner, Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd. Dhiren Jhaveri is the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd., and no officers or directors of the Company beneficially own any equity interests in Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd.

 

95


Entity

   Title of Class of Equity
Securities
   Number of
Shares
  

Statement Concerning Beneficial
Ownership

Kuvare Holdings LP(1)    n/a    n/a    GBIS Holdings, LLC owns less than 1% of the equity interests of Kuvare Holdings LP.(2) Dhiren Jhaveri is the member of GBIS Holdings, LLC.
Kuvare GP Holdings LP    n/a    n/a    GBIS Holdings, LLC owns 1% of the equity interests of Kuvare GP Holdings LP.(2) Dhiren Jhaveri is the member of GBIS Holdings, LLC.

 

(1) 

Certain directors and officers of the Company may from time to time directly or indirectly own limited partner interests in Kuvare Holdings LP. Such directors and officers do not have the power to vote or dispose of any shares of the Company that may be held from time to time directly or indirectly by Kuvare Holdings LP and therefore are not deemed to beneficially own such shares.

(2) 

Calculated on an aggregate basis including all outstanding classes of limited partner interests.

 

96


Changes in Control

On December 31, 2019, GILICO, completed the indirect acquisition of Lincoln Benefit. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo Parent, and HoldCo Parent is a wholly owned subsidiary of GILICO.

 

Item 11(n).

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

Transactions with Related Persons

Lincoln Benefit is a party to certain intercompany agreements involving amounts greater than $120,000 between Lincoln Benefit and the following companies:

 

   

HoldCo, the direct parent of Lincoln Benefit.

 

   

HoldCo Parent, an indirect parent of Lincoln Benefit.

 

   

Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company (“Lancaster Re”), a direct subsidiary of Lincoln Benefit

 

   

Lanis LLC, an affiliate of Lincoln Benefit

 

   

GILICO, the direct parent of HoldCo Parent

 

   

Kuvare, the direct parent of GILICO

 

   

KIS, an affiliate of Lincoln Benefit

 

97


In April 2014, Lincoln Benefit entered into a Services Agreement with HoldCo whereby HoldCo has agreed to provide certain management and administrative services. These include legal counsel, data processing, office

management and supply services, marketing, public relations, actuarial services, auditing and managerial services. Lincoln Benefit reimburses HoldCo at cost for services and facilities provided by HoldCo pursuant to this agreement.

On December 31, 2019, Lincoln Benefit entered into a Cost Sharing and Services Agreement with Kuvare and KIS whereby Kuvare and KIS have agreed to provide certain management and administrative services to Lincoln Benefit, including management, reinsurance, legal, audit, administration, financial planning and other services. Lincoln Benefit reimburses Kuvare and KIS at cost for services provided by Kuvare and KIS pursuant to this agreement.

On December 31, 2019, Lincoln Benefit entered into an Investment Management Agreement with KIS, whereby KIS has agreed to provide certain investment advisory and management services to Lincoln Benefit. Pursuant to this agreement, KIS will receive a gross fee of approximately 0.30% per annum on all investment assets of Lincoln Benefit managed under this agreement. Mr. Jhaveri, the chair of our board of directors, is the President and Chief Executive Officer and an indirect owner of KIS. In addition, affiliates of each of Access Holdings GP Company and ACP LI Holdings GP Ltd., each an indirect beneficial owner of greater than 5% of Lincoln Benefit’s voting securities, are indirect owners of KIS.

 

Transaction Description

   Approximate dollar
value of the amount
involved in the
transaction, per
fiscal year
    Approximate dollar value of the amount
involved in the
transaction, per
fiscal year
 
            ($)     HoldCo
Parent
     HoldCo      Lanis LLC  

Services Agreement between LBL HoldCo II, Inc. and Lincoln Benefit effective April 1, 2014

    

2017

2018

2019

 

 

 

    

(18,796,724

(22,366,496

(13,467,066

)1 

)1 

)¹ 

   

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

    

18,796,724¹

22,366,496¹

13,467,066¹

 

 

 

    

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

Cost Sharing and Services Agreement among Kuvare, KIS and Lincoln Benefit effective December 31, 2019

     2019        (300,000     N/A        N/A        N/A  

 

1 

Total expense amount reimbursed / (paid) under the transaction

The agreements listed in the table immediately below relate to a transaction that LBL HoldCo II, Inc., LBL HoldCo, Inc., Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company, Lanis LLC and Lincoln Benefit have entered into with Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, an unrelated party, in order to finance a portion of the insurance reserves held by Lincoln Benefit with respect to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees written by Lincoln Benefit.

 

98


Transaction Description

   Approximate dollar
value of the amount
involved in the
transaction, per
fiscal year
    Approximate dollar value of the amount
involved in the
transaction, per
fiscal year
 
            ($)     HoldCo
Parent
     HoldCo      Lanis LLC  

Surplus Note Purchase Agreement between Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company and Lanis LLC effective April 1, 2014

     2017        (26,875,000     N/A        N/A        26,875,000²
     2018        (28,407,000     N/A        N/A        28,407,000 2 
     2019        (30,047,000     N/A        N/A        30,047,000 2 

Vehicle Note Purchase Agreement between Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company and Lanis LLC effective April 1, 2014

     2017        26,875,000²     N/A        N/A        (26,875,000
     2018        28,407,000²     N/A        N/A        (28,407,000 )2 
     2019        30,047,000 2      N/A        N/A        (30,047,000

Fee Letter between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Lanis LLC effective April 1, 2014

     2017        (7,834,870 )3      N/A        N/A        7,834,870 3 
     2018        (8,281,546 )3      N/A        N/A        8,281,546 3 
     2019        (7,893,219 )3      N/A        N/A        7,893,219 3 

 

2 

Surplus/Vehicle Note Interest received (paid)

3 

Payment of risk spread fee

Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions

As a regulated insurance company, material transactions with related persons are subject to review and approval by Lincoln Benefit’s applicable insurance regulatory authority to confirm, among other things, that the terms of such transactions are fair and reasonable, that charges or fees for services performed are reasonable, and that expenses incurred and payment received is allocated to Lincoln Benefit in conformity with customary insurance accounting practices consistently applied. All agreements with related persons are also reviewed by Kuvare’s Office of the General Counsel to determine whether an actual conflict of interest exists with respect to such agreements. This process is documented in an internal procedure that captures the review and approval process of all intercompany agreements.

While there is no formal process for the review and approval of related person transactions between unaffiliated entities specific to Lincoln Benefit, all directors, officers and employees of Lincoln Benefit are subject to LBL HoldCo, Inc.’s Code of Conduct and its Conflict of Interest Guideline. LBL HoldCo’s Code of Conduct includes a written conflict of interest policy that was adopted by the Board of Directors of LBL HoldCo, Inc., the indirect parent company of Lincoln Benefit, and applies to all subsidiaries, including Lincoln Benefit. Any potential relationship or activity that could impair independent thinking and judgment, including holding a financial interest in a business venture that is similar to Lincoln Benefit and/or LBL HoldCo, Inc., or in a business that has a relationship with either entity, is required to be disclosed to Human Resources and Compliance. Human Resources works with representatives from the Law Department, including Compliance, and the Audit Committee, if necessary, to determine whether an actual conflict of interest existed. All directors, officers and employees are required to sign a Code of Conduct certification and complete a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire annually.

OTHER INFORMATION

A section entitled “Experts” is added to your prospectus as follows:

EXPERTS

The financial statements included in this Prospectus as of and for the year then ended December 31, 2019 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration

 

99


Statement. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Lincoln Benefit Life Company for the year ended December 31, 2017 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The following change is made to the prospectuses for the LBL Advantage, Consultant II and Premier Planner:

Under the “More Information” section, the subsection entitled “Legal Matters” is deleted and replaced with the following:

LEGAL MATTERS

Matters of Nebraska law pertaining to the Contract, including the validity of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract under Nebraska law, have been passed upon by Lamson Dugan & Murray LLP, Omaha, Nebraska.

PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (“ADLLC”) serves as distributor of the securities registered herein. The securities offered herein are sold on a continuous basis, and there is no specific end date for the offering. ADLLC is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ADLLC is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered.

ADMINISTRATION

We have primary responsibility for all administration of the Contracts and the Variable Account. We entered into an administrative services agreement with Allstate Life. Allstate Life entered into an administrative services agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“PICA”) pursuant to which PICA or an affiliate provides administrative services to the Variable Account and the Contracts on our behalf. In addition, PICA entered into a master services agreement with SE2, LLC, of 5801 SW 6th Avenue, Topeka, Kansas 66636, whereby SE2, LLC provides certain business process outsourcing services with respect to the Contracts. SE2, LLC may engage other service providers to provide certain administrative functions. These service providers may change over time, and as of December 31, 2019, consisted of the following: Donnelley Financial Solutions, formerly an RR Donnelley company (compliance printing and mailing) located at 35 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60601; Iron Mountain Information Management, LLC (file storage and document destruction) located at 1 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110; TierPoint, LLC (disaster recovery) located at 9394 West Dodge Rd, Suite 100, Omaha, NE 68114; SOVOS Compliance (withholding calculations and tax statement mailing) located at 3650 Annapolis Lane, Suite 190, Plymouth, MN 55447; Records Center of Topeka, a division of Underground Vaults & Storage, Inc. (back-up tapes storage) located at 1540 NW Gage Blvd. #6, Topeka, KS 66618; Venio LLC, d/b/a Keane (lost shareholder search) located at PO Box 1508, Southeastern, PA 19399-1508; Broadridge Output Solutions, Inc. (printing and mailing anniversary statements, financial confirmations, automated letters and quarterly statements) located at 2600 Southwest Blvd., Kansas City, MO 64108.

 

100


In administering the Contracts, the following services are provided, among others:

 

   

maintenance of Contract Owner records;

 

   

Contract Owner services;

 

   

calculation of unit values;

 

   

maintenance of the Variable Account; and

 

   

preparation of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements at least annually. We will also send you transaction confirmations. You should notify us promptly in writing of any address change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and verify their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a periodic statement or a confirmation. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error within a reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait too long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of the potential error. Correspondence you send by regular mail to our service center should be sent to P.O. Box 758566, Topeka, KS 66675-8566. Your correspondence will be picked up at this address and then delivered to our service center. Your correspondence is not considered received by us until it is received at our service center. Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a purchase payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we mean the day on which that item (or the last requirement needed for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our service center or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives at our service center (1) on a day that is not a business day, or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

We will also provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

 

101

 

Supplement dated March 4, 2020, to the
Prospectus for your Variable Annuity
Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company. Your variable annuity contract does not offer all of the variable sub-accounts described below. Please check your annuity prospectus to determine which of the following changes affect the annuity contract that you own.
Portfolio Mergers
The following Target Portfolios will be merged into the Acquiring Portfolios as noted below, effective on or about May 1, 2020 (“Merger Date”), subject to approval by the shareholders of the Target Portfolios. After the Merger Date, all references to the Target Portfolios in your Annuity prospectus should be disregarded.
Target Portfolio
Acquiring Portfolio
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series I
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series I
Invesco V.I. Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series II
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series II
On the Merger Date, the Target Portfolios will no longer be available under any of our annuity contracts, and any Contract Value allocated to the sub-accounts investing in the Target Portfolios will be transferred, as of the Merger Date, to the sub-accounts investing in the Acquiring Portfolios. This transfer will be made by replacing your contract’s units of the sub-accounts investing in the Target Portfolios with units of the sub-accounts investing in the Acquiring Portfolios based on the unit value of each Portfolio at the time of the merger.
Please note that you have the ability to transfer out of the sub-accounts investing in the Target Portfolios any time prior to the Merger Date. Such transfers will be free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers under your annuity contract.  Also, for a period of 60 days after the Merger Date, any Contract Value that was transferred to the sub-accounts investing in the Acquiring Portfolios as the result of the merger can be transferred free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers.
It is important to note that any transfer limitations applicable to the investment option to which a transfer is made will apply as described in your prospectus. Please refer to your prospectus for information about investment options.
After the Merger Date, the Target Portfolios will no longer exist and, unless you instruct us otherwise, any outstanding instruction you have on file with us that designates the sub-accounts investing in the Target Portfolios will be deemed instruction for the sub-accounts investing in the Acquiring Funds. This includes, but is not limited to, systematic withdrawals and Dollar Cost Averaging.
Additionally, if the Target Portfolio is part of an allocation model for your Contract, you may need to make a new election of an available portfolio within the asset allocation model for the model to continue to operate for your Contract following the Merger Date. You may wish to consult with your financial professional about the impact of the mergers on any allocation instructions and asset allocation models in effect for your Contract.
Portfolio Closures
Following the close of business on May1, 2020 (the Closure Date), the following variable sub-accounts available in your Variable Annuity will be closed to all Contract Owners except those Contract Owners who have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date:

Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series I
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series II
Contract Owners who have contract value invested in these variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date may continue to submit additional investments into the variable sub-accounts thereafter, although they will not be permitted to invest in the variable sub-accounts if they withdraw or otherwise transfer their entire contract value from the variable sub-accounts following the Closure Date. Contract Owners who do not have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts before the Closure Date will not be permitted to invest in these variable sub-accounts thereafter.

LBLSUP5


Any applicable dollar cost averaging, category models and/or auto-rebalancing programs, if elected by a Contract Owner prior to the Closure Date, will not be affected by the closure unless a Contract Owner withdraws or otherwise transfers his entire Account Value from the sub-account. In that case, the program would terminate and no further allocations to this variable sub-account will be permitted. If you have any questions, please contact your financial professional or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement together with your prospectus for future reference. No other action is required of you.

LBLSUP5
 

Supplement dated February 11, 2020, to the
Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ACCOUNT


This Supplement should be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus for your Annuity and should be retained for future reference. This Supplement is intended to update certain information in the Prospectus for the variable annuity you own and is not intended to be a prospectus or offer for any other variable annuity that you do not own. Defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information. If you would like another copy of the current Annuity Prospectus, please call us at 1-800-457-7617.
For qualified annuity contract owners and qualified employer plan participants attaining age 70 ½ on or after January 1, 2020, the age at which you must begin taking Required Minimum Distributions is increased to age 72. This change does not impact contract owners or participants who attained age 70 ½ before January 1, 2020.
Beneficiaries of qualified annuity contract owners and defined contribution plan participants who die on or after January 1, 2020, with limited exceptions, will be required to take the entire death benefit within ten years of the death. This rule does not apply to eligible designated beneficiaries (“EDB”), who are: (1) the owner/participant’s surviving spouse, (2) the owner/participant’s minor child, (3) disabled, (4) chronically ill, or (5) an individual not more than 10 years younger than the owner/participant. Instead of taking distributions under the new 10-year rule, an EDB can elect to take distributions over life, or over a period not extending beyond life expectancy, provided that such distributions commence by December 31 of the year following the date of death, subject to certain special rules. An individual’s status as an EDB is determined on the date of the owner/participant’s death.
The limit prohibiting individuals who have attained age 70 ½ from making non-rollover contributions to traditional IRAs is repealed for tax years after December 31, 2019.
You should consult with your financial professional or tax advisor if you believe you are affected by these changes.





THIS SUPPLEMENT SHOULD BE READ AND RETAINED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.




LBLSUP4

 


Supplement dated January 24, 2020
to the Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information for

Consultant Solutions (Classic, Plus, Elite, Select) (Dated April 29, 2019)
Consultant I (Dated April 29, 2019)
LBL Advantage (Dated May 1, 2004)
Consultant II (Dated May 1, 2004)
Premier Planner (Dated May 1, 2004)
Investor’s Select (Dated May 1, 2007)

Issued by

Lincoln Benefit Life Company
Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account


This supplement updates certain information contained in the prospectus, statement of additional information, and supplement dated August 22, 2019, for each of the variable annuity contracts listed above (each a “Contract”). Please read this supplement carefully and keep it for future reference. No other action is required of you.

On December 31, 2019, Guaranty Income Life Insurance Company (“GILICO”), an Iowa-domiciled insurance company, completed the indirect acquisition (the “Transaction”) of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (“Lincoln Benefit” or the “Company”). After giving effect to the Transaction, the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo II, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HoldCo”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of LBL HoldCo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HoldCo Parent”), and HoldCo Parent is a wholly owned subsidiary of GILICO.

The change in ownership of Lincoln Benefit is reflected throughout the prospectus, in particular in Item 11(a); Item 1 “General”; and Item 11(m).

The terms and provisions of your Contract have not changed as a result of the Transaction, and Lincoln Benefit will continue to honor all of its obligations under your Contract. The Transaction will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named insurer under your Contract.

The following replaces the “Item 11(k) Directors and Executive Officers” section of your prospectus:

The biographies of each of the directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2019 are included below.

Dhiren Jhaveri, 45, has been Executive Chairman of the board of directors of the Company since December 31, 2019. Dhiren has been the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Kuvare US Holdings, Inc. (“Kuvare”), the direct parent of GILICO, since 2014, and is the Executive Chairman of the boards of directors of GILICO and United Life Insurance Company (“United Life”), an Iowa-domiciled insurance company and wholly owned subsidiary of Kuvare. In addition, he serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Kuvare Insurance Services LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“KIS”). Before founding Kuvare, Dhiren was a member of the executive committee of Sammons Financial Group, where he led corporate development and investment risk. Previously, he worked at McKinsey & Co. and Barclays. Dhiren is actively involved on various committees for the American Council of Life Insurers (“ACLI”) and is a designee of the LIMRA Life Insurance Fellows (“LLIF”).

Carlos Sierra, 52, has been President and a director of the Company since December 31, 2019, and the Chief Operating Officer of Kuvare since 2016, where he leads overall operational strategy. He is a director of GILICO and of United Life. With over 30 years of operations experience, Carlos previously worked as a consultant for insurance companies and served as COO for the Americas at Aon Risk and Global COO for Combined Insurance where he led global operations, including Front Office (sales model; multichannel sales), Back Office (contact centers; order entry; claims; field operations) and Technology (Application Development and Infrastructure). Previously, Carlos worked at McKinsey & Co where he served clients in the Financial Institutions Group and at FMC where he led Manufacturing Planning and Latin American Operations. Carlos earned engineering and master’s degrees with honors from ITESM, Ohio State and Stanford.

LBLSUP3




Bradley Rosenblatt, 45, has been a director of the Company since December 31, 2019, and Chief Revenue Officer of Kuvare since 2017, where he leads revenue and growth strategy. In addition, Brad is President and a director of United Life, and a director of GILICO. Brad has over 20 years of experience in sales, marketing and strategy. Prior to joining Kuvare, Brad served as Chief Distribution Officer for Sammons Financial Group leading the company’s growth strategy in new life insurance markets. While at Sammons Financial Group, Brad also led the company’s strategy and corporate development function and held various sales and marketing leadership roles. Previously, he worked at McKinsey & Co. in the insurance practice, serving life, property/casualty and health insurance carriers. Brad holds an MBA from Michigan Ross School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Northwestern University.

Joseph Wieser, 54, has been a director of the Company since December 31, 2019, and President and a director of GILICO since 2018. Joe has more than 30 years of leadership, strategy, operational and sales/marketing experience in the annuity, life and health insurance industry. He most recently served as Business Development Director for Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield in Denver, Colorado and, prior to that, served five years as a Senior Executive with Dearborn National serving in the role as President of Colorado Bankers Life Insurance Company. During his career, he has held leadership roles overseeing all insurance company functions. Previously, his executive experience includes working at MassMutual, Dearborn National, Colorado Bankers, Starmount Life and Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield. Joe is a graduate of Metropolitan State University in Denver and holds his Chartered Life Underwriter, Chartered Financial Consultant and Fellow, Life Management Institute professional designations.

Burke Harr, 48, has been a director of the Company since December 31, 2019. Burke served as a Nebraska state senator from 2011 to 2019 and has been an Of Counsel attorney at Houghton Bradford Whitted PC, LLO since 2011. Burke is a graduate of the University of St. Thomas and the Notre Dame Law School.

David Goldberg, 51, has been Secretary of the Company since December 31, 2019, and General Counsel and Secretary of Kuvare since 2017, where he directs the legal, regulatory and corporate governance functions for the Kuvare businesses. He provides more than 20 years of broad commercial law and senior executive experience, having started his legal career in 1993 at the Sidley & Austin firm in Chicago. David has served in numerous corporate General Counsel roles, including insurance sector roles at Coregis Insurance, a specialty property and casualty company, as well as life and health companies Combined Insurance (and its worldwide affiliates) and Sterling Life Insurance Company. Most recently he served as an Illinois Assistant Attorney General and General Counsel to the Illinois State Toll Highway Authority. David is a graduate of the University of Michigan and Washington University School of Law.    

Joseph Rafson, 57, has been Vice President and Appointed Actuary of the Company since 2014. Previously, Joe held various positions at KPMG LLP and at Allstate Life Insurance Company. Joe holds a Bachelor of Arts in mathematics from Brown University, and is a Chartered Financial Analyst, Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and Member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

Forozan Nasery, 43, was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of LBL HoldCo, Inc. and LBL HoldCo II, Inc. in November 2018. She served as Vice President and Controller of Lincoln Benefit since 2014. From 1998 through 2014, Forozan held various positions at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Forozan is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

The following replaces the “Director Compensation” provision under the “Item 11(l). Executive Compensation” section of your prospectus:

No director who is also an employee of Kuvare and/or GILICO receives any additional compensation for serving as a director of the Company. The Company’s other director, Burke Harr, will receive annual compensation for his board service beginning in 2020.    

The following replaces the “Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” provision under the “Item 11(m) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Security” section of your prospectus:


LBLSUP3



The following table shows the number of Lincoln Benefit shares owned by any beneficial owner who owns more than five percent of any class of Lincoln Benefit’s voting securities as of
January 1, 2020.

Title of Class (a)
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner (b)
Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (c)
Percent of Class (d)
Capital Stock

LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
5600 N. River Road, Suite 300
Rosemont, IL 60018
25,000
100%
N/A
LBL HoldCo, Inc.
5600 N. River Road, Suite 300
Rosemont, IL 60018
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Guaranty Income Life Insurance Company
118 Second Avenue SE
Cedar Rapids, IA 52401
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Kuvare US Holdings, Inc.
55 West Monroe Street, Suite 1930
Chicago, IL 60603
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Kuvare UK Holdings Limited
5th Floor
6 St Andrew Street
London, EC4A 3AE, United Kingdom
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Kuvare Holdings LP
P.O. Box 309
Ugland House
George Town
Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Kuvare GP Holdings LP
P.O. Box 309
Ugland House
George Town
Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd.
P.O. Box 309
Ugland House
George Town
Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Access Holdings GP LP
c/o Access Holdings
2 East Read Street, Suite 300
Baltimore, MD 21202
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
Access Holdings GP Company
c/o Access Holdings
2 East Read Street, Suite 300
Baltimore, MD 21202
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
ACP LI Holdings, LP
c/o Altamont Capital Partners
400 Hamilton Ave, Suite 230
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A
N/A
ACP LI Holdings GP Ltd.
c/o Altamont Capital Partners
400 Hamilton Ave, Suite 230
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Indirect voting and investment power of shares owned by LBL HoldCo II, Inc.
N/A


The following replaces the “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” provision under the “Item 11(m) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Security” section of your prospectus:

The following table shows the number of shares of stock in Lincoln Benefit or its parents beneficially owned by each director and named executive officer of Lincoln Benefit individually, and by all executive officers and directors of Lincoln Benefit as a group as of January 1, 2020. Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to direct the

LBLSUP3



voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. The following share amounts are as of December 31, 2019. The address of each such director or officer is c/o Kuvare US Holdings, Inc., 55 W Monroe Street, Suite 1930, Chicago, Illinois, 60603.

Entity
Title of Class of Equity Securities
Number of Shares
Statement Concerning Beneficial Ownership
Lincoln Benefit, HoldCo, HoldCo Parent, GILICO, Kuvare, Kuvare UK Holdings Limited, Kuvare Holdings LP, Kuvare GP Holdings LP, Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd.
n/a
n/a
Lincoln Benefit is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Kuvare Holdings LP, which is controlled by its general partner, Kuvare GP Holdings LP. Kuvare GP Holdings LP is controlled by its general partner, Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd. Dhiren Jhaveri is the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd., and no officers or directors of the Company beneficially own any equity interests in Kuvare GP Holdings Ltd.
Kuvare Holdings LP
n/a
n/a
GBIS Holdings, LLC owns less than 1% of the equity interests of Kuvare Holdings LP.(1) Dhiren Jhaveri is the member of GBIS Holdings, LLC.
Kuvare GP Holdings LP
n/a
n/a
GBIS Holdings, LLC owns 1% of the equity interests of Kuvare GP Holdings LP.(1) Dhiren Jhaveri is the member of GBIS Holdings, LLC.


(1)
Calculated on an aggregate basis including all outstanding classes of limited partner interests.



The following supplements the “Transactions with Related Persons” provision under the “Item 11(n) Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons” section of your prospectus:

On December 31, 2019, Lincoln Benefit entered into a Cost Sharing and Services Agreement with Kuvare and KIS whereby Kuvare and KIS have agreed to provide certain management and administrative services to Lincoln Benefit, including management, reinsurance, legal, audit, administration, financial planning and other services. Lincoln Benefit reimburses Kuvare and KIS at cost for services provided by Kuvare and KIS pursuant to this agreement.

On December 31, 2019, Lincoln Benefit entered into an Investment Management Agreement with KIS, whereby KIS has agreed to provide certain investment advisory and management services to Lincoln Benefit. Pursuant to this agreement, KIS will receive a gross fee of approximately 0.30% per annum on all investment assets of Lincoln Benefit managed under this agreement. Mr. Jhaveri, the chair of our board of directors, is the President and Chief Executive Officer and an indirect owner of KIS. In addition, affiliates of each of Access Holdings GP Company and ACP LI Holdings GP Ltd., each an indirect beneficial owner of greater than 5% of Lincoln Benefit’s voting securities, are indirect owners of KIS.

As a regulated insurance company, material transactions with related persons are subject to review and approval by Lincoln Benefit’s applicable insurance regulatory authority to confirm, among other things, that the terms of such transactions are fair and reasonable, that charges or fees for services performed are reasonable, and that expenses incurred and payment received is allocated to Lincoln Benefit in conformity with customary insurance accounting practices consistently applied. All agreements with related persons are also reviewed by Kuvare’s Office of the General Counsel to determine whether an actual conflict of interest exists with respect to such agreements. This process is documented in an internal procedure that captures the review and approval process of all intercompany agreements.

If you have any questions about this supplement, please contact your financial professional or our Variable Annuities Service Center at 800-457-7617. Representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.



LBLSUP3
 


Supplement dated August 22, 2019
to the Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information for

Consultant Solutions (Classic, Plus, Elite, Select) (Dated April 29, 2019)
Consultant I (Dated April 29, 2019)
LBL Advantage (Dated May 1, 2004)
Consultant II (Dated May 1, 2004)
Premier Planner (Dated May 1, 2004)
Investor’s Select (Dated May 1, 2007)

Issued by

Lincoln Benefit Life Company
Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account


This supplement updates certain information contained in the prospectus and statement of additional information for each of the variable annuity contracts listed above (each a “Contract”). All terms not defined in this supplement shall have the same meanings as the terms used in the prospectuses and statements of additional information. Please read this supplement carefully and keep it for future reference. No other action is required of you.

On July 24, 2019, the indirect parent companies of Lincoln Benefit Life Company, RL LP and RL (Parallel) LP, entered into an agreement with Guaranty Income Life Insurance Company (“GILICO”) to sell LBL HoldCo, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Lincoln Benefit Life Company, to GILICO, a subsidiary of Kuvare US Holdings, Inc. (the “Transaction”).

The Transaction is subject to required regulatory approvals. Subject to the receipt of such regulatory approvals, the Transaction is targeted to close in the fourth quarter of 2019.

The terms and provisions of your Contract will not be changed by the Transaction, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company will continue to honor all of its obligations under your Contract. The Transaction will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit Life Company is the named insurer under your Contract. Following the Transaction, the Prudential Insurance Company of America or an affiliate will continue to reinsure the Contracts and administer the Variable Account and the Contracts.

If you have any questions about this supplement, please contact your financial professional or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.












                        

LBLSUP2

 

Supplement dated May 3, 2019, to the
Prospectus for your Variable Annuity
Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY


This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company. Not all funds listed below are available as investment options on all contracts. Please refer to your prospectus to determine which information relates to funds available through your Variable Annuity contract.
As approved by shareholders of each Oppenheimer VA Fund listed below, each such fund will be reorganized into the corresponding, newly formed series of AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) shown as the Acquiring Fund below, as of the close of business on the date that has been set for these reorganization transactions. Each reorganization is currently expected to close on or about May 24, 2019, or as soon thereafter as practicable (the Reorganization Date). In addition, the Trust, Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, will be replaced by AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds), and the investment adviser, OppenheimerFunds, Inc. will be replaced by Invesco Advisers, Inc. Immediately after the closing of a reorganization, your Contract Value in the sub-account(s) corresponding to an Acquiring Fund will be equal in value to your Contract Value in the sub-accounts corresponding to the Oppenheimer VA Fund that you held immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization.
Oppenheimer VA Funds
Acquiring Funds
Oppenheimer Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund/VA – Service
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series II
Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA – Service
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund – Series II
Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA – Service
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. International Growth Fund – Series II
Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund – Service
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund® – Series II
Please note that you can transfer any Contract Value out of the sub-account for any Oppenheimer VA Fund listed above any time prior to the Reorganization Date.  Such transfers will be free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers under your annuity contract.  Also, for a period of 60 days after the Reorganization Date, any Contract Value that was transferred to the sub-account investing in the Acquiring Fund as the result of the reorganization can be transferred free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers.  It is important to note that any transfer limitation applicable to the investment option to which a transfer is made will apply as described in your prospectus. Please refer to your prospectus for information about investment options.
Each Acquiring Fund will be managed by Invesco Advisers, Inc. and will have the same investment objective as the corresponding Oppenheimer VA Fund prior to the reorganization. Accordingly, after the Reorganization Date, all references to the Oppenheimer VA Funds in the list of Portfolios is deleted and replaced as follows.
Portfolio
 Investment Objective
Investment Advisor
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Discovery Mid Cap Growth Fund – Series II
The Fund seeks capital appreciation.
Invesco Advisers, Inc.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Global Fund – Series II
The Fund seeks capital appreciation.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. International Growth Fund – Series II
The Fund seeks capital appreciation.
Invesco Oppenheimer V.I. Main Street Small Cap Fund® – Series II
The Fund seeks capital appreciation.
After the Reorganization Date, the Oppenheimer VA Funds will no longer exist and, unless you instruct us otherwise, any outstanding instruction you have on file with us that designates a sub-account investing in an Oppenheimer VA Fund will be deemed instruction for the sub-account investing in the corresponding Acquiring Fund. This includes, but is not limited to, systematic withdrawals and Dollar Cost Averaging.
Additionally, if any of the Oppenheimer VA Funds listed above is part of an allocation model for your Contract, you may need to make a new election of an available portfolio within the asset allocation model for the model to continue to operate for your Contract following the Reorganization Date. You may wish to consult with your financial professional about the impact of the Reorganization on any allocation instructions and asset allocation models in effect for your Contract.
If you have any questions, please contact your financial professional or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.
Please keep this supplement together with your prospectus for future reference. No other action is required of you.

LBLSUP1

 

Supplement dated June 29, 2018, to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Effective on or about July 30, 2018, the PIMCO Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares sub-account will change its name to the PIMCO International Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your prospectus. No other action is required of you.


Supplement dated June 18, 2018, to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Effective on or about July 2, 2018, the trusts and funds listed below will change their names. In addition, the investment advisor, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. will change its name to DWS Investment Management Americas, Inc.

 

Fund—Current Name    Fund – New Name    Trust—Current Name    Trust – New Name
Deutsche Equity 500 Index VIP – Class B    DWS Equity 500 Index VIP – Class B    Deutsche Investments VIT Funds    Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds
Deutsche Small Cap Index VIP – Class B    DWS Small Cap Index VIP – Class B    Deutsche Investments VIT Funds    Deutsche DWS Investments VIT Funds
Deutsche Bond Fund VIP – Class A    DWS Bond Fund VIP – Class A    Deutsche Variable Series I    Deutsche DWS Variable Series I
Deutsche Core Equity VIP – Class A    DWS Core Equity VIP – Class A    Deutsche Variable Series I    Deutsche DWS Variable Series I
Deutsche CROCI® International VIP – Class A    DWS CROCI® International VIP – Class A    Deutsche Variable Series I    Deutsche DWS Variable Series I
Deutsche Global Small Cap VIP – Class A    DWS Global Small Cap VIP – Class A    Deutsche Variable Series I    Deutsche DWS Variable Series I
Deutsche Global Income Builder VIP – Class A    DWS Global Income Builder VIP – Class A    Deutsche Variable Series II    Deutsche DWS Variable Series II

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your prospectus. No other action is required of you.


Supplement dated January 22, 2018, to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

We previously notified you that the variable sub-accounts listed below in your Variable Annuity were closed to all contract owners except those contract owners who had Account Value invested in the variable sub-accounts, and that we had intended to remove them as investment options and substitute new investment options under your Variable Annuity contract:

PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Administrative Shares

CUSIP Number 693394405

PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Advisor Shares

CUSIP Number 693394538

However, we are no longer planning to remove these sub-accounts or substitute new investment options. As a result, effective February 5, 2018, the above variable sub-accounts will be available to all contract owners.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your prospectus. No other action is required of you.

LBLSUP2


Supplement dated October 30, 2017

to the Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information for

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) (DATED MAY 1, 2017)

CONSULTANT I (DATED MAY 1, 2017)

LBL ADVANTAGE (DATED MAY 1, 2004)

CONSULTANT II (DATED MAY 1, 2004)

PREMIER PLANNER (DATED MAY 1, 2004)

INVESTOR’S SELECT (DATED MAY 1, 2007)

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT

This supplement updates certain information contained in the prospectus and statement of additional information for each of the variable annuity contracts listed above (each a “Contract”). All terms not defined in this supplement shall have the same meanings as the terms used in the prospectuses and statements of additional information. Please read this supplement carefully and keep it for future reference. No other action is required of you.

On September 28, 2017, Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s direct parent, Resolution Life, Inc. changed its name to LBL HoldCo II, Inc., and Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s indirect parent, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. changed its name to LBL HoldCo, Inc.

On October 1, 2017, the indirect parent companies of Lincoln Benefit Life Company— Resolution Life L.P. and Resolution Life (Parallel) Partnership—entered into an agreement with SNH Acquisition, LLC and Southland National Holdings, Inc. to sell LBL HoldCo, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Lincoln Benefit Life Company, to SNH Acquisition, LLC (the “Transaction”). The Transaction is subject to required regulatory approvals. Subject to the receipt of such regulatory approvals, the Transaction is targeted to close in the 1st quarter of 2018.

The terms and provisions of your Contract will not be changed by the Transaction, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company will continue to honor all of its obligations under your Contract. The Transaction will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit Life Company is the named insurer under your Contract. Following the Transaction, the Prudential Insurance Company of America or an affiliate will continue to reinsure the Contracts and administer the Variable Account and the Contracts.

If you have any questions about this supplement, please contact your financial professional or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

LBLSUP1


Supplement dated January 9, 2017 to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Effective close of business February 24, 2017 (the Closure Date), the following variable sub-accounts available in your Variable Annuity will be closed to all contract owners except those contract owners who have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date:

Janus Aspen Series Global Research Portfolio – Institutional Shares

Janus Aspen Series Global Research Portfolio – Service Shares

Contract owners who have contract value invested in these variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date may continue to submit additional investments into the variable sub-accounts thereafter, although they will not be permitted to invest in the variable sub-accounts if they withdraw or otherwise transfer their entire contract value from the variable sub-accounts following the Closure Date. Contract owners who do not have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date will not be permitted to invest in these variable sub-accounts thereafter.

Dollar cost averaging, category models and/or auto-rebalancing programs, if elected by a Contract owner prior to the Closure Date, will not be affected by the closure unless a contract owner withdraws or otherwise transfers his entire Account Value from the sub-accounts.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial professional or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement together with your prospectus for future reference. No other action is required of you.


Supplement dated July 22, 2016, to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

The following Portfolio will be liquidated effective as of the close of business on September 23, 2016 (“Liquidation Date”):

PIMCO Money Market Portfolio – Administrative Shares

On the Liquidation Date, the above Portfolio will no longer be available under your Annuity contract, and any Contract Value allocated to this liquidated Portfolio will be transferred, as of the close of business on the Liquidation Date, to the Default Transfer Portfolio, as follows:

 

Liquidated Portfolio    Default Transfer Portfolio
  
PIMCO Money Market Portfolio – Administrative Shares    Fidelity ® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio – Initial Class

Please note that you have the ability to transfer out of the above Liquidated Portfolio any time prior to the Liquidation Date. Such transfers will be free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers under your Annuity contract. Also, for a period of 60 days after the Liquidation Date, any Contract Value that was transferred to the Fidelity ® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio – Initial Class as the result of the liquidation can be transferred free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers. It is important to note that any Portfolio into which you make your transfer will be subject to the transfer limitations described in your prospectus. Please refer to your prospectus for detailed information about investment options.

After the Liquidation Date, the above-listed Liquidated Portfolio will no longer exist and, unless you instruct us otherwise, any outstanding instruction you have on file with us that designates the above Liquidated Portfolio will be deemed instruction for the Fidelity ® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio – Initial Class, as applicable. This includes but is not limited to, systematic withdrawals, Dollar Cost Averaging, and Auto Rebalancing.

You may wish to consult with your financial representative to determine if your existing allocation instructions should be changed before or after the Liquidation Date.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement together with your prospectus for future reference. No other action is required of you.


Supplement dated January 20, 2016, to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued By

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Effective February 23, 2016 (the Closure Date), the following variable sub-accounts available in your Variable Annuity will be closed to all contract owners except those contract owners who have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date:

UIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class I

UIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II

Contract owners who have contract value invested in these variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date may continue to submit additional investments into the variable sub-accounts thereafter, although they will not be permitted to invest in the variable sub-accounts if they withdraw or otherwise transfer their entire contract value from the variable sub-accounts following the Closure Date. Contract owners who do not have contract value invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date will not be permitted to invest in the variable sub-accounts thereafter.

Dollar cost averaging, category models and/or auto-rebalancing programs, if elected by a Contract owner prior to the Closure Date, will not be affected by the closure unless a contract owner withdraws or otherwise transfers his entire Account Value from the sub-accounts.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement together with your prospectus for future reference. No other action is required of you.


Supplement dated October 30, 2015, to the

Prospectus for your Variable Annuity

Issued by

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued by Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York or Lincoln Benefit Life Company, as applicable.

Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Companies”) have filed an application with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) requesting an order to allow the Companies to remove the PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Administrative Shares and the PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Advisor Shares (collectively, the “Replaced Portfolios”) as investment options under your variable annuity contract and substitute a new investment option, the BlackRock Total Return V.I. Portfolio – Class I Shares (the “Replacement Portfolio”), as described below.

The Companies believe that the proposed substitution is in the best interests of contract owners. The investment objectives of the Replaced Portfolios and the Replacement Portfolio are substantially similar. The Companies will bear all expenses related to the substitution, and there will be no tax consequences for you. The Companies anticipate that, if such order is granted, the proposed substitution will occur during the second quarter of 2016.

The proposed substitution and adviser for the Replaced Portfolio and the Replacement Portfolio are:

 

Proposed Substitution
      Replaced Portfolios    Replacement Portfolio
Portfolio Names   

PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Administrative Shares

 

PIMCO Total Return Portfolio – Advisor Shares

   BlackRock Total Return V.I. Portfolio
Adviser    Pacific Investment Management Company LLC    BlackRock, Inc.

Please note that:

 

●☐☐

 

No action is required on your part at this time, nor will you need to take any action if the SEC approves the substitution.

●☐☐

 

On the date of the substitution, Account Values and/or Purchase Payments currently allocated to the Replaced Portfolios will be redirected to the Replacement Portfolio unless you have changed your selection and transferred your Account Values before the substitution takes place. If you are enrolled in a Dollar Cost Averaging, Automatic Rebalancing or comparable program, your Account Value invested in the Replaced Portfolios will be transferred automatically to the Replacement Portfolio on the date of the substitution. Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the Replacement Portfolio for any continued and future investments.

●☐☐

 

You may transfer amounts in your variable annuity contract among the investment options as usual. The substitution itself will not be treated as a transfer for purposes of the transfer provisions of your Annuity, subject to the issuing Company’s restrictions on transfers to prevent or limit “market timing” activities by Owners or agents of Owners.

●☐☐

 

If you make one transfer from a Replaced Portfolio into one or more Sub-accounts before the substitution, or from the Replacement Portfolio after the substitution, any transfer fee that might otherwise be imposed will be waived from the date of this Supplement through the date that is 30 days after the substitution. In addition, if you make one transfer from a Replaced Portfolio into a Sub-account before the substitution or from the Replacement Portfolio within 30 days after the substitution, the transfer will not be treated as one of a limited number of transfers (or exchanges) permitted under your Annuity.

●☐☐

 

On the effective date of the substitution, your Account Value will be the same as before the substitution. However, the number of units you receive in the Replacement Portfolio may be different from the number of units in the Replaced Portfolio.

●☐☐

 

There will be no tax consequences to you.


In connection with the substitution, we will send you a prospectus for the Replacement Portfolio that contains complete information concerning the Replacement Portfolio, including information on all Replacement Portfolio fees and charges, as well as notice of the actual date of the substitution and confirmation of transfers.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our Variable Annuities Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are available to assist you Monday through Friday between 7:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central time.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your prospectus. No other action is required of you.



                         LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

                      Supplement Dated September 30, 2013
                To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2013
                   CONSULTANT I PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2013
                  LBL ADVANTAGE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                  CONSULTANT II PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                 PREMIER PLANNER PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                INVESTOR'S SELECT PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2007

The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable annuity
contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE ADDED TO THE "LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY"
PROVISION UNDER THE "MORE INFORMATION" SECTION OR THE "DESCRIPTION OF LINCOLN
BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT" SECTION OF YOUR PROSPECTUS:

On July 17, 2013, Allstate Life entered into an agreement with Resolution Life
Holdings, Inc. ("Resolution"), a Delaware corporation established by Resolution
Life L.P., pursuant to which Allstate Life agreed to sell Lincoln Benefit to
Resolution or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resolution (the "Transaction"). The
Prudential Insurance Company of America or an affiliate will continue to
reinsure and administer the Variable Account and the Contracts. The benefits
and provisions of the Contracts will not be changed by the Transaction. Also,
the Transaction will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named
insurer under your Contract. Following the Transaction, Lincoln Benefit will no
longer be an affiliate of Allstate Life.

The Transaction and certain related agreements are subject to required
regulatory approvals. Subject to the receipt of such regulatory approvals, the
Transaction is targeted to close in the 4 th quarter of 2013.

Upon receipt of regulatory approvals, Lincoln Benefit will amend and restate
its existing reinsurance arrangements with Allstate Life. Lincoln Benefit will
recapture, and Allstate Life no longer will reinsure: (i) all fixed deferred
annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business
written by Lincoln Benefit, (ii) all of the life insurance business written by
Lincoln Benefit through independent life insurance producers other than certain
specified life insurance policies and (iii) all of the net liability of Lincoln
Benefit with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance
business written by Lincoln Benefit (the "Recapture"). The benefits and
provisions of the Contracts will not be changed by the Recapture, and the
Recapture will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named insurer
under your Contract.

Pursuant to the Recapture, Allstate Life will transfer to Lincoln Benefit, for
inclusion in its general account reserves, cash and specified assets with an
aggregate statutory book value equal to net statutory general account reserves
attributable to the recaptured business, adjusted for the final settlement
amount under the applicable existing reinsurance agreements between Lincoln
Benefit and Allstate Life that are being amended and restated in connection
with the Transaction.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our
Variable Annuity Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are
available to assist you from 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Central time.

Please read the prospectus supplement carefully and then file it with your
important papers. No other action is required of you.



                          SUPPLEMENT, DATED JULY 6, 2011,
                    TO THE PROSPECTUS FOR YOUR VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                   ISSUED BY

                       ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued
by Allstate Life Insurance Company or Allstate Life Insurance Company of
New York or Lincoln Benefit Life Company, as applicable.

Effective as of August 19, 2011 (the Closure Date), the following variable
sub-accounts available in your Variable Annuity will be closed to all contract
owners except those contract owners who have contract value invested in the
variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date:

              Invesco V.I. Basic Value Fund--Series I
              Invesco V.I. Basic Value Fund--Series II

Contract owners who have contract value invested in these variable sub-accounts
as of the Closure Date may continue to submit additional investments into the
variable sub-accounts thereafter, although they will not be permitted to
invest in the variable sub-accounts if they withdraw or otherwise transfer their
entire contract value from the variable sub-accounts following the Closure Date.
Contract owners who do not have contract value invested in the variable
sub-accounts as of the Closure Date will not be permitted to invest in these
variable sub-accounts thereafter.

Dollar cost averaging and/or auto-rebalancing, if elected by a contract owner,
will not be affected by the closure.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our
Variable Annuity Service Center at (800) 457-7617.  Our representatives are
available to assist you from 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Central time.

Please read the prospectus supplement carefully and then file it with your
important papers. No other action is required of you.




                       Supplement, dated October 18, 2010,
                   to the Prospectus for your Variable Annuity
                                    Issued by

                         ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                   ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

This supplement amends the prospectus for your Variable Annuity contract issued
by Allstate Life Insurance Company or Allstate Life Insurance Company of New
York or Lincoln Benefit Life Company, as applicable.

Effective as of November 19, 2010 (the Closure Date), the following variable
sub-accounts available in the above-referenced Variable Annuities will be closed
to all contract owners except those contract owners who have contract value
invested in the variable sub-accounts as of the Closure Date:

                Invesco V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund--Series I
                Invesco V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund--Series II

Contract owners who have contract value invested in these variable sub-accounts
as of the Closure Date may continue to submit additional investments into the
variable sub-accounts thereafter, although they will not be permitted to invest
in the variable sub-accounts if they withdraw or otherwise transfer their entire
contract value from the variable sub-accounts following the Closure Date.
Contract owners who do not have contract value invested in the variable
sub-accounts as of the Closure Date will not be permitted to invest in these
variable sub-accounts thereafter.

Dollar cost averaging and/or auto-rebalancing, if elected by a contract owner,
will not be affected by the closure.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our
Variable Annuity Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are
available to assist you from 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Central time.

Please read the prospectus supplement carefully and then file it with your
important papers. No other action is required of you.



                       Supplement Dated December 31, 2009
                   To the Prospectus for Your Variable Annuity
                                    Issued By
                         Allstate Life Insurance Company
                   Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company

This supplement amends the prospectus for your variable annuity contract issued
by Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York,
or Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

The following provision is added to your prospectus:

WRITTEN REQUESTS AND FORMS IN GOOD ORDER. Written requests must include
sufficient information and/or documentation, and be sufficiently clear, to
enable us to complete your request without the need to exercise discretion on
our part to carry it out. You may contact our Customer Service Center to learn
what information we require for your particular request to be in "good order."
Additionally, we may require that you submit your request on our form. We
reserve the right to determine whether any particular request is in good order,
and to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or call
our Customer Service Center at 1-800-457-7617. If you own a Putnam contract,
please call 1-800-390-1277.

For future reference, please keep this supplement together with your prospectus.





                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                        Supplement dated August 14, 2009
                 To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented:

               Consultant Solutions, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2009
                   Consultant I, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2009
                   LBL Advantage, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004
                   Consultant II, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004
                  Premier Planner, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004

This prospectus supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the
prospectuses referenced above for your variable annuity contract issued by
Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("Lincoln Benefit").

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") recently adopted rule 12h-7 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Rule 12h-7
exempts an insurance company from filing reports under the Exchange Act when the
insurance company issues certain types of insurance products that are registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 and such products are regulated under state
law. Each of the variable annuities described in the prospectuses referenced
above fall within the exemption provided under rule 12h-7. Lincoln Benefit is
hereby providing notice that it is electing to rely on the exemption provided
under rule 12h-7 effective as of the date of this prospectus supplement or as
soon as possible thereafter, and will be suspending filing reports under the
Exchange Act.

The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information that we file with
the SEC into this prospectus supplement which means that incorporated documents
are considered part of this prospectus supplement. We can disclose important
information to you by referring you to those documents. This prospectus
supplement incorporates by reference our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on March 18, 2009, and our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on
May 12, 2009.

Lincoln Benefit will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to
whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has
been incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with the
prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request at no
cost to the requester by writing to Lincoln Benefit, P.O. Box 758565, Topeka, KS
66675-8565 or by calling 1-800- 457- 7617. The public may read and copy any
materials that Lincoln Benefit files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference
Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy,
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov).




                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company

                                 LBL Advantage
                                 Consultant II
                                Premier Planner

                         Supplement, dated May 1, 2009

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for
certain annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

Under the "More Information" section, the subsection entitled "Legal Matters" is
deleted and replaced with the following:

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters of state law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Lincoln Benefit Life Company's right to issue such
Contracts under applicable state insurance law, have been passed upon by Susan
L. Lees, General Counsel of Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("Lincoln Benefit") incorporates by reference into
the prospectus its latest annual report on Form 10-K filed pursuant to Section
13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act since the end of the fiscal year
covered by its latest annual report, including filings made on Form 10-Q and
Form 8-K. In addition, all documents subsequently filed by Lincoln Benefit
pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act also are
incorporated into the prospectus by reference. Lincoln Benefit will provide to
each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a prospectus is delivered,
a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference
into the prospectus but not delivered with the prospectus. Such information will
be provided upon written or oral request at no cost to the requester by writing
to Lincoln Benefit, P.O. Box 758565, Topeka, KS 66675-8565 or by calling 1-800-
457-7617. Lincoln Benefit files periodic reports as required under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The public may read and copy any materials that
Lincoln Benefit files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F
Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the
operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The
SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information
statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically
with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov).




                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                  Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account

                      Supplement, dated March 31, 2008, to
                  the LBL Advantage Variable Annuity Prospectus
             and the LBL Premier Planner Variable Annuity Prospectus

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the above-referenced
prospectus for certain variable annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit Life
Company.

We have received notice that the Board of Trustees of the Rydex Variable Trust
has approved the following fund name change:

     Effective April 1, 2008, the name of the Rydex VT OTC Fund will be changed
     to the Rydex VT NASDAQ-100 (R) Fund.

Due to this name change, the corresponding Rydex VT OTC Sub-Account available
for your product will change its name to the Rydex VT NASDAQ-100 (R) Sub-Account
effective April 1, 2008.

The name change does not in any way affect the investment objective of the Fund,
which remains unchanged, or the manner in which the investment advisor manages
the fund.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your prospectus.




                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                  Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account

                     Supplement, dated February 26, 2007 to

         The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity Prospectus dated May 1, 2004

        The Premier Planner Variable Annuity Prospectus dated May 1, 2004

This supplement amends certain disclosures contained in the above-referenced
prospectuses for certain variable annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit
Life Company.

We have received notice that the Board of Trustees ("Board") of the Legg Mason
Variable Portfolios has approved the reorganization, on or about April 27, 2007
("Conversion Date"), of the Legg Mason Partners Variable All Cap Portfolio -
Class II into the Legg Mason Partners Variable Fundamental Value Portfolio -
Class I, which will be added as an investment choice to your contract as of
April 27, 2007.

To reflect the change in the underlying Portfolio, we will transfer any Contract
Value you have in the Legg Mason Partners Variable All Cap Portfolio - Class II
Sub-Account ("All Cap Sub-Account) into the Legg Mason Partners Variable
Fundamental Value Portfolio - Class I Sub-Account ("Fundamental Value
Sub-Account"). Contract owners will receive a confirmation of the transaction
reflecting this change.

Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc. is the investment advisor for the Legg
Mason Partners Variable Fundamental Value Portfolio - Class I. The investment
objective for this Portfolio is: Long-term capital growth with current income as
a secondary consideration.

If you currently have allocations made to the All Cap Sub-Account through
automatic additions, automatic portfolio rebalancing, dollar cost averaging or
systematic withdrawal programs, any future allocations will be made to the
Fundamental Value Sub-Account as of the Conversion Date.

For additional information on how to transfer to another investment alternative,
or how to make a change to your current allocation(s), please contact your
financial representative or call our Customer Service Center at 1-800-865-5237.

       Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your
                                  prospectuses.




                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                  Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account

                       Supplement, dated January 14, 2005,
                                       to
                  The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity Prospectus
                                dated May 1, 2004

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the above-referenced
prospectus for certain variable annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit Life
Company.

We have received notice that the Board of Trustees ("Board") of PIMCO Advisors
VIT has approved the liquidation, on or about April 29, 2005 (the "Closing
Date"), of the PEA Science and Technology Portfolio (the "PEA Portfolio").

The Board based its decision, in part, upon the fact that the PEA Portfolio is
relatively small in asset size and has failed to garner significant exposure in
the variable contract market. In addition, the Board believes the outlook for
future growth of the PEA Portfolio is not encouraging.

Due to the liquidation of the PEA Portfolio, we will no longer accept new
premiums for investment in, nor will we permit transfers to, the PEA Science and
Technology Portfolio Sub-Account ("PEA Sub-Account") on or after April 29, 2005.

Because the PEA Sub-Account will no longer be offered as an investment
alternative as of the Closing Date, you may wish to transfer, prior to April 29,
2005, some or all of your interest in the PEA Sub-Account to the other
investment alternatives currently offered by your Contract. Any value remaining
in the PEA Sub-Account will be transferred automatically, as of the Closing
Date, to the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account, an investment alternative
already available under your Contract. These transfers are not subject to a
transfer fee.

If you currently have allocations made to the PEA Sub-Account through automatic
additions, automatic portfolio rebalancing, dollar cost averaging or systematic
withdrawal programs, your allocation in the PEA Sub-Account will also need to be
changed in these programs. If you do not change this allocation to other
investment alternatives currently available under your Policy, any allocation to
the PEA Sub-Account will be automatically allocated, as of the Closing Date, to
the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account.

If your interest in the PEA Sub-Account is transferred automatically on the
Closing Date to the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account, for 60 days following
the Closing Date, you may transfer your interest in the PIMCO VIT Money Market
Sub-Account to any other investment alternative(s) available under your
Contract. This transfer is not subject to a transfer fee.

We will send you a confirmation that shows the amount that we credited to the
PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account or to the investment alternative that you
chose and the date of the transaction. For additional information on how to
transfer to another investment alternative, or how to make a change to your
current allocation(s), please contact your financial representative or call our
Customer Service Center at the number listed below.

Attached, as Appendix A, is a list of the Portfolios and Fixed Account
Investment Alternatives currently available under your Contract.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your
prospectuses.

Number for Customer Service Center: 1-800-865-5237

                                   Appendix A

The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity contract offers a variety of Investment
Alternatives that encompass investment choices ranging from aggressive to
conservative. Below is a listing of the Portfolios and Fixed Account Investment
Alternatives currently available. Also included is the investment objective for
each Portfolio.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the relevant prospectus for the
Portfolio.

                                   PORTFOLIOS

AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of capital.

AIM V.I. Dent Demographics Trends Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of
capital.

Alger American Growth Portfolio - Class S Seeks long-term capital appreciation.




Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks reasonable income.

Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks capital appreciation.

Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks as high a
level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks long-term growth of
capital.

Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio: Institutional Shares Seeks
long-term growth of capital.

Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock Portfolio: Service Shares Seeks long-term
growth of capital.

Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth Portfolio: Service Shares Seeks long-term
growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital.

Lazard Emerging Markets Portfolio Seeks long-term capital appreciation

MFS New Discovery Series - Service Class Seeks capital appreciation.

MFS Utilities Series - Service Class Seeks capital growth and current income.

Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA - Service Shares Seeks capital
appreciation.

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA - Service Shares Seeks capital
appreciation.

PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio Seeks growth of capital and investment income.

PAVIT OpCap Small Cap Portfolio Seeks capital appreciation.

PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares
Seeks to maximize total return, consistent with preservation of capital and
prudent investment management.

PIMCO VIT Money Market Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks to obtain maximum
current income consistent with preservation of capital and daily liquidity.

PIMCO VIT Real Return Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks maximum real
return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment
management.

PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks to maximize total
return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment
management.

Putnam VT High Yield Fund - Class IB Seeks high current income. Capital growth
is a secondary goal when consistent with achieving high current income. The fund
seeks its goal by investing at least 80% in U.S. corporate rated below
investment grade (junk bonds) and that have intermediate to long-term maturities
(three years or longer.)

Putnam VT International Growth and Income Fund - Class IB Seeks capital growth.
Current income is a secondary objective.

Rydex VT OTC Fund Seeks investment results that correspond to a benchmark for
over-the-counter securities. The Portfolio's current benchmark is the NASDAQ 100
Index.

Rydex VT Sector Rotation Fund Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund - Class I Seeks capital appreciation.

Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund - Class I Seeks long-term growth of
capital with current income as a secondary objective.

Scudder VIT EAFE Equity Index Fund - Class B Seeks to replicate as closely as
possible before deduction of expenses, performance of the MSCI EAFE Index which
emphasizes stocks of companies in major markets in Europe, Australia, and the
Far East.




Scudder VIT Equity 500 Index Fund - Class B Seeks to replicate as closely as
possible before deduction of expenses, performance of the S&P 500 Index which
emphasizes stocks of large U.S. companies.

Scudder VIT Small Cap Index Fund - Class B Seeks to replicate as closely as
possible before deduction of expenses, the performance of the Russell 2000 Index
which emphasizes stocks of small U.S. companies.

Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio, Class I Seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing primarily in growth-oriented equity securities of
large capitalization companies.

Van Kampen UIF High Yield Portfolio, Class I Seeks above-average total return
over a market cycle of three to five years by investing primarily in high yield
securities (commonly referred to as "junk bonds").

Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value Portfolio, Class I Seeks above-average total
return over a market cycle of three to five years by investing in common stocks
and other equity securities.

Van Kampen UIF U.S. Real Estate Portfolio, Class II Seeks to provide
above-average current income and long-term capital appreciation by investing
primarily in equity securities of companies in the U.S. real estate industry,
including real estate investment trusts.

Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class II Seeks capital growth.

Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income Portfolio, Class II Seeks long-term growth of
capital and income.

                              Fixed Account Options

Standard Fixed Account
Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account




THE LBL ADVANTAGE VARIABLE ANNUITY

Prospectus dated May 1, 2004

Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("LINCOLN BENEFIT" "WE", OR "US") is offering the
LBL Advantage Variable Annuity, a group and individual flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 40 "INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES" The investment
alternatives include 3 fixed account options ("FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS") and 37
variable subaccounts ("VARIABLE SUBACCOUNTS") of the Lincoln Benefit Life
Variable Annuity Account ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each Variable Subaccount invests
exclusively in shares of the portfolios ("PORTFOLIOS") of the following
underlying funds ("FUNDS"):

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS          PIMCO ADVISERS VIT
THE ALGER AMERICAN FUND               PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE        PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST
 PRODUCTS                             THE RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST
JANUS ASPEN SERIES                    SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS
LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.         INC
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)   SCUDDER INVESTMENTS VIT FUNDS
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS    THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
PANORAMA SERIES FUND, INC.            VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST

Each Fund has multiple Portfolios. Not all of the Funds and/or Portfolios,
however, may be available with your Contract. You should check with your
representative for further information on the availability of Funds and/or
Portfolios. Your annuity application will list all available Portfolios.

Lincoln Benefit has filed a Statement of Additional Information, dated May 1,
2004, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains more
information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference, which
means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents appears on
page 58 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us at the
address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site
(http://www.sec.gov). You can find other information and documents about us,
including documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web
site.

EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2004, THIS CONTRACT IS NO LONGER BEING OFFERED FOR SALE.

            THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED OR
            DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS IT
            PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE
IMPORTANT   WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

NOTICES     THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS THAT HAVE
            RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS OR BY
            EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR
            OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS OR ANY FEDERAL
            REGULATORY AGENCY. INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS INVOLVES INVESTMENT
            RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

            THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS




TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
OVERVIEW
      Important Terms                                                          3
      The Contract At A Glance                                                 4
      How the Contract Works                                                   5
      Expense Table                                                            6
      Financial Information                                                    9
   CONTRACT FEATURES
      The Contract                                                            10
      Purchases                                                               11
      Contract Value                                                          12
      Investment Alternatives
         The Variable Subaccounts                                             14
         The Fixed Account Options                                            15
         Transfers                                                            18
      Expenses                                                                20
      Access To Your Money                                                    22
      Contract Loans for 403(b) Contracts                                     23
      Income Payments                                                         24

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
      Death Benefits                                                          27
      Other Information
      More Information:                                                       31
         Lincoln Benefit Life Company                                         31
         The Variable Account                                                 31
         The Portfolios                                                       32
         The Contract                                                         32
         Non-Qualified Annuities Held Within A Qualified Plan                 33
         Legal Matters                                                        33
      Taxes                                                                   34
      Annual Reports and Other Documents                                      40
APPENDIX A - ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES                                         41
APPENDIX B - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE                                  49
APPENDIX C - CALCULATION OF ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT            51
 STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS                        53

                                  2 PROSPECTUS




IMPORTANT TERMS

This prospectus uses a number of important terms that you may not be familiar
with. The index below identifies the page that describes each term. The first
use of each term in this prospectus appears in highlights.

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Accumulation Phase                                                             7
Accumulation Unit                                                             14
Accumulation Unit Value                                                       14
Anniversary Values                                                            33
Annuitant                                                                     12
Automatic Additions Program                                                   13
Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program                                       23
Beneficiary                                                                   12
Cancellation Period                                                           14
Contingent Beneficiary                                                        12
*Contract                                                                     12
Contract Anniversary                                                           6
Contract Owner ("You")                                                        12
Contract Value                                                                 6
Contract Year                                                                  4
Death Benefit Anniversary                                                     31
Dollar Cost Averaging Program                                                 23
Due Proof of Death                                                            31
Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider                                         32
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider                                                  32
Fixed Account Options                                                         19
Free Withdrawal Amount                                                        24
Funds                                                                          1
Guarantee Periods                                                             20
Guaranteed Income Benefit                                                     29

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account                                             19
Income Base                                                                   30
Income Benefit Rider                                                          29
Income Plan                                                                   28
In-Force Premium                                                              33
Investment Alternatives                                                       16
Issue Date                                                                     7
Lincoln Benefit ("We" or "Us")                                                 1
Loan Account                                                                  27
Market Value Adjustment                                                       21
Payout Phase                                                                   7
Payout Start Date                                                             28
Portfolios                                                                    36
Primary Beneficiary                                                           12
Rider Date                                                                    32
SEC                                                                            1
Settlement Value                                                              31
Systematic Withdrawal Program                                                 26
Tax Qualified Contracts                                                       41
Valuation Date                                                                14
Variable Account                                                              35
Variable Subaccount                                                           16

*    In certain states the Contract is available only as a group Contract. If
     you purchase a group Contract, we will issue you a certificate that
     represents your ownership and that summarizes the provisions of the group
     Contract. References to "Contract" in this prospectus include certificates,
     unless the context requires otherwise.

                                  3 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contracts. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE PAYMENTS                You can purchase a Contract with as little as
                                 $10,000. You can add to your Contract as often
                                 and as much as you like, but each payment must
                                 be at least $100 unless you enroll in an
                                 automatic payment plan, in which case each
                                 payment must be at least $50.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIGHT TO CANCEL                  You may cancel your Contract within 20 days of
                                 receipt or any longer period as your state may
                                 require ("CANCELLATION PERIOD"). Upon
                                 cancellation, we will return your purchase
                                 payments adjusted, to the extent federal or
                                 state law permits, to reflect the investment
                                 experience of any amounts allocated to the
                                 Variable Account. If your Contract is qualified
                                 under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code,
                                 we will refund the greater of any purchase
                                 payments or the Contract Value.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES                         You will bear the following expenses:

                                 .   Total Variable Account annual fees equal to
                                     1.35% of average daily net assets (1.60% if
                                     you select the ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT
                                     RIDER, 1.55% if you elect the INCOME
                                     BENEFIT RIDER, and 1.80% if you select both
                                     the Enhanced Death Benefit and the Income
                                     Benefit Riders).

                                 .   If you select the ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH
                                     BENEFIT RIDER, you would pay an additional
                                     annual fee of up to 0.35% of average daily
                                     net assets (depending on the oldest
                                     Contract owner's age on the date we issue
                                     the Rider). For more information about
                                     Variable Account expenses, see "EXPENSES"
                                     below.

                                 .   Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 8% of
                                     purchase payment withdrawn (with certain
                                     exceptions)

                                 .   Transfer fee of up to 0.50% of the transfer
                                     amount, but not less than $25, after 12th
                                     transfer in any CONTRACT YEAR (fee
                                     currently waived)

                                 .   State premium tax (if your state imposes
                                     one). In addition, each Portfolio pays
                                     expenses that you will bear indirectly if
                                     you invest in a Variable Subaccount.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT                       The Contract offers 40 Investment Alternatives
ALTERNATIVES                     including:

                                 .   3 Fixed Account Options (which credit
                                     interest at rates we guarantee)

                                 .   37 Variable Subaccounts investing in
                                     Portfolios offering professional money
                                     management by these investment advisers:

                                     .   A I M Advisors, Inc.

                                     .   Deutsche Asset Management Inc.

                                     .   Fred Alger Management, Inc.

                                     .   Fidelity Management & Research Company

                                     .   Janus Capital Management LLC

                                     .   Lazard Asset Management LLC

                                     .   MFS(TM) Investment Management

                                     .   OpCap Advisors LLC

                                     .   OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

                                     .   Pacific Investment Management Company
                                         LLC

                                     .   Putnam Investment Management, LLC

                                     .   Rydex Investments

                                     .   Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc

                                     .   Van Kampen*

                                     .   Van Kampen Asset Management

                                 To find out current rates being paid on the
                                 fixed account options or how the Variable
                                 Subaccounts have performed, call us at
                                 1-800-865-5237.

                                 *   Morgan Stanley Invesement Management Inc.,
                                     the adviser to the UIF Portfolios, does
                                     business in certain instances as Van
                                     Kampen.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL SERVICES                 For your convenience, we offer these special
                                 services:

                                 .   AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

                                 .   AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                                 .   DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                                 .   SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME PAYMENTS                  You can choose fixed income payments, variable
                                 income payments, or a combination of the two.
                                 You can receive your income payments in one of
                                 the following ways:

                                 .   life income with guaranteed payments

                                 .   a "joint and survivor" life income with
                                     guaranteed payments

                                 .   guaranteed payments for a specified period
                                     (5 to 30 years)

                                 We offer an optional Income Benefit Rider.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFITS                   If you or the ANNUITANT (if the Contract Owner
                                 is a non-living person) die before the PAYOUT
                                 START DATE, we will pay the death benefit
                                 described in the Contract. We offer an Enhanced
                                 Death Benefit Rider and Enhanced Earnings Death
                                 Benefit Rider. The Enhanced Earnings Death
                                 Benefit Rider is not available for purchase
                                 with any IRA at this time.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFERS                        Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer
                                 your Contract value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among
                                 the investment alternatives, with certain
                                 restrictions. We do not currently impose a fee
                                 upon transfers. However, we reserve the right
                                 to charge up to 0.50% of the transfer amount,
                                 but not less than $25 per transfer after the
                                 12th transfer in each "Contract Year", which we
                                 measure from the date we issue your Contract or
                                 a Contract anniversary ("CONTRACT
                                 ANNIVERSARY"), which is the anniversary of your
                                 Contract's Issue Date.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWALS                      You may withdraw some or all of your Contract
                                 Value at any time prior to the Payout Start
                                 Date. In general, you must withdraw at least
                                 $50 at a time. Full or partial withdrawals are
                                 available under limited circumstances on or
                                 after the Payout Start Date. Withdrawals of
                                 earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
                                 taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an
                                 additional 10% federal tax penalty. A
                                 withdrawal charge and a MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
                                 also may apply.

                                  4 PROSPECTUS




HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 40 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
The income on qualified plan and IRA investments is tax deferred and variable
annuities held by such plans do not receive any additional tax deferral. See
"TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS" on page 41. You do this during what we call the
"ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The Accumulation Phase begins on the date
we issue your Contract (we call that date the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until
the Payout Start Date, which is the date we apply your money to provide income
payments. During the Accumulation Phase, you may allocate your purchase payments
to any combination of the Variable Subaccounts and/or Fixed Account Options. If
you invest in any of the three Fixed Account Options, you will earn a fixed rate
of interest that we declare periodically. If you invest in any of the Variable
Subaccounts, your investment return will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 28. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Subaccounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate
under your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan
will determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.

Issue                                      Payout Start
Date            Accumulation Phase             Date             Payout Phase
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You buy      You save for retirement   You elect to receive   You can receive    Or you can receive
a Contract                             income payments or     income payments    income payments
                                       receive a lump sum     for a set period   for life
                                       payment

As the Contract Owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
SEE"The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we will
pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract Owner, or if there is none, to
your Beneficiary. SEE "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-865-5237 if you have any questions about how the
Contract works.

                                  5 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSE TABLE

THE FOLLOWING TABLES LIST THE EXPENSES AND FEES THAT YOU WILL BEAR DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY WHEN YOU BUY, OWN, OR SURRENDER A CONTRACT. THE FIRST TABLE DESCRIBES
THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY AT THE TIME THAT YOU BUY THE CONTRACT,
SURRENDER THE CONTRACT, OR TRANSFER CASH VALUE BETWEEN PORTFOLIOS. THE TABLES
AND THE EXAMPLES THAT FOLLOW DO NOT REFLECT PREMIUM TAXES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED BY
THE STATE WHERE YOU RESIDE. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT VARIABLE ACCOUNT
EXPENSES, SEE "EXPENSES," BELOW. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT PORTFOLIO EXPENSES,
PLEASE REFER TO THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUSES FOR THE FUNDS.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments)*

                     Number of Complete Years Since We Received the Purchase Payment Being Withdrawn:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract:            0         1         2         3         4         5         6         7        8+
Applicable Charge:   8%        7%        7%        6%        6%        5%        4%        3%       0%

All Contracts:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee                              up to 0.50% of the amount transferred**

*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw the greater of earnings not previously
     withdrawn or 15% of your New Purchase Payments (as defined in "Withdrawal
     Charge" below) without incurring a withdrawal charge. You may withdraw any
     Purchase Payment made more than 8 years before the withdrawal, which have
     not been previously withdrawn, without paying the charge.

**   Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year, excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging and automatic
     portfolio rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

THE TABLE BELOW DESCRIBES THE FEES AND EXPENSES THAT YOU WILL PAY PERIODICALLY
DURING THE TIME THAT YOU OWN THE CONTRACT, NOT INCLUDING PORTFOLIO FEES AND
EXPENSES.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES

(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSET VALUE DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE
SUBACCOUNT)

                          Mortality and Expense Risk    Administrative   Total Variable Account
                                   Charge              Expense Charge*      Annual Expense
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Without the Enhanced
Death Benefit or Income              1.25%                  0.10%                 1.35%
Benefit Riders
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Enhanced Death              1.50%                  0.10%                 1.60%
Benefit Rider
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Income Benefit              1.45%                  0.10%                 1.55%
Rider
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With the Income Benefit
and Enhanced Death                   1.70%                  0.10%                 1.80%
Benefit Riders
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

If you elect the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider, your Total Variable
Account Annual Expenses will be increased, based on the oldest Contract Owner's
age on the date we issue the Rider, as follows:

 Age    Annual Charge
---------------------
0-55        0.15%
---------------------
56-65       0.25%
---------------------
66-75       0.35%
---------------------

THE TABLE BELOW SHOWS THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES CHARGED
BY THE PORTFOLIOS THAT YOU MAY PAY PERIODICALLY DURING THE TIME THAT YOU OWN THE
CONTRACT. ADVISERS AND/OR OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERS OF CERTAIN PORTFOLIOS MAY HAVE
AGREED TO WAIVE THEIR FEES AND/OR REIMBURSE PORTFOLIO EXPENSES IN ORDER TO KEEP
THE PORTFOLIOS' EXPENSES BELOW SPECIFIED LIMITS. THE RANGE OF EXPENSES SHOWN IN
THIS TABLE DOES NOT SHOW THE EFFECT

                                  6 PROSPECTUS




OF ANY SUCH FEE WAIVER OR EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. MORE DETAIL CONCERNING EACH
PORTFOLIO'S FEES AND EXPENSES APPEARS IN THE PROSPECTUS FOR EACH PORTFOLIO.

                    TOTAL ANNUAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Minimum   Maximum
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses/(1)/ (expenses
that are deducted from Portfolio assets, including any
management fees, distribution and/or
service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)                   0.50%     4.31%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  EXPENSES ARE SHOWN AS A PERCENTAGE OF PORTFOLIO AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSETS,
     BEFORE ANY WAIVER OR REIMBURSEMENT, AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003.

EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Variable
Account annual expenses, and Portfolio fees and expenses and assume no transfers
or exchanges were made. The Example shows the dollar amount of expenses that you
would bear directly or indirectly if you:

.    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

.    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

.    surrendered your Contract, or you began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period,
     and

.    elected the Income Benefit, Enhanced Death Benefit, and Enhanced Earnings
     Death Benefit Riders (assuming Contract Owner is age 66-75 on rider issue
     date and with total Variable Account expenses of 2.15%.)

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

The first line of the Example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Portfolios are charged. The second line of the Example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios are charged. Your actual
expenses may be higher or lower than those shown below.

                                                   1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses   $1,257    $2,464    $3,629    $6,157
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual Portfolio Expenses   $  867    $1,343    $1,846    $3,012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  7 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLE 2

This Example uses the same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that it
assumes you decided not to surrender your Contract, or you began receiving
income payments for a specified period of at least 120 months, at the end of
each time period.

                                                   1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses    $662     $1,954    $3,204    $6,157
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual Portfolio Expenses    $272     $  833    $1,421    $3,012
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPLANATION OF EXPENSE EXAMPLES

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN 5%,
WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE EXAMPLES DO NOT ASSUME THAT ANY PORTFOLIO EXPENSE
WAIVERS OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIODS PRESENTED.
EXAMPLES 1 AND 2 ASSUME THE ELECTION OF THE INCOME BENEFIT AND ENHANCED DEATH
BENEFIT RIDERS (TOTAL VARIABLE ACCOUNT EXPENSES OF 2.15%).IF THESE RIDERS WERE
NOT ELECTED, THE EXPENSE FIGURES SHOWN ABOVE WOULD BE SLIGHTLY LOWER.

The Examples reflect the Free Withdrawal Amounts, if applicable.

                                   8 PROSPECTUS




FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To measure the value of your investment in the Variable Subaccounts during the
Accumulation Phase, we use a unit of measure we call the "ACCUMULATION UNIT".
Each Variable Subaccount has a separate value for its Accumulation Units which
we call "ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE." Accumulation Unit Value is analogous to, but
not the same as, the share price of a mutual fund.

Because we deduct Rider charges directly from the Variable Subaccounts, we
calculate separate Accumulation Unit Values for the base Contract and for
Contracts issued with various combinations of optional Riders.

Accumulation Unit Values for the lowest and highest charges available are shown
in Appendix A to this prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information
contains the Accumulation Unit Values for all other available combinations of
charges. Please contact us to obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional
Information.

To obtain a fuller picture of each Variable Subaccount's finances, please refer
to the Variable Account's financial statements contained in the Statement of
Additional Information. The financial statements of Lincoln Benefit also appear
in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                   9 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The LBL Advantage Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the Contract
Owner, and Lincoln Benefit, a life insurance company. As the Contract Owner, you
may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the Contract.
That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent permitted):

.    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

.    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

.    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

.    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

.    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

.    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner dies, and

.    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die, any surviving Contract Owner, or, if none, the Beneficiary, may
exercise the rights and privileges provided to them by the Contract.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-living person and a living
person. If the Contract Owner is a grantor trust, the Contract Owner will be
considered a non-living person for purposes of this section and the Death
Benefits section. The maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner and Annuitant
cannot exceed 90 as of the date we receive the completed application.

You may change the Contract Owner at any time. We will provide a change of
ownership form to be signed by you and filed with us. After we accept the form,
the change of ownership will be effective as of the date you signed the form.
Until we receive your written notice to change the Contract Owner, we are
entitled to rely on the most recent ownership information in our files. We will
not be liable as to any payment or settlement made prior to receiving the
written notice. Accordingly, if you wish to change the Contract Owner, you
should deliver your written notice to us promptly. Each change is subject to any
payment made by us or any other action we take before we accept the change.
Changing ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may
not be allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax
advisor prior to making a request for a change of Contract Owner. The Income
Benefit Rider terminates upon changes of the Annuitant. The Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit Rider terminates upon changes of the Owner or, if the Owner is a
non-living person, the Annuitant.

The Contract can also be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also known as a 403(b)).
The endorsements required to qualify these annuities under the Code may limit or
modify your rights and privileges under the Contract. Qualified plans may limit
or modify your rights and privileges under the Contract. Variable Annuities held
by Qualified Plans do not receive any additional tax deferral.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. You
may change the Annuitant at any time prior to the Payout Start Date (only if the
Contract Owner is a living person). Once we accept a change, it takes effect as
of the date you signed the request. Each change is subject to any payment we
make or other action we take before we accept it.

If the Contract is a non-qualified Contract, you may designate a joint
Annuitant, who is a second person on whose life income payments depend. We
permit joint Annuitants only during the Payout Phase. If the sole surviving
Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

(i)  the youngest Contract Owner; otherwise,

(ii) the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit or
become the new Contract owner subject to the Death of Owner provision if the
sole surviving Contract owner dies before the Payout Start Date. If the sole
surviving Contract Owner dies after the Payout Start Date, the PRIMARY
BENEFICIARY, or if none surviving, the CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY, will receive any
guaranteed income payments scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more primary Beneficiaries when you apply for a Contract.
The primary Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit
or become the new Contract Owner if the sole surviving Contract Owner dies
before the Payout Start Date. You may also name one or more Contingent
Beneficiaries who will receive any Death Benefit or Guaranteed Income Benefit if
no Beneficiary survives the sole surviving Contract Owner.

You may change or add Beneficiaries at any time, unless you have designated an
irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of Beneficiary form to be
signed by you and filed with us. After we accept the form, the change of
Beneficiary will be effective as of the date you signed the form. Until we
receive your written notice to change a Beneficiary, we are entitled to rely on
the most recent Beneficiary information in our files. We will not be liable

                                  10 PROSPECTUS




as to any payment or settlement made prior to receiving the written notice.
Accordingly, if you wish to change your Beneficiary, you should deliver your
written notice to us promptly. Each change is subject to any payment made by us
or any other action we take before we accept the change.

Unless you have provided directions to the contrary, the Beneficiaries will take
equal shares. If there is more than one Beneficiary in a class and one of the
Beneficiaries predeceases the Contract Owner or Annuitant, the remaining
Beneficiaries in that class will divide the deceased Beneficiary's share in
proportion to the original shares of the remaining Beneficiaries.

If more than one Beneficiary shares in the Death Proceeds, each Beneficiary will
be treated as a separate and independent owner of his or her respective share.
Each Beneficiary will exercise all rights related to his or her share, including
the sole right to select a payout option, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary. Each Beneficiary may designate a Beneficiary(ies)
for his or her respective share, but that designated Beneficiary(ies) will be
restricted to the payout option chosen by the original Beneficiary.

If there is more than one Beneficiary and one of the Beneficiaries is a
corporation or other type of non-living person, all beneficiaires will be
considered to be non-living persons.

You may specify that the Death Benefit be paid under a specific Income Plan by
submitting a written request to our Service Center. If you so request, your
Beneficiary may not change to a different Income Plan or lump sum. Once we
accept the written requst, the change or restriction wll take effect as of the
date you signed the request. Any change is subject to any payment we make or
other action we take before we accept the changes.

Different rules may apply to Contracts issued in connection with Qualified
Plans.

If you did not name a Beneficiary or, unless otherwise provided in the
Beneficiary designation, if a named Beneficiary is no longer living and there
are no other surviving Beneficiaries or Contingent Beneficiaries, the new
Beneficiary will be:

.    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

.    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

.    your estate.

If one or more Beneficiaries survive you (or survives the Annuitant, if the
Contract Owner is not a living person), we will divide the death benefit among
the surviving Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions.
If you have not given us written instructions, we will pay the death benefit in
equal amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only a Lincoln Benefit officer may approve a change in or waive any provision of
the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

We will honor an assignment of an interest in a Contract as collateral or
security for a loan. No Beneficiary may assign benefits under the Contract until
they are payable to the Beneficiary. We will not be bound by any assignment
until the assignor signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment. Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of
benefits under many types of Qualified Plans and other types of retirement plans
and the terms of such plans may themselves contain restrictions on assignments.
An assignment may also result in taxes or tax penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT AN
ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO ASSIGN YOUR CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial purchase payment must be at least $10,000. All subsequent purchase
payments must be $100 or more unless part of an automatic additions program.
Each purchase payment made to the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account must be at
least $1,200. If we receive purchase payments designated for the Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account that are lower than the required minimum of $1,200, or
purchase payments designated for a Guarantee Period that are lower than $500,
such amounts will be allocated to the PIMCO Money Market Portfolio. You may make
purchase payments at any time prior to the Payout Start Date. We reserve the
right to limit the maximum amount of purchase payments we will accept. The most
we will accept without our prior approval is $1,000,000. We also reserve the
right to reject any application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make subsequent purchase payments of $50 or more by automatically
transferring money from your bank account. Consult your representative for more
detailed information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
purchase payments among the investment alternatives. The allocation you specify
on

                                  11 PROSPECTUS




your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in whole
percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your allocations by
notifying us in writing.

We will allocate your purchase payments to the investment alternatives according
to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless you notify us in
writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to
the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will effect any change in
allocation instructions at the time we receive written notice of the change in
good order.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our home office. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit subsequent purchase payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
home office.

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business, except for certain days immediately preceding or
following certain national holidays when the New York Stock Exchange is open for
business. Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business is
referred to as a VALUATION DATE. We determine the number of Accumulation Units
for each Variable Subaccount to allocate to your contract by dividing that
portion of your Purchase Payment allocated to a Variable Subaccount by that
Variable Subaccount's Accumulation Unit Value on the Valuation Date when the
allocation occurs. Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange
closes, usually 4 p.m. Eastern Time (3 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your
purchase payment after 3 p.m. Central Time on any Valuation Date, we will credit
your purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on the next
Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 20 day period after you receive the Contract, or a longer
period should your state require it. You may return it by delivering it or
mailing it to us. If you exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract
terminates and we will pay you the full amount of your purchase payments
allocated to the Fixed Account. We also will return your purchase payments
allocated to the Variable Account adjusted, to the extent federal or state law
permits, to reflect investment gain or loss that occurred from the date of
allocation through the date of cancellation. Some states may require us to
return a greater amount to you. If your Contract is qualified under Section 408
of the Internal Revenue Code, we will refund the greater of any purchase
payments or the Contract Value.

In states where we are required to refund purchase payments, we reserve the
right during the Cancellation Period to invest any purchase payments you
allocated to a Variable Subaccount to the Money Market Variable Subaccount
available under the Contract. We will notify you if we do so. At the end of the
Cancellation Period, we will allocate the amount in the Money Market Variable
Subaccount to the Variable Subaccount as you originally designated.

CONTRACT VALUE

Your Contract Value at any time during the Accumulation Phase is equal to the
sum of the value of your Accumulation Units in the Variable Subaccounts you have
selected, plus the value of your investment in the Fixed Account Options.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Subaccount to
credit to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Subaccount by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Subaccount next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Subaccount when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Subaccount is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Subaccount to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Subaccount would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Subaccount allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Subaccount
will rise or fall to reflect:

.    changes in the share price of the Portfolio in which the Variable
     Subaccount invests, and

.    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine withdrawal charges, and transfer fees (currently waived) separately
for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation Unit Value. Instead, we
obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming Accumulation Units. For
details on how we calculate

                                  12 PROSPECTUS




Accumulation Unit Value, please refer to the Statement of Additional
Information.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Subaccount on
each Valuation Date. We also determine a separate set of Accumulation Unit
Values reflecting the cost of the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, the Income
Benefit Rider, the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider with the Income Benefit Rider,
and the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider.

YOU SHOULD REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE FUNDS THAT ACCOMPANY THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE ASSETS OF EACH PORTFOLIO ARE VALUED,
SINCE THAT DETERMINATION DIRECTLY BEARS ON THE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE OF THE
CORRESPONDING VARIABLE SUBACCOUNT AND, THEREFORE, YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.

                                  13 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUBACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 37 Variable Subaccounts. Each
Variable Subaccount invests in the shares of a corresponding Portfolio. Each
Portfolio has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe
the Portfolios below.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the accompanying prospectuses for
the Funds. You should carefully review the Fund prospectuses before allocating
amounts to the Variable Subaccounts.

PORTFOLIO                 PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE              INVESTMENT ADVISOR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS (8)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Basic Value      Long-term growth of capital      A I M ADVISORS, INC.
 Fund - Series I (1)
--------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Dent             Long-term growth of capital
 Demographic Trends
 Fund - Series I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ALGER AMERICAN FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth     Long-term capital                FRED ALGER
 Portfolio - Class S       appreciation                     MANAGEMENT, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP              Reasonable income                FIDELITY MANAGEMENT &
 Equity-Income                                              RESEARCH COMPANY
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth       Capital appreciation
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment   As high a level of current
 Grade Bond Portfolio -    income as is consistent
 Service Class 2           with the preservation of
                           capital
--------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas     Long-term growth of capital.
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series        Long-term growth of capital      JANUS CAPITAL
 Capital Appreciation                                       MANAGEMENT LLC
 Portfolio:
 Institutional Shares
 (2)
--------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series        Long-term growth of capital
 Foreign Stock
 Portfolio: Service
 Shares (3)
--------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series        Long-term growth of capital
 Worldwide Growth          in a manner consistent with
 Portfolio: Service        the preservation of
 Shares                    capital.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Emerging Markets   Long-term capital                LAZARD ASSET
 Portfolio                 appreciation                     MANAGEMENT LLC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery         Capital appreciation             MFS(TM) INVESTMENT
 Series - Service Class                                     MANAGEMENT
--------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series -    Capital growth and current
 Service Class             income
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street   Capital appreciation             OPPENHEIMERFUNDS,
 Small Cap Fund/VA -                                        INC.
 Service Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANORAMA SERIES FUND, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer               Capital appreciation             OPPENHEIMERFUNDS,
 International Growth                                       INC.
 Fund/VA - Service
 Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO ADVISERS VIT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced      Growth of capital and            OPCAP ADVISORS LLC
 Portfolio (1)             investment income
--------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and     Capital appreciation
 Technology Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Small Cap     Capital appreciation
 Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Foreign Bond        To maximize total return,        PACIFIC INVESTMENT
 Portfolio (U.S.           consistent with                  MANAGEMENT COMPANY
 Dollar-Hedged) -          preservation of capital and      LLC
 Administrative Shares     prudent investment
                           management
--------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Money Market        To obtain maximum current
 Portfolio -               income consistent with
 Administrative Shares     preservation of capital and
                           daily liquidity.
--------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return         Seeks maximum real return,
 Portfolio -               consistent with
 Administrative Shares     preservation of real
                           capital and prudent
                           investment management.
--------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return        To maximize total return,
 Portfolio -               consistent with
 Administrative Shares     preservation of capital and
                           prudent investment
                           management.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam VT High Yield      High current income. Capital     PUTNAM INVESTMENT
 Fund - Class IB           growth is a secondary goal       MANAGEMENT, LLC
                           when consistent with
                           achieving high current
                           income. The fund seeks its
                           goal by investing at least
                           80% in U.S. corporate rated
                           below investment grade
                           (junk bonds) and that have
                           intermediate to long-term
                           maturities (three years or
                           longer.)
--------------------------------------------------------
Putnam VT International   Capital growth. Current
 Growth and Income Fund    income is a secondary
 - Class IB                objective.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT OTC Fund         Investment results that          RYDEX INVESTMENTS
                           correspond to a benchmark
                           for over-the-counter
                           securities. The Portfolio's
                           current benchmark is the
                           NASDAQ 100 Index.
--------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT Sector           Long-term capital
 Rotation Fund             appraciation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS INC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers          Capital appreciation             SALOMON BROTHERS
 Variable All Cap Fund                                      ASSET MANAGEMENT INC
 - Class I (formerly
 Capital Fund) Class I
--------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers          Long-term growth of capital
 Variable Investors        with current income as a
 Fund - Class I (1)        secondary objective
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCUDDER INVESTMENTS VIT FUNDS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT EAFE Equity   To replicate as closely as       DEUTSCHE ASSET
 Index Fund - Class B      possible before deduction        MANAGEMENT, INC.
                           of expenses, performance of
                           the MSCI EAFE Index which
                           emphasizes stocks of companies
                           in major markets in Europe,
                           Australia, and the Far East.
--------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Equity 500    To replicate as closely as
 Index Fund - Class B      possible before deduction of
                           expenses, performance of
                           the S&P 500 Index which
                           emphasizes stocks of large
                           U.S. companies.
--------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Small Cap     To replicate as closely as
 Index Fund - Class B      possible before deduction
                           of expenses, the
                           performance of the Russell
                           2000 Index which emphasizes
                           stocks of small U.S.
                           companies.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Seeks long-term capital          VAN KAMPEN (6)
 Equity Growth             appreciation by investing
 Portfolio, Class I (4)    primarily in
                           growth-oriented equity
                           securities of large
                           capitalization companies.
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Above-average total return
 High Yield Portfolio,     over a market cycle of
 Class I                   three to five years by
                           investing primarily in high
                           yield securities (commonly
                           referred to as "junk
                           bonds").
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Seeks above-average total
 U.S. Mid Cap Value        return over a market cycle
 Portfolio, Class I (5)    of three to five years by
                           investing in common stocks
                           and other equity
                           securities.
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF            Seeks to provide
 U.S. Real Estate          above-average current
 Portfolio, Class II       income and long-term
                           capital appreciation by
                           investing primarily in
                           equity securities of
                           com[panies in the U.S. real
                           estate industry, including
                           real estate investment
                           trusts.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT            Capital Growth                   VAN KAMPEN ASSET
 Aggressive Growth                                          MANAGEMENT
 Portfolio, Class II (7)
--------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT            Long-term growth of capital
 Growth & Income           and income
 Portfolio, Class II
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively.

(2)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.

(3)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares.

(4)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I.

(6)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., the investment adviser to the
     UIF Portfolios, does business in certain instances as Van Kampen.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio,
     Class II.

(8)  A Fund's objective may be changed by the Fund's Board of Trustees without
     shareholder approval.

SOME OF THE PORTFOLIOS HAVE NAMES SIMILAR TO RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS. HOWEVER, THE
PORTFOLIOS MAY BE MANAGED BY A DIFFERENT PORTFOLIO MANAGER. MOREOVER, THE
PORTFOLIOS ARE LIKELY TO DIFFER FROM RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS IN ASSETS, CASH FLOW,
AND TAX MATTERS. ACCORDINGLY, A PORTFOLIO'S SECURITY HOLDINGS MAY DIFFER FROM
THOSE OF A SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUND, AND INVESTMENT RESULTS OF A
PORTFOLIO CAN BE EXPECTED TO BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE INVESTMENT RESULTS OF
SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS.

                                  14 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed
Account. You may choose from among 3 Fixed Account Options, including 2 dollar
cost averaging options and the option to invest in one or more GUARANTEE PERIODS
included in the GUARANTEED MATURITY FIXED ACCOUNT. We may offer additional Fixed
Account options in the future. We will credit a minimum annual interest rate of
3% to money you allocate to any of the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Options. The Fixed Account Options may not be available in all states. Please
consult with your representative for current information. The Fixed Account
supports our insurance and annuity obligations. The Fixed Account consists of
our general account assets other than those in segregated asset accounts. We
have sole discretion to invest the assets of the Fixed Account, subject to
applicable law. Any money you allocate to a Fixed Account Option does not
entitle you to share in the investment experience of the Fixed Account. Loan
Payments may not be allocated to the Fixed Account(s).

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

SHORT TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. You may establish a Short
Term Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating purchase payments to THE SHORT
TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION ("SHORT TERM DCA FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTION"). Each purchase payment allocated to the Short Term DCA Fixed Account
Option must be at least $1,200. We will credit interest to purchase payments you
allocate to this Option for up to six months at the current rate in effect at
the time of allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that will
compound at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Short
Term DCA Fixed Account Option. However, you may not choose less than 3 or more
than 6 equal monthly installments. Further, you must transfer each purchase
payment and all its earnings out of this Option by means of dollar cost
averaging within 6 months. If you discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging Program
before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining balance in
this Option to the Money Market Variable Subaccount unless you request a
different investment alternative. At the end of the transfer period, any
residual amount will be transferred to the Money Market Variable Subaccount. No
transfers are permitted into the Short Term DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur 25 days after such purchase payment. If we do not receive an
allocation from you within 25 days of the date of payment, we will transfer the
payment plus associated interest to the Money Market Variable Subaccount in
equal monthly installments.

EXTENDED SHORT TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. You may
establish an Extended Short Term Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating
purchase payments to THE EXTENDED SHORT TERM DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT
OPTION ("EXTENDED SHORT TERM DCA FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION"). Each purchase payment
allocated to the Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option must be at least
$1,200. We will credit interest to purchase payments you allocate to this Option
for up to twelve months at the current rate in effect at the time of allocation.
We will credit interest daily at a rate that will compound at the annual
interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the
Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option. However, you may not choose less
than 7 or more than 12 equal monthly installments. Further, you must transfer
each purchase payment and all its earnings out of this Option by means of dollar
cost averaging within 12 months. If you discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging
Program before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining
balance in this Option to the Money Market Variable Subaccount unless you
request a different investment alternative. At the end of the transfer period,
any residual amount will be transferred to the Money Market Variable Subaccount.
No transfers are permitted into the Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur 25 days after such purchase payment. If we do not receive an
allocation from you within 25 days of the date of payment, we will transfer the
payment plus associated interest to the Money Market Variable Subaccount in
equal monthly installments.

INVESTMENT RISK

We bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the Short Term DCA
Fixed Account Option and the Extended Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option. That
is because we guarantee the current rates we credit to the amounts you allocate
to either of these Options, which will never be less than the minimum guaranteed
rate in the Contract. We determine, in our sole discretion, the amount of
interest credited in excess of the guaranteed rate.

We may declare more than one interest rate for different monies based upon the
date of allocation to the Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option and the Extended
Short Term DCA Fixed Account Option. For current interest rate information,
please contact your representative or our customer support unit at
1-800-865-5237.

                                  15 PROSPECTUS




GUARANTEE PERIODS

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period earns interest at a
specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years. Guarantee Periods may
range from 1 to 10 years. We are currently offering Guarantee Periods of 1, 3,
5, 7, and 10 years in length. In the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of
different lengths or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.

You select the Guarantee Period for each payment or transfer. If you do not
select a Guarantee Period, we will assign the same period(s) you selected for
your most recent purchase payment(s).

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase payments that
you may allocate to this Option.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We will not change the interest rate that we
credit to a particular allocation until the end of the relevant Guarantee
Period. We may declare different interest rates for Guarantee Periods of the
same length that begin at different times.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
investment returns available at the time of the determination. In addition, we
may consider various other factors in determining interest rates including
regulatory and tax requirements, our sales commission and administrative
expenses, general economic trends, and competitive factors. WE DETERMINE THE
INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION. WE CAN NEITHER PREDICT NOR
GUARANTEE WHAT THOSE RATES WILL BE IN THE FUTURE. For current interest rate
information, please contact your representative or Lincoln Benefit at
1-800-865-5237.

HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST. We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated
to a Guarantee Period at a rate that compounds to the annual interest rate that
we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period. The following
example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to a Guaranteed Period
would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and annual interest rate:

Purchase Payment.........................   $10,000
Guarantee Period.........................   5 years
Annual Interest Rate.....................      4.50%

                                     END OF CONTRACT YEAR
                                 YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4      YEAR 5
                               ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Beginning Contract
 Value................         $10,000.00
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)       1.045
                               ----------
                               $10,450.00
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                     $10,450.00
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                   1.045
                                           ----------
                                           $10,920.25
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                 $10,920.25
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                               1.045
                                                       ----------
                                                       $11,411.66
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                             $11,411.66
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                           1.045
                                                                   ----------
                                                                   $11,925.19
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                                         $11,925.19
 x (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                                       1.045
                                                                               ----------
                                                                               $12,461.82

TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82 -
$10,000.00)

This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5-year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a withdrawal
charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. The hypothetical interest rate is for
illustrative purposes only and is not intended to predict future interest rates
to be declared under the Contract. Actual interest rates declared for any given
Guarantee Period may be more or less than shown above.

RENEWALS. Prior to the end of each Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice
asking you what to do with your money, including the accrued interest. During
the 30-day period after the end of the Guarantee Period, you may:

                                  16 PROSPECTUS




1.   Take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a new Guarantee
     Period of the same length as the expiring Guarantee Period. The new
     Guarantee Period will begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends.
     The new interest rate will be our current declared rate for a Guarantee
     Period of that length; or

2.   Instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of
     your choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous
     Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current
     declared rate for those Guarantee Periods; or

3.   Instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
     Variable Subaccounts of the Variable Account. We will effect the transfer
     on the day we receive your instructions. We will not adjust the amount
     transferred to include a Market Value Adjustment; or

4.   Withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
     withdrawal charge, but we will not adjust the amount withdrawn to include a
     Market Value Adjustment. You may also be required to pay premium taxes and
     income tax withholding, if applicable. We will pay interest from the day
     the Guarantee Period expired until the date of withdrawal. The interest
     will be the rate for the shortest Guarantee Period then being offered.
     Amounts not withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee Period of the same
     length as the previous Guarantee Period. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals and transfers from a Guarantee Period,
other than those taken during the 30-day period after such Guarantee Period
expires, are subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment
also may apply upon payment of a death benefit and when you apply amounts
currently invested in a Guarantee Period to an Income Plan (unless paid or
applied during the 30-day period after such Guarantee Period expires). We also
will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a withdrawal you make:

.    that qualifies for one of the waivers as described on pages 25,

.    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules for the Contract, or

.    a single withdrawal made by a surviving spouse made within one year after
     continuing the Contract.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time you remove
it from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the TREASURY RATE for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period when
you remove your money. "Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant
Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal from a
Guaranteed Period to an amount that is less than the purchase payment applied to
that period plus interest earned under the Contract.

Generally, if the original Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a
Guarantee Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a
period equal to the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will
result in a higher amount payable to you, transferred or applied to an Income
Plan. Conversely, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a
Guarantee Period is lower than the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal
to the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will result in a lower
amount payable to you, transferred or applied to an Income Plan.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5-year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 5-year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 5-year Treasury Rate is 4.80%,
then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix B
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

                                  17 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives. You may not transfer Contract Value to either the Short
Term Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account or the Extended Short Term Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account Options. You may request transfers in writing on a form
that we provided or by telephone according to the procedure described below. The
minimum amount that you may transfer into a Guarantee Period is $500. We
currently do not assess, but reserve the right to assess, a charge of.50% of the
transfer amount but not less than $25, on each transfer in excess of 12 per
Contract Year. All transfers to or from more than one Portfolio on any given day
counts as one transfer.

As a general rule, we only make transfers on days when the NYSE is open for
business. If we receive your request on one of those days, we will make the
transfer that day. The Contract permits us to defer transfers from the Fixed
Account for up to six months from the date we receive your request. If we decide
to postpone transfers for 30 days or more, we will pay interest as required by
applicable law. Any interest would be payable from the date we receive the
transfer request to the date we make the transfer.

If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period other than during the 30-day
period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will increase or decrease the
amount by a Market Value Adjustment.

We reserve the right to waive any transfer restrictions.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Subaccounts
so as to change the relative weighting of the Variable Subaccounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. You may make up to 12 transfers per
Contract Year. You may not convert any portion of your fixed income payments
into variable income payments. After 6 months from the Payout Start Date, you
may make transfers from the Variable Subaccounts to increase the proportion of
your income payments consisting of fixed income payments.

TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone. To give a third party authorization, you
must first send us a completed authorization form. The cut off time for
telephone transfer requests is 3:00 p.m. Central Time. Calls completed before
3:00 p.m. will be effected on that day at that day's price. Calls completed
after 3:00 p.m. will be effected on the next day on which the NYSE is open for
business, at that day's price.

At any time, without notice, we may suspend, modify or terminate your privilege
to make transfers via the telephone, or via other electronic or automated means
previously approved by the Company, including, but not limited to, automated
telephone services, facsimile machine, e-mail and electronic services via online
access. Among other things, we reserve the right to limit the number of such
transfers among the Variable Subaccounts in any Contract year, or to refuse any
Variable Subaccount transfer request. We also reserve the right to restrict such
transfers in any manner reasonably designed to prevent transfers that we
consider disadvantageous to other Contract owners.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING. The Contracts are intended for long-term
investment. Market timing and excessive trading can potentially dilute the value
of Variable Subaccounts and can disrupt management of a Portfolio and raise its
expenses, which can impair Portfolio performance. Our policy is not to accept
knowingly any money intended for the purpose of market timing or excessive
trading. Accordingly, you should not invest in the Contract if your purpose is
to engage in market timing or excessive trading, and you should refrain from
such practices if you currently own a Contract.

We seek to detect market timing or excessive trading activity by reviewing
trading activities. Portfolios also may report suspected market-timing or
excessive trading activity to us. If we identify a pattern of market-timing or
excessive trading activity, we will make further inquiry and may, depending on
the circumstances, impose trading limitations as described below under "Trading
Limitations" consistent with applicable law and the Contract. Because there is
no universally accepted definition of what constitutes market timing or
excessive trading, we will use our reasonable judgment based on all of the
circumstances.

While we seek to deter market timing and excessive trading in Variable
Subaccounts, not all market timing or excessive trading is identifiable or
preventable. Therefore, we cannot guarantee that we can prevent such trading
activity in all cases or before it occurs.

TRADING LIMITATIONS. We reserve the right to limit transfers among the
investment alternatives in any Contract Year, or to refuse any transfer request,
if:

                                  18 PROSPECTUS




.    we believe. in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading or market timing ("Prohibited Trading Practices"), by, or
     on behalf of one or more Contract Owners, or a specific transfer request or
     group of transfer requests, may have a detrimental effect on the
     Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable Subaccount or on the share prices
     of the corresponding Portfolio or otherwise would be to the disadvantage of
     other Contract Owners; or

.    we are informed by one or more of the Portfolios that they intend to
     restrict the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Portfolio shares because
     of Prohibited Trading Practices or because they believe that a specific
     transfer or group of transfers would have a detrimental effect on the
     prices of Portfolio shares.

We may apply the restrictions in any manner reasonably designed to prevent
transfers that we consider disadvantageous to other Contract Owners.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through our Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a
fixed dollar amount every month from any Variable Subaccount, the Short Term
Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account, or the Extended Short Term Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account, to any of the other Variable Subaccounts or the
Guarantee Periods. You may not use the Dollar Cost Averaging Program to transfer
amounts from the Guarantee Periods. This program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee.

The theory of Dollar Cost Averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this Program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market. You may not use Dollar Cost Averaging and Portfolio
Rebalancing at the same time. Call or write us for instructions on how to
enroll.

AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Subaccounts, the
performance of each Subaccount may cause a shift in the percentage you allocated
to each Subaccount. If you select our Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program,
we will automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable Subaccount
and return it to the desired percentage allocations. We will not include money
you allocate to the Fixed Account Options in the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing
Program.

We will rebalance your account monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually,
depending on your instructions. We will transfer amounts among the Variable
Subaccounts to achieve the percentage allocations you specify. You can change
your allocations at any time by contacting us in writing or by telephone. The
new allocation will be effective with the first rebalancing that occurs after we
receive your request. We are not responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior
to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Subaccounts. You want 40% to be in the Fidelity Growth Portfolio Variable
Subaccount and 60% to be in the OpCap Balanced portfolio Variable Subaccount.
Over the next 2 months the bond market does very well while the stock market
performs poorly. At the end of the first quarter, the Fidelity Growth Portfolio
Variable Subaccount now represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase
in value. If you choose to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first
day of the next quarter, we would sell some of your units in the Fidelity Growth
Portfolio Variable Subaccount and use the money to buy more units in the OpCap
Balanced portfolio Variable Subaccount so that the percentage allocations would
again be 40% and 60% respectively.

The Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards
the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject
to a transfer fee. A one-time request to rebalance the amounts allocated to the
Subaccounts is not part of a Portfolio Rebalancing program and is subject to all
of the requirements that are applicable to transfers made during the
Accumulation Phase. We will automatically terminate this program if you request
any transfer outside the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program. Portfolio
rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of investments among
market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your Contract Value
allocated to the better performing segments. You may not use Dollar Cost
Averaging and Portfolio Rebalancing at the same time.

                                  19 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSES

As a Contract Owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an annual rate of 1.25%
of the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Subaccounts
(1.50% if you select the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider; 1.45% if you select the
Income Benefit Rider; and 1.70% if you select both the Enhanced Death Benefit
Rider and the Income Benefit Rider), and an additional charge ranging from 0.15%
to 0.35% for the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit described below.

The mortality and expense risk charge is for the insurance benefits available
with your Contract (including our guarantee of annuity rates and the death
benefits), for certain expenses of the Contract, and for assuming the risk
(expense risk) that the current charges will be sufficient in the future to
cover the cost of administering the Contract. If the charges under the Contract
are not sufficient, then we will bear the loss. We charge an additional amount
for the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, the Income Benefit Rider and the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit Rider compensate us for the additional risk that we
accept by providing these Riders.

We guarantee that we will not raise the mortality and expense risk charge. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase. After the Payout Start Date, mortality and expense risk
charges for the Enhanced Death Benefit, the Income Benefit, and the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit will cease.

ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER CHARGE

If you elect the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider, we will increase the
Mortality and Expense charge during the Accumulation Phase by the annual rates
shown below based on the oldest Contract Owner's age on the Rider Date.

 AGE    ANNUAL CHARGE
-----   ------------
 0-55       0.15%
56-65       0.25%
66-75
            0.35%

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

We deduct an administrative expense charge daily at an annual rate of 0.10% of
the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Subaccounts. We
intend this charge to cover actual administrative expenses that exceed the
revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is no necessary
relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on a given
Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that Contract. We
assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the Payout Phase.
We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge up to 0.50% of the
transfer amount, but not less than $25, per transfer after the 12th transfer in
each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on transfers that are part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

We may assess a withdrawal charge of up to 8% of the purchase payment(s) you
withdraw. The charge declines to 0% over an 8 year period that begins on the day
we receive your payment. A schedule showing how the charge declines is shown on
page 8. Beginning on January 1, 2004, if you make a withdrawal before the Payout
Start Date, we will apply the withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the date
of the withdrawal, or the withdrawal charge penalty in effect on the following
day, whichever is lower. Any Purchase Payments older than 8 years old, which
have not been previously withdrawn, may be withdrawn without paying the
withdrawal charge. During each Contract year, you can also withdraw the greater
of earnings not previously withdrawn or 15% of your New Purchase Payments
without paying the charge. New Purchase Payments are Purchase Payments received
by us less than 8 years prior to withdrawal. Unused portions of this "FREE
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried forward to future Contract Years. We will
deduct withdrawal charges, if applicable, from the amount paid.

For purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge, the Contract Value is deemed
to be withdrawn in the following order:

FIRST. Earnings - The amount of Contract Value in excess of all purchase
payments that have not previously been withdrawn;

SECOND. Old Purchase Payments - Purchase payments received by us more than eight
years prior to the date of withdrawal which have not been previously withdrawn;

THIRD. New Purchase Payments that are not subject to a withdrawal charge; and

FOURTH. New Purchase Payments that are subject to a withdrawal charge.

For federal income tax purposes, withdrawals are considered to have come first
from earnings, which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your
withdrawal. Free withdrawal amounts are not cumulative.

                                  20 PROSPECTUS




We do not apply a withdrawal charge in the following situations:

.    on the Payout Start Date (a withdrawal charge may apply if you terminate
     income payments to be received for a specified period);

.    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules for the
     Contract; or

.    withdrawals that qualify for one of the waivers as described below.

We use the amounts obtained from the withdrawal charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the withdrawal charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals also may be subject to tax penalties or income tax and a Market
Value Adjustment. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax
penalty. You should consult your own tax counsel or other tax advisers regarding
any withdrawals.

CONFINEMENT WAIVER.We will waive the withdrawal charge and any Market Value
Adjustment on all withdrawals taken prior to the Payout Start Date under your
Contract if the following conditions are satisfied:

1.   You or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, are
     confined to a long term care facility or a hospital for at least 90
     consecutive days. You or the Annuitant must enter the long term care
     facility or hospital at least 30 days after the Issue Date;

2.   You request the withdrawal and provide written proof of the stay no later
     than 90 days following the end of your or the Annuitant's stay at the long
     term care facility or hospital; and

3.   A physician must have prescribed the stay and the stay must be medically
     necessary (as defined in the Contract).

You may not claim this benefit if you, the Annuitant, or a member of your or the
Annuitant's immediate family, is the physician prescribing your or the
Annuitant's stay in a long term care facility.

TERMINAL ILLNESS WAIVER. We will waive the withdrawal charge and any Market
Value Adjustment on all withdrawals taken prior to the Payout Start Date under
your Contract if:

1.   you or the Annuitant (if the Contract Owner is not a living person) are
     first diagnosed with a terminal illness at least 30 days after the Issue
     Date; and

2.   you claim this benefit and deliver adequate proof of diagnosis to us.

UNEMPLOYMENT WAIVER. We will waive the withdrawal charge and any Market Value
Adjustment on one partial or a full withdrawal taken prior to the Payout Start
Date under your Contract, if you meet the following requirements:

1.   you or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, become
     unemployed at least one year after the Issue Date;

2.   you or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, receive
     unemployment compensation as defined in the Contract for at least 30 days
     as a result of that unemployment; and

3.   you or the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person, claim
     this benefit within 180 days of your or the Annuitant's initial receipt of
     unemployment compensation.

Please refer to your Contract for more detailed information about the terms and
conditions of these waivers.

The laws of your state may limit the availability of these waivers and may also
change certain terms and/or benefits available under the waivers. You should
consult your Contract for further details on these variations. Also, even if you
do not need to pay our withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment because of
these waivers, you still may be required to pay taxes or tax penalties on the
amount withdrawn. You should consult your tax adviser to determine the effect of
a withdrawal on your taxes.

PREMIUM TAXES

Some states and other governmental entities (e.g., municipalities) charge
premium taxes or similar taxes. We are responsible for paying these taxes and
will deduct them from your Contract Value. Some of these taxes are due when the
Contract is issued, others are due when income payments begin or upon surrender.
Our current practice is not to charge anyone for these taxes until income
payments begin or when a total withdrawal occurs, including payment upon death.
At our discretion, we may discontinue this practice and deduct premium taxes
from the purchase payments. Premium taxes generally range from 0% to 4%,
depending on the state.

At the Payout Start Date, if applicable, we deduct the charge for premium taxes
from each investment alternative in the proportion that the Contract Owner's
value in the investment alternative bears to the total Contract Value.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently maintaining a provision for taxes. In the future, however,
we may establish a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion,
that we will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account.
We will deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the
Variable Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and
whether or not

                                  21 PROSPECTUS




it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Statement of Additional Information.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Portfolio deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios whose shares are held
by the Variable Subaccounts. These fees and expenses are described in the
accompanying prospectuses for the Funds. For a summary of current estimates of
those charges and expenses, see page 9. We may receive compensation from the
investment advisers or administrators of the Portfolios in connection with the
administrative services we provide to the Portfolios.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value (or portion thereof)
next computed after we receive the request for a withdrawal at our home office,
adjusted by any Market Value Adjustment less any withdrawal charges, income tax
withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals from the Variable
Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to postponement in
certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account Options.
To complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

You must name the investment alternative from which you are taking the
withdrawal. If none is specified, we will deduct your withdrawal pro-rata from
the Variable Subaccounts according to the value of your investments therein.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire investment in a Variable
Subaccount.

If you request a total withdrawal, we may require you to return your Contract to
us. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to
age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

1.   The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
     holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2.   An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3.   The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account Options
for up to 6 months (or shorter period if required by law). If we delay payment
for 30 days or more, we will pay interest as required by law.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

If your Contract is a non-qualified contract or IRA, you may choose to receive
systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual
basis at any time prior to the Payout Start Date. The minimum amount of each
systematic withdrawal is $50. Systematic withdrawals will be deducted from the
Variable Subaccounts and Fixed Account balances, excluding the Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account Options, on a pro rata basis. At our discretion,
systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the Dollar Cost
Averaging Program or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

Depending on fluctuations in the value of the Variable Subaccounts and the value
of the Fixed Account Options, systematic withdrawals may reduce or even exhaust
the Contract Value. For income tax purposes, withdrawals are generally made from
earnings first. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax
penalty. Please consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. At
our discretion, we may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and
charge a processing fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic
Withdrawal Program, existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be
affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce your Contract Value to
less than $2,000, we may treat it as a request to withdraw your entire Contract
Value. Your Contract will terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value.
We will, however, ask you to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating
your Contract. Before terminating any Contract whose value has been reduced by
withdrawals to less than $2,000, we will inform you in writing of our intention
to terminate your Contract and give you at least 30 days in which to make an
additional Purchase Payment to restore your Contract Value to the contractual
minimum of $2,000. If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its
Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less
withdrawal and other charges and applicable taxes.

                                  22 PROSPECTUS




CONTRACT LOANS FOR 403(B) CONTRACTS

Subject to the restrictions described below, we will make loans to the Contract
Owner of a Contract used in connection with a Tax Sheltered Annuity Plan ("TSA
Plan") under Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Such loans are not
available in Vermont. Loans are not available under non-qualified Contracts. We
will only make loans after the right to cancel period and before the Payout
Start Date. All loans are subject to the terms of the Contract, the relevant
qualified plan, and the Internal Revenue Code, which impose restrictions on
loans.

We will not make a loan to you if the total of the requested loan and your
unpaid outstanding loans will be greater than the amount available for full
withdrawal under your Contract on the date of the loan. In addition, you may not
borrow a loan if the total of the requested loan and all of your loans under TSA
plans is more than the lesser of (a) or (b) where:

(a)  equals $50,000 minus the excess of the highest outstanding loan balance
     during the prior 12 months over the current outstanding loan balance; and

(b)  equals the greater of $10,000 or half of the amount available for full
     withdrawal.

The minimum loan amount is $1,000.

To request a Contract loan, write to us at the address given on the first page
of the prospectus. You alone are responsible for ensuring that your loan and
repayments comply with tax requirements. Loans made before the Payout Start Date
are generally treated as distributions under the Contract, and may be subject to
withholding and tax penalties for early distributions. Some of these
requirements are stated in Section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code. Please seek
advice from your plan administrator or tax advisor.

When we make a loan, we will transfer an amount equal to the loan amount from
the Variable Account and/or the Fixed Account Options to the LOAN ACCOUNT as
collateral for the loan. The Loan Account is an account established for amounts
transferred from the Variable Subaccounts or Fixed Account as security for an
outstanding Contract loan. We will transfer to the Loan Account amounts from the
Variable Account in proportion to the assets in each Subaccount. If your loan
amount is greater than your Contract Value in the Subaccounts, we will transfer
the remaining required collateral from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account
Options. If your loan amount is greater than your contract value in the
Subaccounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Options, we will transfer
the remaining required collateral from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Options.

We will not charge a Withdrawal Charge on the loan or on the transfer from the
Subaccounts or the Fixed Account. We may, however, apply a Market Value
Adjustment to a transfer from the Fixed Account to the Loan Account. If we do,
we will increase or decrease the amount remaining in the Fixed Account by the
amount of the Market Value Adjustment, so that the net amount transferred to the
Loan Account will equal the desired loan amount. We will charge a Withdrawal
Charge and apply a Market Value Adjustment, if applicable, on a distribution to
repay the loan in full, in the event of loan default.

We will credit interest to the amounts in the Loan Account. The annual interest
rate credited to the Loan Account will be the greater of: (a) 3%; or (b) the
loan interest rate minus 2.25%. The value of the amounts in the Loan Account are
not affected by the changes in the value of the Subaccounts.

When you take out a loan, we will set the loan interest rate. That rate will
apply to your loan until it is repaid. From time to time, we may change the loan
interest rate applicable to new loans. We also reserve the right to change the
terms of new loans.

We will subtract the outstanding Contract loan balance, including accrued but
unpaid interest, from:

(1)  the Death Proceeds;

(2)  full withdrawal proceeds;

(3)  the amount available for partial withdrawal;

(4)  the amount applied on the Payout Start Date to provide income payments.

Usually you must repay a Contract loan within five years of the date the loan is
made. Scheduled payments must be level, amortized over the repayment period, and
made at least quarterly. We may permit a repayment period of 15 or 30 years if
the loan proceeds are used to acquire your principal residence. We may also
permit other repayment periods.

You must mark your loan repayments as such. We will assume that any payment
received from you is a Purchase Payment, unless you tell us otherwise.
Generally, loan payments are allocated to the Subaccount(s) in the proportion
that you have selected for your most recent Purchase Payment. Allocations of
loan payments are not permitted to the Fixed Accounts (Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
Account and Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option). If your Purchase
Payment allocation includes any of the Fixed Accounts, the percentages allocated
to the Fixed Accounts will be allocated instead to the PIMCO Money Market
Subaccount.

If you do not make a loan payment when due, we will continue to charge interest
on your loan. We also will declare the entire loan in default. We will subtract
the defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest from any future distribution
under the Contract and keep it in

                                  23 PROSPECTUS




payment of your loan. Any defaulted amount plus interest will be treated as a
distribution for tax purposes (as permitted by law). As a result, you may be
required to pay taxes on the defaulted amount, incur the early withdrawal tax
penalty. Until we are permitted by law to extinguish a defaulted loan, we will
continue to charge interest and add unpaid interest to your outstanding loan
balance.

If the total loan balance exceeds the amount available for full withdrawal, we
will mail written notice to your last known address. The notice will state the
amount needed to maintain the Contract in force. If we do not receive payment of
this amount within 31 days after we mail this notice, we will terminate your
Contract.

We may defer making any loan for 6 months after you ask us for a loan, unless
the loan is to pay a premium to us.

INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

You select the Payout Start Date in your application. The Payout Start Date is
the day that we apply your money to an Income Plan. The Payout Start Date must
be:

.    at least 30 days after the Issue Date; and

.    no later than the day the Annuitant reaches age 90, or the 10th Contract
     Anniversary, if later.

You may change the Payout Start Date at any time by notifying us in writing of
the change at least 30 days before the scheduled Payout Start Date. Absent a
change, we will use the Payout Start Date stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An Income Plan is a series of scheduled payments to you or someone you
designate. You may choose and change your choice of Income Plan until 30 days
before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an Income Plan, we will make
income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with guaranteed payments for 10
years.

Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

.    fixed income payments;

.    variable income payments; or

.    a combination of the two.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis." Once the investment in the Contract is depleted, all
remaining payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally, all payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to
age 59 1/2 may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will
continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30
YEARS). Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you
have chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. You may elect
to receive guaranteed payments for periods ranging from 5 to 30 years. Income
payments for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will
deduct the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Subaccount assets
that support variable income payments even though we may not bear any mortality
risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things
being equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend
on the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant are alive
before we make each payment. Please note that under such Income Plans, if you
elect to take no minimum guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee
could receive only 1 income payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant
both die before the second income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die
before the third income payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving income payments that do not
depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).

                                  24 PROSPECTUS




In that case you may terminate all or part of the income payments at any time
and withdraw their value, subject to withdrawal charges. For Variable Amount
Income Payments, the value you may withdraw is equal to the present value of the
Variable Amount Income Payments being terminated, calculated using a discount
rate equal to the assumed investment rate that was used in determining the
initial variable payment. For Fixed Amount Income Payments, the value you may
withdraw is equal to the present value of the Fixed Amount Income Payments being
terminated, calculated using a discount rate equal to the applicable current
interest rate. The applicable current interest rate is the rate we are using on
the date we receive your withdrawal request to determine income payments for a
new Income Plan with a payment period equal to the remaining payment period of
the income payments being terminated. The value you may withdraw may be higher
or lower than it would have been using the interest rate that was initially used
to calculate your Fixed Account Income Payments and your total payments
(withdrawal amount plus income payments already received) may be more or less
than the amount applied to your Income Plan. We deduct applicable premium taxes
from the Contract Value at the Payout Start Date.

We may make other Income Plans available.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the Payout
Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of your
Fixed Account balance to provide variable income payments, you should plan ahead
and transfer that amount to the Variable Subaccounts prior to the Payout Start
Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among fixed and
variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Variable
Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed Account
to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, less applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date.
If the amount available to apply under an Income Plan is less than $2,000, or
not enough to provide an initial payment of at least $50, and state law permits,
we may:

.    pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value
     Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum instead of the
     periodic payments you have chosen; or

.    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $50.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Subaccounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, the age and
sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that the
payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Portfolios; and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than
we expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Subaccounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate. Please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information as to how we
determine variable income payments.

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from any Fixed Account Option for
the duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1.   adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in any Fixed Account Option on
     the Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2.   deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3.   applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
     from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as
     we are offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or any
shorter time state law may require. If we defer payments for 30 days or more, we
will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the withdrawal
request to the date we make payment.

INCOME BENEFIT RIDER

The Income Benefit Rider is no longer available. For Contract Owners and
Annuitants up to and including age 75. This Rider guarantees that the amount of
income payments you receive will not be less than those determined by applying
the Income Base, less any applicable taxes, to the minimum guaranteed rate
(rather than to any current rates we may be offering) for the Income Plan you
select ("Guaranteed Income Benefit"). This Rider does not affect the amounts
paid as a death benefit, partial withdrawal or surrender. The Rider is optional,
has additional charges and may not be available in all states.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS




QUALIFICATIONS. To qualify for the income benefit payments under this Rider, you
must meet the following requirements as of the Payout Start Date:

.    You must elect a Payout Start Date that is on or after the 10th anniversary
     of the Rider Date;

.    The Payout Start Date must be prior to the oldest Annuitant's 90th
     birthday;

.    The Payout Start Date must occur during the 30 day period following a
     Contract Anniversary;

.    You must elect to receive fixed income payments, which will be calculated
     using the guaranteed payout rates listed in your Contract; and

.    The Income Plan you selected must provide for payments guaranteed for
     either a single life or joint lives with a specified period of at least:

.    10 years, if the youngest Annuitant's age is 80 or less on the Payout Start
     Date, or

.    5 years, if the youngest Annuitant's age is greater than 80 on the Payout
     Start Date.

.    Of course, if your Contract Value, applied to the then current payout rates
     offered by Lincoln Benefit, generates higher income payments than those
     provided under the Income Benefit Rider, you will receive the higher
     payment amount. You may also elect to apply your Contract Value to any
     other income plan that we offer at that time.

The Income Benefit Rider will no longer be in effect and the mortality and
expense charge for the Rider will end upon the change of the named Annuitant for
reasons other than death. We may discontinue offering these options at any time.

INCOME BASE

The Income Base is used solely for the purpose of calculating the GUARANTEED
INCOME BENEFIT under this Rider ("Guaranteed Income Benefit") and does not
provide a Contract Value or guarantee performance of any investment option.

On the date we issue the Rider ("Rider Date"), the Income Base is equal to the
Contract Value. After the Rider Date, the Income Base plus any subsequent
purchase payments and less a withdrawal adjustment (described below) for any
subsequent withdrawal will accumulate daily at a rate equivalent to 5% per year
until the earlier of the Payout Start Date, or the first day of the month after
the oldest Contract Owner's (or Annuitant's, if the Contract Owner is not a
living person) 85th birthday. The maximum Income Base is 200% of:

.    the Contract Value on the Rider Date; plus

.    any subsequent purchase payments; less

.    any subsequent withdrawal adjustments.

WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), with the result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount

(b) = the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = the most recently calculated Income Base

The Guaranteed Income Benefit amount is determined by applying the Income Base
less any applicable taxes to the guaranteed rates for the Income Plan you elect.
The Income Plan you elect must satisfy the conditions described above.

On the Payout Start Date, the income payment will be the greater of the
guaranteed Income Benefit or the Income Payment provided in the Payout Phase
section.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age, except in
states that require unisex tables. We reserve the right to use income payment
tables that do not distinguish on the basis of sex to the extent permitted by
applicable law. In certain employment-related situations, employers are required
by law to use the same income payment tables for men and women. Accordingly, if
the Contract is to be used in connection with an employment-related retirement
or benefit plan and we do not offer unisex annuity tables in your state, you
should consult with legal counsel as to whether the purchase of a Contract is
appropriate.

                                  26 PROSPECTUS




DEATH BENEFITS

WE WILL PAY A DEATH BENEFIT PRIOR TO THE PAYOUT START DATE ON:

1.   the death of any Contract Owner or,

2.   the death of the Annuitant, if the Contract Owner is not a living person.

We will pay the death benefit to the new Contract Owner as determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract Owner would be a surviving
Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiaries. If the Contract Owner is not a
living person, in the case of the death of the Annuitant, we will pay the death
benefit to the current Contract Owner.

A claim for a distribution on death must include DUE PROOF OF DEATH. Where there
are multiple Beneficiaries, we will value the Death Benefit at the time the
first Beneficiary submits a complete claim for payment of the Death Benefit. We
will accept the following documentation as "Due Proof of Death":

.    a certified copy of a death certificate,

.    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
     finding of death, or

.    any other proof acceptable to us.

Your beneficiary should submit a complete claim for payment of the Death Benefit
within 180 days of the relevant death in order to claim the standard or enhanced
Death Benefit. If your beneficiary does not submit a complete claim for payment
of the Death Benefit within 180 days of the relevant death, the beneficiary will
be paid the Contract Value which may be adjusted as described in "Death Benefit
Payments" on page 34. You may specify that the death benefit be paid under a
specific Income Plan by submitting a written request to our Service Center. If
you so request, your Beneficiary may not change to a different Income Plan or
lump sum. Once we accept the written request, the change or restriction will
take effect as of the date you signed the request.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, if we receive a complete request for payment of
the Death Benefit within 180 days of the date of death, the standard Death
Benefit is equal to the greatest of:

.    the sum of all Purchase Payments reduced by withdrawal adjustments. The
     withdrawal adjustment for Purchase Payments is equal to (a) divided by (b),
     with the result multiplied by (c) where:

(a)  is the withdrawal amount;

(b)  is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and

(c)  is the sum of all prior purchase payments adjusted by any prior
     withdrawals; or

.    the Contract Value on the date we determine the Death Benefit, or

.    the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
     Contract Value, i.e., the Contract Value adjusted by any market value
     adjustment, less any applicable withdrawal charge or premium tax) on the
     date we determine the Death Benefit, or

.    the Contract Value on each DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY prior to the date we
     determine the Death Benefit, increased by any purchase payment made since
     that Death Benefit Anniversary and reduced by an adjustment for any
     withdrawals since that Death Benefit Anniversary.

In other words, for each Death Benefit Anniversary that occurs prior to the date
we determine the Death Benefit, we will calculate an amount equal to the
Contract Value on that Death Benefit Anniversary, plus any purchase payments
made since that Death Benefit Anniversary, and minus an adjustment for any
withdrawals made since that Death Benefit Anniversary. (The calculation of the
withdrawal adjustment is described on page 33.) If there are multiple Death
Benefit Anniversaries, we will make multiple calculations. The highest result
will be compared to the other three values listed above in order to determine
the Death Benefit.

"Death Benefit Anniversaries" occur every 7th Contract anniversary until the
oldest Contract Owner's 80th birthday, or the Annuitant's 80th birthday if the
Contract Owner is not a living person. The Contract Anniversary immediately
following the oldest Contract Owner's 80th birthday, or the Annuitant's 80th
birthday if the Contract Owner is not a living person, will also be a Death
Benefit Anniversary and is the final Death Benefit Anniversary.

The Death Benefit Anniversary withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by
(b), with the result multiplied by (c), where:

(a)  is the withdrawal amount;

(b)  is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and

(c)  is the Contract Value on the Death Benefit Anniversary adjusted by any
     prior purchase payments or withdrawals made since that Anniversary.

We will determine the value of the Death Benefit as of the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for payment of the death benefit. If
we receive a request after 3:00 p.m. Central Time on a Valuation Date, we will
process the request as of the end of the following Valuation Date.

                                  27 PROSPECTUS




ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

The Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is an optional benefit that you may elect if
the Contract Owners and Annuitants are not older than age 80 on the date we
receive the application, or the date we receive the written request to add this
Rider, whichever is later. If the Contract Owner is a living individual, the
Enhanced Death Benefit applies only upon the death of the Contract Owner. If the
Contract Owner is not a living individual, the Enhanced Death Benefit applies
only upon the death of the Annuitant. For Contracts with the Enhanced Death
Benefit Rider, the death benefit will be the greatest of the standard death
benefit above, or the Enhanced Death Benefit. The Enhanced Death Benefit is
equal to the greater of Enhanced Death Benefit A or Enhanced Death Benefit B.
Enhanced Death Benefit A or B may not be available in all states. This rider
will automatically terminate on the Payout Start Date.

The Enhanced Death Benefit will never be greater than the maximum death benefit
allowed by any state nonforfeiture laws that govern the Contract. The Enhanced
Death Benefit Rider and the mortality and expense charge for the Rider will
terminate upon the change of Contract Owner (or the Annuitant if the Contract
Owner is not a living person) for reasons other than death.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT A. On the date we issue the Rider ("RIDER DATE"),
Enhanced Death Benefit A is equal to the Contract Value on that date. After the
Rider Date, Enhanced Death Benefit A is the greatest of the ANNIVERSARY VALUES
as of the date we determine the death benefit. The "Anniversary Value" is equal
to the Contract Value on a Contract Anniversary, increased by purchase payments
made since that Anniversary and reduced by a withdrawal adjustment, as described
below, for any partial withdrawals since that Anniversary.

We will calculate Anniversary Values for each Contract Anniversary up until the
earlier of:

.    the date we determine the death benefit; or

.    the first Contract Anniversary following the oldest Contract Owner's or, if
     the Contract Owner is not a living person, the Annuitant's 80th birthday,
     or the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date, whichever is
     later.

After age 80, or the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date,
whichever is later, we will recalculate the Enhanced Death Benefit A only for
purchase payments and withdrawals.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), and the result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a) = is the withdrawal amount,

(b) = is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = the most recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit A.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT B. The Enhanced Death Benefit B on the Rider Date is
equal to the Contract Value on that date. After the Rider Date, the Enhanced
Death Benefit B, plus any subsequent purchase payments and less a withdrawal
adjustment, as described below, will accumulate daily at a rate equivalent to 5%
per year until the earlier of:

.    the date we determine the death benefit; or

.    the first day of the month following the oldest Contract Owner's or, if the
     Contract Owner is not a living person, the Annuitant's 80th birthday, or
     the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date, whichever is
     later.

After age 80, or the first day of the 61st month following the Rider Date,
whichever is later, we will recalculate the Enhanced Death Benefit B only for
purchase payments and withdrawals. The maximum amount of Enhanced Death Benefit
B is 200% of:

.    the Contract Value on the Rider Date; plus

.    any subsequent purchase payments; less

.    any subsequent withdrawal adjustments.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), and the result
multiplied by (c) where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount,

(b) = is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = is the most recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit B.

ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

For Contract Owners and Annuitants up to and including age 75, the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit Rider is an optional benefit that you may elect.

If the Contract Owner is a living person, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit
Rider applies only upon the death of the Contract Owner. If the Contract Owner
is not a living person, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider applies only
upon the death of the Annuitant. The Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider and
the annual charge for the Rider will terminate upon the change of Contract Owner
(or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a living person) for reasons
other than death. The Rider may not be available in all states. We may
discontinue the offering of the Rider at any time. This rider will automatically
terminate on the Payout Start Date.

Under the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider, the Enhanced Earnings Death
Benefit is determined as follows:

If the oldest Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a
living person, is age 55 or younger on the date we receive the completed
application, or we receive written request to add this

                                  28 PROSPECTUS




rider, whichever is later, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit will be:

.    the lesser of 100% of IN-FORCE PREMIUM (excluding purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date and in the twelve month period immediately preceding
     the death of the Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is
     not a living person) or 50% of In-Force Earnings, calculated as of the date
     we receive due proof of death.

If the oldest Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a
living person, is between the ages of 56 and 65 on the date we receive the
completed application or the date we receive the written request to add this
rider, whichever is later, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit will be:

.    the lesser of 80% of the In-Force Premium (excluding purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date and in the twelve month period immediately preceding
     the death of the Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is
     not a living person) or 40% of In-Force Earning, calculated as of the date
     we receive due proof of death.

If the oldest Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is not a
living person, is between the ages of 66 and 75 on the date we receive the
completed application or the date we receive the written request to add this
rider, whichever is later, the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit will be:

.    the lesser of 50% of In-Force Premium (excluding purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date and in the twelve month period immediately preceding
     the death of the Contract Owner, or the Annuitant if the Contract Owner is
     not a living person) or 25% of In-Force Earnings, calculated as of the date
     we receive due proof of death.

For purpose of calculating the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit, the following
definitions apply:

.    In-Force Earnings is the greater of (a) the current Contract Value less the
     In-Force Premium; or (b) zero.

.    In-Force Premiums are defined as follows:

.    If the Rider Date is the same as the Issue Date of the Contract:

.    The sum of all the purchase payments less the sum of all the
     Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals.

.    If the Rider Date is later than the Contract issue date:

.    The Contract Value as of Rider Date plus all the purchase payments made
     after the Rider Date less the sum of all the Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals
     after the Rider Date Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals are defined as follows:

.    For each withdrawal, this amount is equal to the amount, if any, by which
     the withdrawal exceeds the In-Force Earnings immediately prior to the
     withdrawal.

We will calculate the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider as of the date we
receive Due Proof of Death. We will pay the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit with
the death benefit as described under "Death Benefit Payments" below.

The value of the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit largely depends on the amount
of earnings that accumulate under your Contract. If you expect to withdraw the
earnings from your Contract Value, electing the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit
Rider may not be appropriate. For purposes of calculating the Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit, earnings are considered to be withdrawn first before purchase
payments. Your financial advisor can help you decide if the Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit Rider is right for you.

For examples of how the death benefit is calculated under the Enhanced Earnings
Death Benefit Rider, see Appendix C.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS

1.   If the sole new Contract Owner is your spouse:

(a)  Your spouse may elect, within 180 days of the date of your death, to
     receive the Death Benefit described above in a lump sum.

(b)  Your spouse may elect, within 180 days of the date of your death, to
     receive an amount equal to the Death Benefit paid out through an Income
     Plan. Payments from the Income Plan must begin within one year of your date
     of death. The payments must be:

(i)  over the life of your spouse; or

(ii) for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of your spouse; or

(iii) over the life of your spouse with a guaranteed number of payments from 5
     to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of your spouse.

If your spouse chooses to continue the Contract or, does not elect one of the
options above within 180 days of your death, the Contract will continue in the
Accumulation Phase as if no death has occurred. If the Contract continues in the
Accumulation Phase, the following conditions apply:

(a)  On the date the Contract is continued, the Contract Value will be the Death
     Benefit as determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received due
     proof of death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive due proof of death
     after 3 p.m. Central Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the continuing
     spouse, the excess, if any, of the Death Benefit amount over the Contract
     Value will be allocated to the Subaccounts. This excess will be allocated
     in proportion to your Contract Value in those Subaccounts as of the end of
     the Valuation Period during which we receive the complete request for
     payment of the

                                  29 PROSPECTUS




Death Benefit, except that any portion of this excess attributable to the Fixed
Account Options will be allocated to the Money Market Subaccount. Within 30 days
of the date the Contract is continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of
the following transfers without incurring a transfer fee:

(i)  transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Subaccounts;

(ii) transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account and begin a new Guarantee Period; or

(iii) transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of Subaccounts,
     or the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as one of the free transfers allowed each
Contract Year and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in your
Contract. The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within
one year of the date of death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge or Market
Value Adjustment.

After the Contract is continued, prior to the Payout Start Date, the Death
Benefit of the continued Contract will be the greatest of:

(a)  the sum of all purchase payments reduced by any withdrawal adjustments; or

(b)  the Contract Value on the date we determine the Death Benefit; or

(c)  the Settlement Value on the date we determine the Death Benefit; or

(d)  the Contract Value on each Death Benefit Anniversary prior to the date we
     determine the Death Benefit, increased by any Purchase Payments made since
     that Death Benefit Anniversary and reduced by an adjustment for any
     withdrawals, as defined in the Death Benefit provision.

Please see DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT on page 32 for a detailed explanation of how
these amounts are calculated.

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under the Contract.

2.   If the new Contract Owner is not your spouse but is a living person, the
     new Contract Owner has the following options:

(a)  The new Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of the date of your
     death, to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum.

(b)  The new Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of the date of your
     death, to receive an amount equal to the Death Benefit paid out through an
     Income Plan. Payments from the annuity option must begin within one year of
     your date of death. The Payments must be:

(i) over the life of the new Contract Owner, or for a guaranteed number of
payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new
Contract Owner; or

(ii) over the life of the new Contract Owner with a guaranteed number of
payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new
Contract Owner.

(c)  If the New Owner does not elect one of the options above within 180 days of
     death, then the New Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5
     years of your date of death. Under this option, if the Settlement Value is
     greater than the Contract Value as determined as of the Valuation Date on
     which we received a complete request for settlement, which includes Due
     Proof of Death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive Due Proof of Death
     after 3:00 p.m. Central Time), we will allocate the excess to the Variable
     Subaccount selected by the New Owner. In the absence of instructions, we
     will allocate that amount to the Money Market Variable Subaccount. Until
     the Contract Value is withdrawn, it will vary in accordance with the
     investment options selected by the New Owner, and the New Owner may
     exercise all rights as set forth in the TRANSFERS section during this
     5-year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived for any withdrawals made during this
5-year period.

If the New Owner dies prior to receiving all of the Contract Value, then the New
Owner's named beneficiary(ies) will receive the greater of the Settlement Value
or the remaining Contract Value. This amount must be received as a lump sum
within 5 years of the date of the original Owner's death.

3.   If the new Contract Owner is a non-Living Person, the new Contract Owner
     has the following options:

(a)  The non-living Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of your death, to
     receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum.

(b)  If the New Owner does not elect the option above, then the New Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your date of death.
     Under this option, if the Settlement Value is greater than the Contract
     Value as determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received Due Proof
     of Death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive Due Proof of Death after
     3:00 pm Central Time), we will allocate the excess to the Variable
     Subaccount selected by the New Owner. In the absence of instructions, we
     will allocate that amount to the Money Market Variable Subaccount. Until
     the Contract Value is withdrawn, it will vary in accordance with the
     investment options selected by the New Owner, and the New Owner may
     exercise all rights as set forth in the Transfers provision during this
     5-year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5-year period.

                                  30 PROSPECTUS




We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner. Under any
of these options, all ownership rights, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the New Owner.

If any new Contract Owner is not a Living Person, all new Contract Owners will
be considered to be non-Living Persons for the above purposes.

We reserve the right to waive or extend the 180-day limit on a
non-discriminatory basis.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date, the Contract Owner must elect one of the following options:

1.   If the Contract Owner is a Living Person, the Contract will continue with a
     new Annuitant as described on page 12.

2.   If the Contract Owner is not a Living Person:

(a)  The non-living Contract Owner may elect, within 180 days of the Annuitant's
     date of death, to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum; or

(b)  If the Contract Owner does not elect the above option, then the Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the Annuitant's date
     of death. Under this option, if the Settlement Value is greater than the
     Contract Value as determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received
     Due Proof of Death (the next Valuation Date, if we receive Due Proof of
     Death after 3:00 pm Central Time), we will allocate the excess to the
     Variable Subaccount selected by the New Owner. In the absence of
     instructions, we will allocate that amount to the Money Market Variable
     Subaccount. Until the Contract Value is withdrawn, it will vary in
     accordance with the investment options selected by the New Owner, and the
     Contract Owner may then exercise all rights as set forth in the TRANSFERS
     section during this 5-year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5-year period.

If the non-living Contract Owner does not make one of the above described
elections, the Settlement Value must be withdrawn by a non-living Contract Owner
on or before the mandatory distribution date 5 years after the Annuitant's
death.

We reserve the right to waive or extend the 180-day limit on a
non-discriminatory basis.

MORE INFORMATION

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY.

Lincoln Benefit Life Company is a stock life insurance company organized under
the laws of the state of Nebraska in 1938. Our legal domicile and principal
business address is 2940 South 84th Street, Lincoln, Nebraska, 68506-4142.
Lincoln Benefit is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company
("Allstate Life" or "ALIC"), a stock life insurance company incorporated under
the laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company ("AIC"), a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Illinois. All outstanding capital stock of
Allstate is owned by The Allstate Corporation ("Allstate").

We are authorized to conduct life insurance and annuity business in the District
of Columbia, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands and all states except New York. We intend
to market the Contract everywhere we conduct variable annuity business. The
Contracts offered by this prospectus are issued by us and will be funded in the
Variable Account and/or the Fixed Account.

Under our reinsurance agreements with Allstate Life, substantially all contract
related transactions are transferred to Allstate Life and substantially all of
the assets backing our reinsured liabilities are owned by Allstate Life. These
assets represent our general account and are invested and managed by Allstate
Life. Accordingly, the results of operations with respect to applications
received and contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit are not reflected in our
financial statements. The amounts reflected in our financial statements relate
only to the investment of those assets of Lincoln Benefit that are not
transferred to Allstate Life under the reinsurance agreements. While the
reinsurance agreements provide us with financial backing from Allstate Life, it
does not create a direct contractual relationship between Allstate Life and you.

Under the Company's reinsurance agreements with ALIC, the Company reinsures all
reserve liabilities with ALIC except for variable contracts. The Company's
variable contract assets and liabilities are held in legally-segregated,
unitized Variable Accounts and are retained by the Company. However, the
transactions related to such variable contracts such as premiums, expenses and
benefits are transferred to ALIC.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Lincoln Benefit established the Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account in
1992. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a unit investment
trust. The SEC does not supervise the management of the Variable Account or
Lincoln Benefit.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under Nebraska law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our

                                  31 PROSPECTUS




other operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account
that are in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect
to the Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other
operations. Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate
obligations of Lincoln Benefit.

The Variable Account consists of Variable Subaccounts. Each Variable Subaccount
invests in a corresponding Portfolio. We may add new Variable Subaccounts or
eliminate one or more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment
conditions so warrant. We may also add other Variable Subaccounts that may be
available under other variable annuity contracts. We do not guarantee the
investment performance of the Variable Account, its Subaccounts or the
Portfolios. We may use the Variable Account to fund our other annuity contracts.
We will account separately for each type of annuity contract funded by the
Variable Account.

THE PORTFOLIOS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Portfolios in shares of the
distributing Portfolio at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Portfolios held by the Variable Subaccounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Portfolios that we
hold directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract Owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract Owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Subaccount by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record
date of the meeting. After the Payout Start Date the person receiving income
payments has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined
by dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Subaccount by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted upon on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes
eligible to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Portfolio shares as we see fit without regard to
voting instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN PORTFOLIOS. If the shares of any of the Portfolios are no longer
available for investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further
investment in such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the
Contract, we may eliminate that Portfolio and substitute shares of another
eligible investment fund. Any substitution of securities will comply with the
requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940. We also may add new Variable
Subaccounts that invest in additional underlying funds. We will notify you in
advance of any change.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Portfolios sell their shares to separate
accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.
It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance separate accounts and variable annuity separate accounts to invest in
the same Portfolio. The boards of directors of these Portfolios monitor for
possible conflicts among separate accounts buying shares of the Portfolios.
Conflicts could develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in
treatment under tax and other laws or the failure by a separate account to
comply with such laws could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a
Portfolio's board of directors may require a separate account to withdraw its
participation in a Portfolio. A Portfolio's net asset value could decrease if it
had to sell investment securities to pay redemption proceeds to a separate
account withdrawing because of a conflict.

THE CONTRACT

 DISTRIBUTION. The Contracts described in this prospectus are sold by registered
representatives of broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents, either
individually or through an incorporated insurance agency. Commissions paid to
broker-dealers may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all
Contract sales will not exceed 7.5% of all Purchase Payments (on a present value
basis). From time to time, we may offer additional sales incentives of up to
1.5% of Purchase Payments and other cash bonuses to broker-dealers who maintain
certain sales volume levels.

ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS") located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-7154
serves as distributor of the Contracts. ALFS, an affiliate of Lincoln Benefit,
is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a
registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Lincoln Benefit does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The

                                  32 PROSPECTUS




underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse ALFS for
expenses incurred in distributing the Contracts, including liability arising out
of services we provide on the Contracts.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account. We provide the following administrative
services, among others:

.    issuance of the Contracts;

.    maintenance of Contract Owner records;

.    Contract Owner services;

.    calculation of unit values;

.    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

.    preparation of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. You should notify us promptly in writing of any address change. You
should read your statements and confirmations carefully and verify their
accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a periodic
statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary adjustments
retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error within a reasonable
time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait too long, we
reserve the right to make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice
of the potential error.

We also will provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES HELD WITHIN A QUALIFIED PLAN

If you use the Contract within a employer sponsored qualified retirement plan,
the plan may impose different or additional conditions or limitations on
withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates,
income payments, and other Contract features. In addition, adverse tax
consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions and other
conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan administrator for
more information. Lincoln Benefit no longer issues deferred annuities to
employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of Nebraska law pertaining to the Contract, including the validity
of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract under Nebraska law, have
been passed upon by William F. Emmons, Vice President, Assistant General Counsel
and Assistant Secretary of Lincoln Benefit.

                                  33 PROSPECTUS




TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. LINCOLN
BENEFIT MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

Lincoln Benefit is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Code. Since the Variable

Account is not an entity separate from Lincoln Benefit, and its operations form
a part of Lincoln Benefit, it will not be taxed separately. Investment income
and realized capital gains of the Variable Account are automatically applied to
increase reserves under the Contract. Under existing federal income tax law,
Lincoln Benefit believes that the Variable Account investment income and capital
gains will not be taxed to the extent that such income and gains are applied to
increase the reserves under the Contract. Accordingly, Lincoln Benefit does not
anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to
the Variable Account, and therefore Lincoln Benefit does not intend to make
provisions for any such taxes. If Lincoln Benefit is taxed on investment income
or capital gains of the Variable Account, then Lincoln Benefit may impose a
charge against the Variable

Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

.    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

.    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

.    Lincoln Benefit is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets for
     federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
surviving Contract Owner. Since the trust will be the surviving Contract Owner
in all cases, the Death Benefit will be payable to the trust notwithstanding any
beneficiary designation on the annuity contract. A trust, including a grantor
trust, has two options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment;
or 2) payment deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Lincoln Benefit does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department

                                  34 PROSPECTUS




announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning circumstances
in which investor control of the separate account investments may cause a
Contract owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The Treasury
Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding the extent
that owners could direct sub-account investments without being treated as owners
of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Lincoln

Benefit does not know what standards will be set forth in any regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It is possible that future
standards announced by the Treasury Department could adversely affect the tax
treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to modify the Contract as
necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the federal tax owner
of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no guarantee that such
modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

.    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

.    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner.

.    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

.    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     full withdrawal, or

.    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any

                                  35 PROSPECTUS




premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally
applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2.
However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

.    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

.    made under an immediate annuity, or

.    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance, as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit (or its affiliates) to the
same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as one
annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate
of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Section 1441 of the Code provides that Lincoln Benefit as a
withholding agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a
non-resident alien. A non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or
resident alien. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income
tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if
the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a completed Form
W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all

                                  36 PROSPECTUS




countries nor do all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate
for annuities.

TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income on variable annuities held by such plans does not receive any
additional tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all
benefits and expenses, prior to purchasing a variable annuity as a TSA or IRA.
Tax Qualified Contracts are contracts purchased as investments as:

.    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Section 408(b) of the Code;

.    Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code;

.    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Section 408(k) of the Code;

.    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Section
     408(p) of the Code; and

.    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Section 403(b) of the Code.

Lincoln Benefit reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract for
use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract to
conform with tax requirements.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Lincoln

Benefit can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Lincoln Benefit does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored retirement plan.

In the case of certain qualified plans, the terms of the plans may govern the
right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and all tax reporting of distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the distribution is
fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

.    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

.    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions. All tax reporting of distributions from Roth
IRAs will indicate that the taxable amount is not determined.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, IRAs (excluding Roth IRAs) and TSAs
require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to withdraw the
required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on the shortfall
not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered under the Contract
satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because these distributions
are required under the Code and the method of calculation is complex, please see
a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a 403(b) plan.

Lincoln Benefit reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract for
use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age

                                  37 PROSPECTUS




59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

.    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

.    made after separation from service after age 55 (applies only for IRAs),

.    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

.    made for certain medical expenses,

.    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

.    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

.    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Lincoln Benefit is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all non-annuitized
distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover distributions." The
customer may elect out of withholding by completing and signing a withholding
election form. If no election is made, we will automatically withhold the
required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain states, if there is federal
withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory. Lincoln Benefit is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 20% on all "eligible
rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a "direct rollover" of such
amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan. Eligible rollover distributions
generally include all distributions from employer sponsored retirement plans,
including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

.    required minimum distributions, or,

.    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

.    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

.    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Section 1441 of the Code provides that Lincoln Benefit as a
withholding agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a
non-resident alien. A non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or
resident alien. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income
tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if
the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a completed Form
W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do
all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408 of the Code permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual Retirement
Annuity.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS




ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408A of the Code permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL
IRAS)

Internal Revenue Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an
Individual Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the
Individual Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an
Individual Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the
beneficial owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the annuity contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Section 408(k) of the Code allows eligible
employers to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees
using individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified
limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the
individual retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in
connection with such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Section 408(p) of the
Code allow eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Section 403(b) of the Code provides tax-deferred
retirement savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational
organizations. Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must
provide that distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made
after 12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made
only on or after the date the employee:

.    attains age 59 1/2,

.    severs employment,

.    dies,

.    becomes disabled, or

.    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Lincoln Benefit is directed
to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan. Generally,
we do not accept Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) funds
in 403(b) contracts.

                                  39 PROSPECTUS




ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Lincoln Benefit's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2003, is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act of 1934 are also incorporated herein by reference, which
means that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statements in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000910739. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. the
address of the site is http:// www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits not
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of such documents), please
write or call us at Lincoln Benefit Life Company, P.O. Box 80469, Lincoln,
Nebraska, 68501-0469 or 800-865-5237.

                                  40 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX A

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES

The Accumulation Unit Value is a unit of measure used to calculate the value of
a Contract Owner's interest in a Variable Subaccount for any Valuation Period.
An Accumulation Unit Value does not reflect deduction of certain charges under
the Contract that are deducted from your Contract Value, such as the
Administrative Expense Charge. The beginning value for 2001 reflects the
Accumulation Unit Value as of August 10, 2001, the effective date of the
Registration Statement for this Contract. We maintain different Accumulation
Unit Values for Base Contracts with different combinations of optional riders
because the charges deducted from the Subaccounts are different. This Appendix
includes Accumulation Unit Values reflecting the highest and lowest available
Contract charge combinations. The Statement of Additional Information, which is
available upon request without charge, contains the Accumulation Unit Values for
all the other available combinations of optional riders. A brief explanation of
how performance of the Subaccounts is calculated may also be found in the
Statement of Additional Information. Please contact us at 1-800-865-5237 to
obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information.

BASE POLICY WITH NO OPTIONAL RIDERS

                                                Year ending December 31,
                                             -----------------------------
                                               2001       2002      2003
FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM  Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Dent Demographics Trends Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.77  $  6.537
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.77  $   6.537  $  8.865
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          6,717     37,747    49,569
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.361
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    16,344
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity Equity-Income
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.63  $  7.873
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.63  $   7.873  $ 10.099
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          7,233    176,376   291,454
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth P
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.461
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    42,866
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity Investment Grade Bond
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.15  $ 11.021
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.15  $  11.021  $ 11.409
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         10,192    204,156   340,857
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity Overseas
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.35  $  7.339
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.35  $   7.339  $ 10.356
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            110      2,203    46,826
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation P
(3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.69  $  9.136
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.69  $   9.136  $ 12.021
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            391     14,107    26,635
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.63  $  7.060
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.63  $   7.060  $  8.614
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          3,165     97,061    77,756
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Retirement Emerging Markets
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.92  $  9.639
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.92  $   9.639  $ 14.544
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of              0      4,579     9,947
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Aggressive Growth Fund (7)
 AAccumulation Unit Value Beginning          $  10.00  $    9.41  $  6.348
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.41  $   6.348  $  8.686
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            649     22,935    45,902
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 41 PROSPECTUS




LSA Balanced Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.64  $  7.768
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.64  $   7.768  $  9.902
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         18,088    152,064   238,048
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.60  $  7.416
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.60  $   7.416  $  9.761
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         13,440    193,154   241,742
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Blue Chip Fund (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.76  $  7.103
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.76  $   7.103  $  8.776
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          3,387     91,543   224,286
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Appreciation Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.03  $  7.059
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.03  $   7.059  $  9.077
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          2,459     53,255   107,302
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Disciplined Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.59        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.59  $   7.073        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,065     64,810        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Diversified Mid Cap Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.00  $  7.962
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.00  $   7.962  $ 10.432
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          9,409     97,423   130,830
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Emerging Growth Equity Fund (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.06  $  5.768
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.06  $   5.768  $  8.361
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            352     17,828    26,548
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Equity Growth Fund (2) (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.97  $  6.901
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.97  $   6.901  $  8.405
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,703     27,593   109,311
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Growth Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.68  $  7.225
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.68  $   7.225  $  8.806
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            856     31,959    53,695
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Mid Cap Value Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.66  $  9.731
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.66  $   9.731  $ 13.418
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          7,420     82,491   122,723
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Value Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.62  $  7.389
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.62  $   7.389  $  9.508
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          2,032     38,421    98,093
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.35  $  6.963
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.35  $   6.963  $  9.166
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,040     63,132    81,084
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    8.96  $  6.813
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   8.96  $   6.813  $  9.112
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         12,557     38,681    50,267
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and Technology
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.59  $  4.768
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.59  $   4.768  $  7.683
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            906     18,884    56,004
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap SmallCap
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.09  $  7.802
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.09  $   7.802  $ 10.980
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            536     34,675    59,114
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer International Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.11  $  6.781
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.11  $   6.781  $  9.735
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,054     23,843    23,597
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 42 PROSPECTUS




Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.30  $  8.545
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.30  $   8.545  $ 12.160
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          2,185     52,157    87,171
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Foreign Bond (U.S. Dollar-Hedged)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.12  $ 10.806
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.12  $  10.806  $ 10.901
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            575     49,021    71,226
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Money Market
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.04  $ 10.048
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.04  $  10.048  $  9.983
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         23,597    289,545   388,312
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 10.482
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    22,724
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.15  $ 10.919
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.15  $  10.919  $ 11.314
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of         22,113    370,770   504,244
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam High Yield Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.89  $  9.683
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.89  $   9.683  $ 12.088
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          4,328     49,831   121,267
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam International Growth and Income
Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.44  $  8.034
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.44  $   8.034  $ 10.925
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            935     19,992    36,251
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT OTC Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.80  $  5.913
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.80  $   5.913  $  8.483
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of            577     23,308    31,257
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT Sector Rotation Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.471
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --     1,384
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.68  $  7.159
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.68  $   7.159  $  9.819
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          1,864    101,018    82,721
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT EAFE Equity Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.170
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --     1,561
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Equity 500 Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.119
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    27,529
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Small Cap Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.867
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --    10,762
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth (5) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF High Yield (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.49  $  8.683
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.49  $   8.683  $ 10.768
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          7,458     45,587    70,594
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 43 PROSPECTUS




Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value (6) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --        --
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth & Income (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.64  $  8.108
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.64  $   8.108  $ 10.212
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of          8,115    139,022   223,485
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Real Estate (1) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.780
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of             --         --     9,773
 Year
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  First offered May 1, 2003.

(2)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Value Equity Variable
     Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Variable Sub-Account, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the Salomon Brothers Variable
     Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

                                  44 PROSPECTUS




(3)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.
     Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account to the Janus Aspen Series Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account.

(4)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
     Variable Sub-Account that invests in this Portfolio.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Blue Chip Variable Sub-Account, LSA Equity Growth Variable
     Sub-Account and LSA Capital Growth Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen
     UIF Equity Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(6)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA MidCap
     Value Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Variable Sub-Account.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Aggressive
     Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Emerging Growth Variable
     Sub-Account to the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(8)  Effective 5/1/04, the PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio - Administrative
     Shares changed its name to PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S.
     Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares

(9)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., the adviser to the UIF
     Portfolios, does business in certain instances usingthe name Van Kampen.

BASE POLICY WITH ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER, INCOME BENEFIT RIDER AND ENHANCED
EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT RIDER (66-75)

                                                Year ending December 31,
                                             -----------------------------
                                               2001       2002      2003
FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Dent Demographics Trends Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.74  $  6.464
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.74  $   6.464  $  8.695
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.294
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     2,501
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.60  $  7.786
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.60  $   7.786  $  9.906
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      4,628     5,624
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.394
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     1,046
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.12  $ 10.898
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.12  $  10.898  $ 11.191
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      2,777     3,709
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.32  $  7.257
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.32  $   7.257  $ 10.158
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.66  $  9.034
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.66  $   9.034  $ 11.791
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.60  $  6.982
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.60  $   6.982  $  8.449
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 45 PROSPECTUS




Lazard Emerging Markets
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.89  $  9.532
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.89  $   9.532  $ 14.265
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Aggressive Growth Fund (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.38  $  6.277
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.38  $   6.277  $  8.519
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Balanced Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.61  $  7.681
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.61  $   7.681  $  9.712
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0        790     1,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Basic Value Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.57  $  7.333
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.57  $   7.333  $  9.574
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Blue Chip Fund (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.73  $  7.024
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.73  $   7.024  $  8.608
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       756
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Appreciation Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.00  $  6.980
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.00  $   6.980  $  8.903
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Disciplined Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.56        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.56  $   6.961        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Diversified Mid Cap Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.96  $  7.866
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.96  $   7.866  $ 10.232
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       630
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Emerging Growth Equity Fund (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.03  $  5.704
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.03  $   5.704  $  8.201
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Equity Growth Fund (2) (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.94  $  6.824
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.94  $   6.824  $  8.244
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Capital Growth Fund (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.66  $  7.142
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.66  $   7.142  $  8.637
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Mid Cap Value Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.63  $  9.602
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.63  $   9.602  $ 13.162
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSA Value Equity Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.59  $  7.306
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.59  $   7.306  $  9.326
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     1,401
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.32  $  6.886
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.32  $   6.886  $  8.990
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       370
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    8.93  $  6.737
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   8.93  $   6.737  $  8.937
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       399
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and Technology
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.56  $  4.715
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.56  $   4.715  $  7.536
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     4,942
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap SmallCap
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.06  $  7.715
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.06  $   7.715  $ 10.770
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer International Growth
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.08  $  6.705
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.08  $   6.705  $  9.549
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       387
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.27  $  8.450
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.27  $   8.450  $ 11.927
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 46 PROSPECTUS




PIMCO Foreign Bond (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) (8)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.09  $ 10.686
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.09  $  10.686  $ 10.692
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Money Market
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.01  $  9.936
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.01  $   9.936  $  9.792
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     1,275
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Real Return (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 10.425
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     1,193
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Total Return
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $   10.12  $ 10.797
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $  10.12  $  10.797  $ 11.098
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      2,792     7,241
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam High Yield Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.86  $  9.576
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.86  $   9.576  $ 11.857
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam International Growth and Income Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.42  $  7.944
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.42  $   7.944  $ 10.716
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex OTC Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.77  $  5.847
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.77  $   5.847  $  8.321
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     1,833
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex Sector Rotation Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.403
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.65  $  7.079
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.65  $   7.079  $  9.631
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       678
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT EAFE Equity Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.099
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Equity 500 Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.053
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scudder VIT Small Cap Index Fund (1)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 13.792
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth & Income
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.61  $  8.017
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.61  $   8.017  $ 10.016
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0       357
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth (5) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF High Yield (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning           $  10.00  $    9.46  $  8.556
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending              $   9.46  $   8.556  $ 10.562
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0          0     3,961
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value (6) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --        --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --        --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Real Estate (1) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --  $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --  $ 12.711
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  First offered May 1, 2003.

(2)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on 4/30/04,

                                  47 PROSPECTUS




     we transferred the value of the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account and the
     LSA Value Equity Variable Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Variable
     Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the Salomon
     Brothers Variable Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

(3)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.
     Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account to the Janus Aspen Series Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account.

(4)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
     Variable Sub-Account that invests in this Portfolio.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Blue Chip Variable Sub-Account, LSA Equity Growth Variable
     Sub-Account and LSA Capital Growth Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen
     UIF Equity Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(6)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA MidCap
     Value Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Variable Sub-Account.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Aggressive
     Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Emerging Growth Variable
     Sub-Account to the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(8)  Effective 5/1/04, the PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio - Administrative
     Shares changed its name to PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S.
     Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares

(9)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., the adviser to the UIF
     Portfolios, does business in certain instances usingthe name Van Kampen.

                                  48 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX B

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I =  the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period for the
     week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period;

J =  the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the term length of the
     Guarantee Period Account for the week preceding the date amounts are
     transferred or withdrawn from the Guarantee Period Account, the date we
     determine the Death Proceeds, or the Payout Start Date, as the case may be
     ("Market Value Adjustment Date").

N =  the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
     withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout State
     Date to the end of the Guarantee Period.

Treasury Rate means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

.9 X [I-(J +.0025)] X N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transferred, withdrawn, paid as a death benefit,
or applied to an Income Plan from a Guarantee Period at any time other than
during the 30-day period after such Guarantee Period expires.

                          EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
Purchase Payment:          $10,000 allocated to a Guarantee Period
Guarantee Period:          5 years
Interest Rate:             4.50%
Full Withdrawal:           End of Contract Year 3
I (5-Year Treasury Rate):  4.50%

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable and that
previous withdrawals have not been taken.

                  EXAMPLE 1: (ASSUMES DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1: Calculate Contract
 Value at End of Contract
 Year 3:                        = $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = 11,411.66

Step 2: Calculate the Free
 Withdrawal Amount:             = .15 X ($10,000.00) = $1,500.00
                                  (GREATER THAN $1,411.66 EARNINGS IN
                                  THE CONTRACT)

Step 3: Calculate the
 Withdrawal Charge:
Under the Contract, earnings
are deemed to be withdrawn
before Purchase
Payments. Accordingly, in this
example, the amount of the
Purchase Payment eligible for
free withdrawal would equal
the Free Withdrawal Amount
less the interest credited or
88.34 ( 1,500.00 - 1,411.66)
Therefore, the Withdrawal
Charge would be                 = .07 X ($10,000 - $88.34) = $693.82

Step 4: Calculate the Market
 Value Adjustment:              I = 4.50%
                                J = 4.20% (5-Year Treasury Rate at
                                          time of withdrawal)
                                     730 DAYS
                                N = --------- = 2
                                     365 DAYS

                                Market Value Adjustment Factor:
                                .9 X [I - (J + .0025)] X N
                                =.9 X [.045 - (.042 +.0025)] X 2 =.0009
                                Market Value Adjustment = Market Value
                                Adjustment Factor X Amount Subject To
                                Market Value Adjustment:
                                = .0009 X $11,411.66 = $10.27

Step 5: Calculate the amount
received by Contract Owner as
a result of full withdrawal at
the end of Contract Year 3:     = $11,411.66 - $693.82 + $10.27 = $10,728.11

                                  49 PROSPECTUS




                   EXAMPLE 2: (ASSUMES RISING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1: Calculate Contract
Value at End of Contract
Year 3:                         = $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ =  $11,411.66

Step 2: Calculate The Free
Withdrawal Amount:              = .15 X ($10,000.00) = $1,500.00
                                (GREATER THAN $1,411.66 IN EARNINGS)

Step 3: Calculate the
Withdrawal Charge:
As above, in this example, the
amount of the Purchase Payment
eligible for free withdrawal
would equal the Free
Withdrawal Amount less the
interest credited or 88.34
(1,500 - 1,411.66). Therefore,
the Withdrawal Charge would be  = .07 X ($10,000.00 - $88.34) = $693.82

Step 4: Calculate the Market
Value Adjustment:
(5-Year Treasury Rate at time
of withdrawal)                  J = 4.80%
                                     730 DAYS
                                N = ---------- = 2
                                     365 DAYS

                                MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FACTOR:
                                .9 X [I - (J +.0025)] X N
                                =.9 X [(.045 - (.048 +.0025)] X (2) = -.0099
                                MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT = MARKET VALUE
                                ADJUSTMENT FACTOR X AMOUNT SUBJECT TO MARKET
                                VALUE ADJUSTMENT:
                                = -.0099 X $11,411.66 = -( $112.98)

Step 5: Calculate the amount
received by Contract Owner as
a result of full withdrawal at
the end of Contract Year 3:     = $11,411.66 - $693.82 - $112.98 = $10,604.86

                                  50 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX C

CALCULATION OF ENHANCED EARNINGS DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

EXAMPLE 1: In this example, assume that the oldest Contract Owner is age 55 at
the time the Contract is issued and elects the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit
Rider when the Contract is issued. The Contract Owner makes an initial purchase
payment of $100,000. After four years, the Contract Owner dies. On the date
Lincoln Benefit receives Due Proof Of Death, the Contract Value is $125,000.
Prior to his death, the Contract Owner did not make any additional purchase
payments or take any withdrawals.

Excess of Earnings Withdrawals                = 0
Purchase Payments in the 12 months after the  = 0
 Rider Date and prior to Death
In-Force Premium                              = $100,000 ($100,000 + 0 - 0)
In-Force Earnings                             = $25,000 ($125,000 - $100,000)
ENHANCED EARNINGS PROTECTION DEATH BENEFIT    = 50% * $25,000 = $12,500

Since 50% of In-Force Earnings is less than 100% of the In-Force Premium
(excluding purchase payments in the 12 months prior to death), the In-Force
Earnings are used to compute the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit amount.

EXAMPLE 2: ELECTED WHEN CONTRACT WAS ISSUED WITH SUBSEQUENT WITHDRAWALS

In the second example, assume the same facts as above, except that the Contract
Owner has taken a withdrawal of $10,000 during the second year of the Contract.
At the time the withdrawal is taken, the Contract Value is $105,000. Here,
$5,000 of the withdrawal is in excess of the In-Force Earnings at the time of
the withdrawal. The Contract Value on the date Lincoln Benefit receives Due
Proof of Death will be assumed to be $114,000.

Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals                = $5,000 ($10,000 - $5,000)
Purchase payments in the 12 months after the  = 0
 Rider Date and prior to Death
In-Force Premium                              = $95,000 ($100,000 + 0 -$5,000)
In-Force Earnings                             = $19,000 ($114,000 - $95,000)
Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit               = 50% x $19,000 =  $9,500

Since 50% of In-Force Earnings is less than 100% of the In-Force Premium
(excluding purchase payments in the 12 months after the Rider Date and prior to
death), the In-Force Earnings are used to compute the Enhanced Earnings Death
Benefit amount.

EXAMPLE 3.

This third example is intended to illustrate the effect of adding the Enhanced
Earnings Death Benefit Rider after the Contract has been issued and the effect
of later purchase payments. In this example, assume that the oldest Contract
Owner is age 65 on the Rider Date. At the time the Contract is issued, the
Contract Owner makes a purchase payment of $100,000. After two years pass, the
Contract Owner elects to add the Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Rider. On the
date this Rider is added, the Contract Value is $110,000. Two years later, the
Contract Owner withdraws $50,000. Immediately prior to the withdrawal, the
Contract Value is $130,000. Another two years later, the Contract Owner makes an
additional purchase payment of $40,000. Two years later, the Contract Owner dies
with a Contract Value of $140,000 on the date Lincoln Benefit receives Due Proof
of Death.

Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawals      = $30,000 ($50,000 - $20,000)
Purchase payments in the 12 months
after the Rider Date and prior to
Death                               = 0
In-Force Premium                    = $120,000 ($110,000 + $40,000 - $30,000)
In-Force Earnings                   = $20,000 ($140,000 - $120,000)
Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit     = 40% of $20,000 = $8,000

In this example, In-Force Premium is equal to the Contract Value on the date the
Rider was issued plus the additional purchase payment and minus the
Excess-of-Earnings Withdrawal.

                                  51 PROSPECTUS




Since 40% of In-Force Earnings is less than 80% of the In-Force Premium
(excluding purchase payments in the 12 months after the Rider Date and prior to
death), the In-Force Earnings are used to compute the Enhanced Earnings Death
Benefit amount.

                                  52 PROSPECTUS




STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION

ADDITIONS, DELETIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS OF INVESTMENTS

THE CONTRACT

                              Purchases of Contract

          Tax-free Exchanges (1035 Exchanges, Rollovers and Transfers)
                     Calculation of Accumulation Unit Values

                              Net Investment Factor

                     Calculation of Variable Income Payments

                       Calculation of Annuity Unit Values

GENERAL MATTERS

                                Incontestability

                                   Settlements

                  Safekeeping of the Variable Account's Assets

                                  Premium Taxes

                                  Tax Reserves

EXPERTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

APPENDIX A ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. WE DO NOT AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO PROVIDE
ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE OFFERING DESCRIBED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  53 PROSPECTUS
 

PART II - INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.
OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
Registrant anticipates that it will incur the following approximate expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be registered:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registration fees
 
$
0
 
Cost of printing and engraving
 
$
236
 
Legal fees
 
$
2,200
 
Accounting fees
 
$
45,045
 
Mailing fees
 
$
989
 
 
ITEM 14.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
The Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (Registrant) provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as incurred by such person, so long as such person shall not have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of a duty to the Company. This right of indemnity is not exclusive of other rights to which a director or officer may otherwise be entitled.
LBL HoldCo II, Inc. has obtained directors and officers insurance, which includes indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 that the directors and officers of LBL HoldCo II, Inc. and its subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by final adjudication of such issue.
 
ITEM 15.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Not Applicable.
 
ITEM 16.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
16(a)
 
Exh.
No.
 
Description
 
 
1
 
Form of Principal Underwriting Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment to Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File No. 333-50545, 811-07924) filed January 28, 1999.
 
 



Exh.
No.
 
Description
1(a)
 
Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement by and between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Distributors, LLC, effective April 1, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180372)
 
 
3(i)
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company dated September 26, 2000, as amended by the Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company dated January 21, 2015. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 13, 2015 (File No. 333-203372).

 
 
3(ii)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lincoln Benefit Life Company effective March 10, 2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, as filed May 8, 2006. (SEC File No. 333-59765).

 
 
 
4(a)
 
Form of Variable Annuity Contract. Incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File No. 333-82427, 811-07924) filed July 8, 1999.

 
 
4(b)
 
Form of Application. Incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File No. 333-82427, 811-07924) filed July 8, 1999.
 
 
5(a)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment to Form S-3 on Form S-1 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File No. 333-88045) filed April 6, 2000.

 
 
 
5(b)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Form S-3 Registration Statement (File No. 333-158181) dated March 24, 2009.
 
 
 
5(c)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. (Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement (File No. 333-180371) dated March 27, 2012).
 
 
5(d)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(d) to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 13, 2015 (File No. 333-203372).
 
 
5(e)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(e) of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 1, 2016 (SEC File No. 333-203372).
 
 
5(f)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(f) of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 3, 2017 (SEC File No. 333-203372).
 
 
5(g)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(g) of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 2, 2018 (SEC File No. 333-224095).

 
 
5(h)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 5(h) of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 1, 2019 (SEC File No. 333-224095).
 
 
5(i)
 
Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Filed herewith.
 
 
8
 
None
 
 
9
 
None
 
 
10
 
Material Contracts
 
 
10.1
 
Administrative Services Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company effective June 1, 2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006. (SEC File No. 333-59765)
 
 
10.2
 
Principal Underwriting Agreement by and among Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Distributors, LLC (ALFS, Inc., merged with and into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) effective November 25, 1998. (Variable Universal Life Account). Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-59765)
 
 
10.3
 
Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Distributors, LLC (ALFS, Inc. merged with and into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) effective June 1, 2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2007. (SEC File No. 333-59765)



Exh.
No.
 
Description
 
 
10.4
 
Selling Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company, Allstate Distributors, LLC (ALFS, Inc., f/k/a Allstate Financial Services, Inc., merged with and into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) and Allstate Financial Services, LLC (f/k/a LSA Securities, Inc.) effective August 2, 1999. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Allstate Life Insurance Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2003. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

 
 
10.5
 
Coinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective December 31, 2001. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-59765)
 
 
10.6
 
Modified Coinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective December 31, 2001. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-59765)
 
 
10.7
 
Modified Coinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective December 31, 2001. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-59765)
 
 
10.8
 
Administrative Services Agreement between Allstate Distributors, LLC, (ALFS, Inc., merged with and into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) Allstate Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Charter National Life Insurance Company effective January 1, 2000. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. (SEC File No. 333-59765)
 
 
10.9
 
Assignment & Delegation of Administrative Services Agreements, Underwriting Agreements, and Selling Agreements entered into as of September 1, 2011 between ALFS, Inc., Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York, Allstate Distributors, LLC, Charter National Life Insurance Company, Intramerica Life Insurance Company, Allstate Financial Services, LLC, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 1, 2011. (SEC File No. 000-31248)
 
 
10.10
 
Reinsurance Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Lincoln Benefit Reinsurance Company effective September 30, 2012, Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2012.(SEC File No. 000-31248)
 
 
10.11
 
Recapture Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”) and Lincoln Benefit Life Company (“LBL”), effective September 30, 2012. Incorporated herein by reference to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 3, 2013.(SEC File No. 333-180372)
 
 
10.12
 
Voluntary Separation Agreement and Release by and between Allstate Insurance Company and Anurag Chandra, dated October 17, 2013. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180372)
 
 
10.13
 
Voluntary Separation Agreement and Release by and between Allstate Insurance Company and Lawrence W. Dahl, dated August 1, 2013. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180372)
 
 
10.14
 
Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement by and between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company, effective April 1, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post- Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 1, 2016 (SEC File No. 333-203372)
 
 
10.15
 
Amended and Restated Reinsurance Agreement by and between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company, effective April 1, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180372)
 
 
10.16
 
Partial Commutation Agreement by and between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective April 1, 2014. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180372)
 
 



Exh.
No.
 
Description
10.17
 
Recapture and Termination Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Lincoln Benefit Reinsurance Company effective December 8, 2017. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 1, 2019 (SEC File No. 333-224095).
 
 
15
 
Not applicable.
 
 
16
 
Letter re: change in certifying accountant. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 1, 2019 (SEC File No. 333-224095).
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the registrant. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 13, 2015 (SEC File No. 333-203372).
 
 
23(a)
 
Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms. Filed herewith.
 
 
23(b)
 
Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms. Filed herewith.
 
 
24
 
Powers of Attorney for Dhiren Jhaveri, Bradley Rosenblatt, Joseph Wieser and Burke Harr. Filed herewith.
 
 
25
 
None
 
 
99(a)
 
Experts. Filed herewith.
 
 
99(b)
 
Experts. Filed herewith.
Exhibit List for XBRL Docs:
16(b)
 
Financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X (17 CFR Part 210) and Item 11(e) of Form S-1 are included in Part I.
ITEM 17.
UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or



prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.





















EXHIBIT LIST
Exh.
No.
 
Description
 
 
1
 
 
 
1(a)
 
 
 
3(i)
 
 
 
3(ii)
 
 
 
 
4(a)
 
 
 
4(b)
 
 
 
5(a)
 
 
 
 
5(b)
 
 
 
 
5(c)
 
 
 
5(d)
 
 
 
5(e)
 
 
 
5(f)
 
 
 
5(g)
 
 
 
5(h)
 
 
 
5(i)
 
 
 
10.1
 
 
 
10.2
 
 
 
10.3
 
 
 



Exh.
No.
 
Description
10.4
 
 
 
10.5
 
 
 
10.6
 
 
 
10.7
 
 
 
10.8
 
 
 
10.9
 
 
 
10.10
 
 
 
10.11
 
 
 
10.12
 
 
 
10.13
 
 
 
10.14
 
 
 
10.15
 
 
 
10.16
 
 
 
10.17
 
 
 



Exh.
No.
 
Description
16
 
 
 
21
 
 
 
23(a)
 
 
 
23(b)
 
 
 
24
 
 
 
99(a)
 
 
 
99(b)
 




SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stamford in the State of Connecticut on 30th day of March, 2020.
 
 
 
 
 
 
LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
(REGISTRANT)
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Carlos Sierra
 
 
Carlos Sierra
 
 
Director and President
Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following directors and principal officers of Lincoln Benefit Life Company in the capacity indicated on 30th day of March, 2020.
 
SIGNATURE
TITLE
*Dhiren Jhaveri
Director
Dhiren Jhaveri
 
 
 
*Bradley Rosenblatt
Director
Bradley Rosenblatt
 
 
 
*Joseph Wieser
Director
Joseph Wieser
 
 
 
*Burke Harr
Director
Burke Harr
 
 
 
/s/ Carlos Sierra
Director and President (Principal Executive Officer)
Carlos Sierra
 
 
 
/s/ Erik Braun
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Executive Vice President (Principal
Erik Braun
Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
*By: /s/ Erik Braun, pursuant to Power of Attorney.